Está en la página 1de 422

Leading the Clustered Revolution

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5


570-0001-01_rev_D

This document provides support for version 4.5 of the Isilon IQ network storage system. The information it contains is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made to ensure the accuracy of this document. However, due to ongoing product development and revision, Isilon does not guarantee the accuracy of this material after the date of its publication, nor accept responsibility for errors or omissions. Isilon will publish updates and revisions to this document as needed. The systems documented in this User Guide are provided under End User License Agreement. Please refer to the Agreement for details governing the use of Isilon IQ systems. Copyright 2001-2006 by Isilon Systems, Incorporated. All rights not expressly granted herein are reserved. Created in the United States of America. This User Guide is protected by international copyright and intellectual property laws. Except as otherwise required by applicable law, no part of any copyrighted material may be reproduced, modified, translated, distributed, published, or transmitted by any means, electronic or mechanical, for any purpose, without the prior written consent of Isilon Systems. Isilon and Isilon Systems are registered trademarks of Isilon Systems, Inc. OneFS, SyncIQ, and FlexProtect-AP are trademarks of Isilon Systems, Inc. All other trademarks and registered trademarks are the property of their respective holders. Isilon Systems, Inc. 3101 Western Avenue Seattle, WA 98121 206-315-7500 http://www.isilon.com Isilon Customer Support 1-877-2-ISILON (247.4566) 206-315-7600 Email: support@isilon.com http://www.isilon.com/support/

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

PREFACE

Preface
Isilon IQ is a high performance clustered storage system that combines an intelligent distributed file system with modular industry-standard hardware to deliver unmatched simplicity and scalability for storage needs of all shapes and sizes. By providing intelligence in software and using industry-standard hardware, Isilon IQ delivers the most cost-effective solution; a storage system that installs in minutes, is easily managed, and scales incrementally based on business needs.

Audience
This document is intended for storage administrators and information technology support personnel who are installing, administering, or maintaining an Isilon IQ clustered storage system.

Revision History
Document Number 570-0001-02_rev_D Revision Date 09/29/06 Description Initial Release of v4.5.

Organization
This document contains the following chapters: Chapter 1, Introduction, provides an overview of the Isilon IQ clustered storage system, possible network topology scenarios, and the Isilon IQ user interfaces. Chapter 2, Installing and Configuring Nodes, provides information concerning site preparation, installing, and configuring an Isilon IQ node. Chapter 3, Cluster Administration, provides information related to cluster administration activities. Chapter 4, Node Administration, provides information related to node administration activities. Chapter 5, File System, provides information related to file system administration activities. Chapter 6, Modules, provides information about the option SyncIQ and SmartQuotas modules. Chapter 7, Tools, provides information about alerts, cluster logs, backup, and cluster services. Chapter 8, Maintenance, provides information about hot swap replacement of drives, replacing power supplies, and troubleshooting the system. Glossary, Abbreviations, and Acronyms, provides a listing of terms, abbreviations, initials, and acronyms used in the guide. Appendix A, End User License Agreement, contains the Isilon IQ license agreement. Appendix B, Isilon Systems Terms of License/Sale and Warranty, contains the terms of license/sale and warrenty. Appendix C, Regulatory Notices, contains the FCC, IC, and CE notices.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

iii

Preface
Related Publications
Appendix D, Isilon IQ Technical Specifications, define a safe environment for operating Isilon IQ nodes. Appendix E, Using Virtual Directories to Access Isilon IQ Clusters, provides instructions for enabling virtual directories for HTTP and FTP access to the cluster. Appendix F, Character Set Support in Isilon IQ, provides a list of the different character sets that Isilon IQ supports. Character sets (charsets) are required to translate computer data into the letters of human-readable communication. Appendix G, Configuring the Initial Node in a New Cluster, provides an example of configuring the initial node in a cluster using the Isilon IQ Configuration Wizard. Index.

Related Publications
The following publications are accessible by logging into the Isilon Customer Support website: Isilon IQ QuickStart Guide, Installation Procedure for IQ 1920, IQ 1920i, IQ 3000, IQ 3000i, IQ 4800, and IQ 4800i Nodes, P/N 120-0010-01_rev_B Isilon IQ QuickStart Guide, Installation Procedure for IQ 6000, IQ 6000i, and EX 6000 Nodes, P/N 120-0011-01_rev_B Isilon IQ QuickStart Guide, Installation Procedure for IQ Accelerator-i Nodes, 120-0012-01_rev_B Isilon IQ Site Preparation Guide, 120-0009-01_rev_A Isilon IQ Safety Precautions, 120-0001-02_rev_A Isilon IQ v4.5 Release Notes

Conventions Used in This Manual


This document uses the following notations and conventions: Text that appears in a command line is displayed in a Courier New typeface. Text that is to be entered on the command line is displayed in a Courier New Bold typeface. Optional command line elements are displayed within square brackets in a Courier New Bold typeface; example: [add | delete]. Replace the variable notation with a number or letter from the range indicated. Required command line elements are displayed in parenthesis brackets in a Courier New Bold typeface; example: (add | delete). Command line variables are displayed in angled brackets in a Courier New Bold typeface; examples: <1-3>, <a-c>, or <file_name>. Replace the variable notation with a number or letter from the range indicated. MS Window menu and command names are displayed in an Arial Bold typeface. WebHelp page names are displayed in an Arial Bold typeface.

iv

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

SAFETY

Safety Precautions
The following warnings describe circumstances under which there is risk of electric shock, bodily injury, fire, damage to Isilon IQ systems, or loss of data. Failure to heed these warnings may void the product warranty. The ambient temperature of the environment in which a Isilon IQ node operates should not exceed the maximum rated ambient temperature: 35 C, 95 F. Proper airflow must be provided to the Isilon nodes. The AC supply circuit for the Isilon node must be capable of supplying the total current specified on the label of the node. All AC power supply connections must be properly grounded. Pay particularly close attention to connections that are not directly connected to the branch circuit (for example, a node connected to a power strip). Do not overload the branch circuit of the AC supply that provides power to the rack holding the Isilon nodes. The total rack load should not exceed 80% of the branch circuit rating. To help protect your system from sudden increases or decreases in electrical power, use a surge suppressor, line conditioner, or uninterruptible power supply (UPS). Close front panels gently. Slamming the front panel may cause damage to hard drives, loss of data or data integrity, and may void the product warranty. When installing Isilon nodes in a rack, always use both front and side stabilizers. Installing Isilon nodes in a rack without these stabilizers could cause the rack to tip over, potentially resulting in bodily injury. Due to the weight of each Isilon IQ node, a minimum of two people should install them into a rack.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Safety Precautions

Japanese Safety Precautions

vi

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Safety Precautions

Korean Safety Precautions

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

vii

Safety Precautions

viii

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

CONTENTS

Contents
Preface
Audience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Related Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Conventions Used in This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii iii iii iv iv

Safety Precautions Chapter 1 Introduction


1.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 1.2 Isilon IQ Platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 1.2.1 OneFS File System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 1.2.1.1 How OneFS Works . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 1.2.1.2 Isilon IQ Features and Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 1.2.1.3 Unique Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7 1.2.1.4 Isilon IQ Economic Advantages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8 1.2.2 SyncIQ Replication Software (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9 1.3 Network Topology Scenarios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11 1.3.1 Separated Internal and External Node Ports Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12 1.3.2 Two Internal Connections, One External Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13 1.3.3 Two Subnets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14 1.3.4 Performance Accelerator Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16 1.3.5 Performance Accelerator Nodes and NANON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17 1.3.6 Performance Accelerator Nodes with Different Subnets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18 1.4 Isilon IQ User Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20 1.4.1 Using the WebAdmin Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20 1.4.1.1 Cluster Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21 1.4.1.2 Node Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22 1.4.1.3 File System Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23 1.4.1.4 Modules Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24 1.4.1.5 Tools Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25 1.4.2 Using the Command Line Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-26 1.4.3 Using the LCD Control Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-27 1.4.4 Using the WebHelp Online Help System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-27

Chapter 2

Installing and Configuring Nodes


2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 Site Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unpacking the Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Installing the Slide Rails . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mounting Nodes in Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.4.1 Mounting Isilon IQ 1440 and IQ 2250 Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.4.2 Mounting Isilon IQ 1920/3000/4800/6000/9000 and EX 6000/9000 Series Nodes . . . . . . 2-2 2-3 2-3 2-5 2-5 2-6

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

ix

Contents

2.4.3 Mounting Isilon IQ Accelerator-i Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 2.5 Installing the Front Panel on Isilon IQ Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 2.5.1 Installing Isilon IQ 1920/3000/4800/6000/9000 and EX 6000/9000 Node Front Panels . 2-7 2.5.2 Installing Isilon IQ Accelerator-i Node Front Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9 2.6 Connecting Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10 2.6.1 Connecting Isilon IQ 1440 and IQ 2250 Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10 2.6.2 Connecting Isilon IQ 1920/1920i/ 3000/3000i/4800/4800i Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10 2.6.3 Connecting Isilon IQ 6000/6000i/9000i Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-11 2.6.4 Connecting Isilon EX 6000/9000 Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13 2.6.5 Connecting Isilon IQ Accelerator-i Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14 2.7 Isilon IQ Switch Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14 2.7.1 Network Switch Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14 2.7.2 Configuring a Cisco Catalyst 3750 Switch for Internal Cluster Communications . . . . . . 2-15 2.7.3 Configuring a Topspin Switch for Internal Cluster Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18 2.7.4 Configuring a Cisco Catalyst 3750 Switch for External Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19 2.8 Configuring a Node as the Initial Node in a New Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22 2.9 Adding a Node to an Existing Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25 2.9.1 Attaching a Node to an Existing Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26 2.9.2 Joining a Node to an Existing Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28 2.9.3 Resolving OneFS Version Mismatches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31 2.9.3.1 Adding a Node with a Newer Version of OneFS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31 2.9.3.2 Adding a Node with an Older Version of OneFS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32

Chapter 3

Cluster Administration
3.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 3.2 Cluster Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 3.2.1 Cluster Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 3.2.1.1 Modifying a Cluster Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 3.2.1.2 Modifying Add Node Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8 3.2.1.3 Setting Cluster Time Manually . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9 3.2.1.4 Modifying WINS Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-11 3.2.1.5 Modifying NIS Domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-11 3.2.1.6 Modifying Configured Networks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-11 3.2.1.7 Modifying External Network Profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12 3.2.1.8 Modifying NFS Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12 3.2.1.9 Modifying FTP Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12 3.2.1.10 Modifying HTTP Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12 3.2.1.11 Modifying DAV Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12 3.2.1.12 Modifying Domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12 3.2.2 Cluster Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13 3.2.3 Cluster Network Traffic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13 3.2.4 Node Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15 3.2.5 OneFS Protection Status and Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15 3.2.5.1 Viewing, Setting, and Modifying Operations Priority Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16 3.2.6 Recent Log Entries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16 3.3 Network Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17 3.3.1 Manage Internal Networks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17 3.3.2 Manage External Networks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33 3.4 Cluster Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47 3.4.1 View Cluster Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47 3.4.1.1 Viewing, Setting, and Modifying Operations Priority Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47 3.4.1.2 Viewing, Setting, and Modifying Advanced Operations Priority Rules . . . . . . . . . 3-51

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Contents

3.4.2 Attach Node . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.4.3 Remove Node . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.4.4 Upgrade Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.4.5 Shutdown/Reboot Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5 List of Local Clusters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3-53 3-55 3-57 3-60 3-62

Chapter 4

Node Administration
4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5 4.6 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Node Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 Node Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 Node CPU Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 Node Network Traffic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 Drive Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7 4.6.1 Viewing Drive Throughput . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7 4.6.2 Viewing Drive Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7 4.7 Node Clients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10 4.8 Hardware Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11 4.8.1 General Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12 4.8.2 Monitored Components Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12 4.8.3 System Partitions Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13 4.8.4 Hardware Log Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13

Chapter 5

File System
5.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1 5.2 File System Explorer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1 5.2.1 File System Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 5.2.2 File System Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 5.2.2.1 Creating a New Windows Share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4 5.2.2.2 Creating a New NFS Export . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4 5.2.2.3 Modifying the OneFS Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4 5.2.2.4 Modifying UNIX Permissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 5.3 Windows File Sharing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 5.3.1 Enabling Windows File Sharing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 5.3.2 Configuring Windows File Sharing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 5.3.2.1 Configuring Windows Networking For a Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 5.3.2.2 Creating a New Share In Domain Access Control Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 5.3.2.3 Creating a New Share In Anonymous or User Access Control Mode . . . . . . . . . . 5-11 5.3.2.4 Modifying the Properties of a Windows Share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12 5.3.2.5 Modifying Permissions of a Windows Share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13 5.3.2.6 Deleting a Windows Share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16 5.4 Directory Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16 5.4.1 Configure Windows Networking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16 5.4.1.1 Domain Access Control Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17 5.4.1.2 Anonymous Access Control Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18 5.4.1.3 Local Users Access Control Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20 5.4.1.4 Enable/Disable Windows File Sharing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22 5.4.2 NIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23 5.4.3 Configure LDAP Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24 5.4.3.1 Configuring LDAP Services Using WebAdmin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25 5.4.3.2 Edit or Delete LDAP Services Configuration Using WebAdmin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27 5.4.4 Using CIFS With NIS or LDAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

xi

Contents

5.5 Configure FlexProtect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.6 Permissions Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.6.1 Manage Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.6.2 Manage Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.7 File Sharing Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.7.1 Configure NFS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.7.2 Tuning NFS Service for Maximum Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.7.3 Configure HTTP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.7.4 Configure FTP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5-29 5-31 5-31 5-33 5-35 5-35 5-37 5-39 5-40

Chapter 6

Modules
6.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 6.2 SyncIQ Replication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 6.2.1 Replication Sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 6.2.1.1 Adding Replication Sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 6.2.1.2 Modifying Replication Sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 6.2.1.3 Default Replication Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7 6.2.1.4 Starting and Stopping SyncIQ Replication Sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9 6.2.1.5 Scheduling SyncIQ Replication Sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10 6.2.2 Bandwidth Limit Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12 6.2.2.1 Configuring Bandwidth Limits for Date and Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12 6.2.2.2 Adding Bandwidth Limit Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12 6.2.2.3 Changing Bandwidth Rule Order and Editing Limit Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13 6.2.3 File System Throttle Setting Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14 6.2.3.1 Adding Throttle Setting Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15 6.2.3.2 Changing Throttle Rule Order and Editing Throttle Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16 6.2.4 Graphs and Logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17 6.2.4.1 Viewing Cluster Replication Performance Graphs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17 6.2.4.2 Viewing Replication Logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19 6.2.4.3 Configuring the Default Log File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20 6.2.5 Tuning and Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22 6.2.5.1 SyncIQ Tuning and Performance Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22 6.2.5.2 Coordinator Recurse Depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23 6.2.5.3 Workers Per Node . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24 6.3 SnapshotIQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25 6.3.1 Specifying Dates and Times . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25 6.3.1.1 Date Expressions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25 6.3.1.2 Time Expressions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-28 6.3.2 Configuring SnapshotIQ Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-28 6.3.2.1 Configuring SnapshotIQ Using the WebAdmin Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-28 6.3.2.2 Configuring SnapshotIQ Using the Command Line Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-32 6.3.3 Configuring SnapshotIQ Schedules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-35 6.3.3.1 Configuring SnapshotIQ Schedules Using the WebAdmin Interface . . . . . . . . . . 6-35 6.3.3.2 Configuring SnapshotIQ Schedules Using the Command Line Interface . . . . . . . 6-40 6.3.4 Viewing SnapshotIQ Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-43 6.3.4.1 Viewing SnapshotIQ Summary Using the WebAdmin Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-43 6.3.4.2 Viewing SnapshotIQ Summary Using the Command Line Interface . . . . . . . . . . . 6-48 6.3.5 Viewing Snapshots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-50 6.3.5.1 Viewing Snapshots Using the WebAdmin Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-50 6.3.5.2 Viewing Snapshots Using the Command Line Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-51 6.3.6 Creating a Manual Snaphot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-52 6.3.6.1 Creating a Manual Snapshot Using the WebAdmin Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-52 6.3.6.2 Creating a Manual Snapshot Using the Command Line Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-53

xii

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Contents

6.3.7 Restoring Files and Folders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-54 6.3.7.1 Restoring Files and Folders Using Shadow Copy Emulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-54 6.3.7.2 Restoring Files and Folders from Snapshots via Command Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-59 6.4 SmartQuotas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-60 6.4.1 Configuring SmartQuotas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-60 6.4.2 Viewing SmartQuotas Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-69 6.5 SmartConnect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-71 6.5.1 Modifying DNS Infrastructure for SmartConnect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-72 6.5.2 SmartConnect Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-78 6.5.2.1 Initial Configuration of SmartConnect Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-78 6.5.2.2 Editing the SmartConnect Basic Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-82 6.5.2.3 Creating a FlexNet Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-88 6.5.2.4 Disabling SmartConnect Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-101 6.5.3 SmartConnect Advanced . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-103 6.5.3.1 Initial Configuration of SmartConnect Advanced . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-103 6.5.3.2 Editing the SmartConnect Advanced Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-115 6.5.3.3 Creating a FlexNet Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-127 6.5.3.4 Disabling SmartConnect Advanced . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-141

Chapter 7

Tools
7.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1 7.2 Alerts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1 7.2.1 View Alert Activity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2 7.2.2 Configure Email Alerts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5 7.2.3 Configure SNMP Alerts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8 7.3 Cluster Logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11 7.4 Backup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12 7.4.1 Configure Backup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12 7.4.2 View Backup Logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14 7.4.3 View Backup Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14 7.5 Cluster Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14 7.5.1 Configure Telnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14 7.5.2 Configure Encoding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15 7.5.3 Configure NTP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15 7.6 Licenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16 7.6.1 Requesting a Module License Activation Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16 7.6.2 Activating a Module License . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17 7.6.2.1 Activating a Module License Using the WebAdmin Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17 7.6.2.2 Activating a Module License Using the Command Line Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18 7.6.3 Removing a Module License . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19 7.7 Site Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19

Chapter 8

Maintenance
8.1 Hot Swap Replacement of a Hard Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1 8.2 Replacing a Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8 8.3 Troubleshooting Cluster Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10 8.3.1 Application Optimizations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10 8.3.2 Evaluation Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11 8.3.3 Protocol Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11 8.3.4 Before Contacting Technical Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

xiii

Contents

Appendix 1 Glossary, Abbreviations, and Acronyms Appendix A End User License Agreement Chapter B Isilon Systems Terms of License/Sale and Warranty

Appendix C Regulatory Notices Appendix D Isilon IQ Technical Specifications Appendix E Using Virtual Directories to Access Isilon IQ Clusters Appendix F Character Set Support in Isilon IQ Appendix G Configuring the Initial Node in a New Cluster

xiv

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

CHAPTER

1
Introduction
This chapter of the Isilon IQ User Guide provides an introduction to the Isilon IQ clustered storage system. The chapter contains the following sections: Section 1.1, Overview Section 1.2, Isilon IQ Platform Section 1.3, Network Topology Scenarios Section 1.4, Isilon IQ User Interfaces

1.1 Overview
The Isilon IQ clustered storage system was built from the ground up to meet the needs of data-intensive businesses and high-performance computing environments. Isilon IQ is a high-performance, clustered storage system that combines Isilon's intelligent OneFS distributed file system with best-of-breed, industry-standard hardware to deliver unmatched scalability and performance. Powerful and unique, Isilon IQ products deliver mission-critical reliability and industry-leading throughput with NAS-level simplicity and SAN-level performance at a much lower total cost than traditional systems. With its latest storage systems, Isilon delivers a number of innovations to the market and sets new industry standards for performance, scalability, ease of use and reliability. Isilon IQ is the first clustered storage system to deliver a single file system that scales up to 1 petabyte of capacity, up to Gigabytes/ second of throughput and supports high-performance InfiniBand for low-latency, high-bandwidth intracluster communication. Data-intensive businesses and clustered computing environments, such as those in media and entertainment, digital imaging, life sciences, oil and gas and government, require the ability to produce, analyze or distribute an ever-growing avalanche of unstructured data. However, applications using video, audio, images and other large digital files have requirements for which traditional storage systems were simply not designed. Figure 1.1 Isilon IQ Open System Architecture Diagram

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

1-1

Chapter 1: Introduction
Isilon IQ Platform

1.2 Isilon IQ Platform


Isilon recognizes that different applications and workflows require different mixes of storage performance relative to storage capacity. The Isilon IQ clustered storage product line addresses enterprises' full spectrum of storage needs - from the highest performance Tier-1 applications to Tier-2 enterprise archive, disk-to-disk backup and disaster recovery. The Isilon product line is comprised of the Isilon IQ 1920, 3000, 6000, and 9000 platform nodes and the Isilon EX 6000, EX 9000 and Isilon IQ Accelerator extension nodes. Isilon IQ clustered storage systems have been deployed in the most demanding customer environments. The Isilon IQ platform node systems use standard Gigabit Ethernet for front-end connections and offer the option of Gigabit Ethernet or high-performance, low-latency InfiniBand for intracluster communication at no additional charge. Isilon IQ 1920/1920i Isilon IQ 1920 includes 1.92 TB in each node for applications that require the highest total throughput and concurrency relative to storage capacity. Isilon IQ 1920i uses high-performance, low-latency InfiniBand for intracluster communication. Cluster Attributes Capacity Memory Rack Units Isilon IQ 3000/3000i Isilon IQ 3000 includes 3 TB in each node for a range of applications that require good performance but are also dependent upon the enhanced available capacity relative to throughput. Isilon IQ 3000i uses high-performance, low-latency InfiniBand for intracluster communication. Cluster Attributes Capacity Memory Rack Units Isilon IQ 6000/6000i Isilon IQ 6000 includes 6.0 TB in each node for applications that require the highest total storage capacity relative to throughput. This system is also ideal for building the largest overall cluster size. Isilon IQ 6000i uses high-performance, low-latency InfiniBand for intracluster communication. In addition the Isilon IQ 6000 comes with a Serial Attached SCSI (SAS) storage expansion port that can be used to interconnect with an Isilon EX storage expansion node. For customers needing to expand capacity, but 3 Nodes (min cluster) 9.0 TB 12 GB 6U 10 Nodes 30.0 TB 40 GB 20 U 96 Nodes 288 TB 384 GB 176 U 3 Nodes (min cluster) 5.7 TB 12 GB 6U 10 Nodes 19.0 TB 40 GB 20 U 96 Nodes 184 TB 384 GB 176 U

1-2

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 1: Introduction
Isilon IQ Platform
not performance, the Isilon IQ 6000 coupled with an Isilon EX offers unsurpassed economics for Tier-2 archives. Cluster Attributes Capacity Memory Rack Units Isilon IQ 9000i Isilon IQ 9000i includes 9.0 TB in each node for applications that require the highest total storage capacity relative to throughput. This system is also ideal for building the largest overall cluster size. Isilon IQ 9000ii uses high-performance, low-latency InfiniBand for intracluster communication. In addition the Isilon IQ 9000i comes with a Serial Attached SCSI (SAS) storage expansion port that can be used to interconnect with an Isilon EX 9000 storage expansion node. For customers needing to expand capacity, but not performance, the Isilon IQ 9000i coupled with an Isilon EX 9000 offers unsurpassed economics for Tier-2 archives. Cluster Attributes Capacity Memory Rack Units Isilon EX 6000 Isilon EX 6000 is a 6.0TB Storage Expansion Node. It enables IQ 6000 customers to scale overall capacity without adding performance to an existing cluster. The supported configuration is one EX 6000 per one IQ 6000, for a total of 12TB. The two 2U nodes are connected using an SAS (Serial Attached SCSI) cable. Isilon EX 9000 Isilon EX 9000 is a 9.0TB Storage Expansion Node. It enables IQ 9000i customers to scale overall capacity without adding performance to an existing cluster. The supported configuration is one EX 9000 per one IQ 9000i, for a total of 18TB. The two 2U nodes are connected using an SAS (Serial Attached SCSI) cable. Isilon IQ Accelerator The Isilon IQ Accelerator is a modular, 1 RU appliance, that can be added to any Isilon IQ cluster including the Isilon IQ 1920, 3000, 4600, or 9000 platforms. The Isilon IQ Accelerator runs Isilon's awardwinning OneFS distributed file system software and participates as a full computational cluster peer. It features Isilon's unique Dynamic Performance Acceleration (DPA) software which enables the Isilon IQ Accelerator to seamlessly join a cluster on the fly in 15 seconds, increasing cluster performance and throughput while also enhancing background administrative tasks such as data protection, data migration and other advanced cluster services. For customers that require more total throughput and performance from their clustered storage but don't need to add additional storage capacity, the Isilon IQ Accelerator is an ideal solution. 3 Nodes (min cluster) 27.0 TB 12 GB 6U 10 Nodes 90.0 TB 40 GB 20 U 96 Nodes 864 TB 384 GB 176 U 3 Nodes (min cluster) 18.0 TB 12 GB 6U 10 Nodes 60.0 TB 40 GB 20 U 96 Nodes 576 TB 384 GB 176 U

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

1-3

Chapter 1: Introduction
Isilon IQ Platform
KEY FEATURES: Distributed file system creates a single, shared global namespace First and only truly symmetrical clustered storage architecture System can scale from 4-1000TB in a single file system Unmatched aggregate throughput from a single file system to more than 10 Gigabytes/second TrueScale enables linear and independent scaling of both capacity and performance Support for InfiniBand or Gigabit Ethernet for intracluster communication Industry leading high availability for clustered storage systems Powerful, easy-to-use web-based management 60-second scaling of both capacity and performance Industry-standard protocol support (NFS, CIFS, HTTP, FTP, NDMP, SNMP, LDAP,ADS, NIS) By providing intelligence in software and using industry-standard hardware, Isilon IQ delivers the most cost-effective, reliable and high performance solutions - storage systems that can be installed in minutes, easily managed and scaled incrementally based on business needs. Isilon IQ offers decreased complexity, reduced risks and a simplified management interface that significantly lowers total cost of ownership. Isilon's intelligent technology and single expandable global namespace allow customers to directly manage 1000s of terabytes as easily as one terabyte and greatly reduce risk by eliminating unnecessary complexity. The Isilon IQ 1440, 2250 and 4800 systems are available to existing customers. Learn more about the features and benefits of Isilon IQ NOTE In order to meet customers desires to expand their Isilon IQ 1440/2250/4800 clusters, the Isilon IQ 1440, 2250 and 4800 models are available on request.

1.2.1 OneFS File System


OneFS is Isilon's patent-pending distributed file system that provides the intelligence behind Isilon IQ. It combines the three layers of traditional storage architectures file system, volume manager and RAID into one unified software layer, creating a single intelligent file system that spans all nodes within a cluster. OneFS combines mission-critical reliability and high availability with state-of-the-art data protection to help storage administrators worry less and do more. OneFS provides a single point of management for large and rapidly growing repositories of unstructured and file-based information and offers faster access to large files, inherent high availability, and the ability to easily scale a single cluster's capacity up to 10 Gigabytes per second of throughput and up to 1000 terabytes of capacity. Unlike simple namespace aggregation tools, Isilon's OneFS distributed file system is truly distributed and intelligently stripes data across nodes in a cluster to create a single, shared pool of storage that can be used across a wide range of applications, including the production, analysis, delivery and archiving of unstructured and file-based data. With advanced features such as FlexProtect-AP, OneFS offers unsurpassed mission-critical reliability and industry-leading drive rebuild times - failed drives can be rebuilt in less than an hour which is faster than more costly Fibre Channel disks and up to 24 times faster than other enterprise storage systems using Serial ATA (SATA).

1-4

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 1: Introduction
Isilon IQ Platform 1.2.1.1 How OneFS Works
Traditional file systems use a centralized server to manage multiple storage resources, creating dependencies and points of failure within a storage system. With the OneFS distributed file system, each platform or IQ Accelerator node in an Isilon clustered storage system is a peer, so any node can handle a request. Using InfiniBand or Gigabit Ethernet for intracluster communication and synchronization, OneFS provides each node with knowledge of the entire file system layout and where each file and part thereof is located. Other storage systems send data through RAID and volume management layers, introducing inefficiencies in data layout. Isilon's OneFS instead controls the placement of files directly on individual disks and dramatically improves the performance of the disk subsystem by optimally distributing files across the cluster. By laying out data on disks in a file-by-file manner, OneFS is able to control the redundancy level of the storage system at the volume, directory and even file levels. OneFS includes several advanced features and benefits. FlexProtect-AP introduces state of art functionality, which rebuilds failed disks in a fraction of the time, harnesses free storage space across the entire cluster to further insure against data loss, and proactively monitors and preemptively migrates data off of at-risk components. Conventional enterprise storage systems limit parity reconstruction operations to a subset of the storage system - a technique that leads to recovery bottlenecks, increases the time it takes to re-protect data and significantly increases the risk of data loss during a single component failure. Traditional RAID-5 parity protection results in data loss if multiple components fail prior to the completion of a rebuilt. FlexProtect-AP, in contrast, automatically distributes all data and error correction information across the entire Isilon cluster and with its robust error correction techniques efficiently and reliably ensures that all data remains intact and fully accessible even in the unlikely event of simultaneous component failures.

1.2.1.2 Isilon IQ Features and Benefits


Truly Distributed, Single Global Namespace. Unlike simple namespace aggregation, Isilon's OneFS distributed file system intelligently stripes data across nodes in a cluster to create a single, shared pool of storage that can be used across a wide range of applications, including the production, analysis, delivery and archiving of unstructured and file-based data. Automatic Content Migration Automatic Data Migration. As new nodes and capacity are added to a cluster, Isilon IQ's exclusive AutoBalance feature automatically balances data across all nodes in a cluster in real time, removing throughput bottlenecks, maximizing performance and storage utilization, and eliminating downtime. With Isilon IQ it is no longer necessary to manually migrate data or change application logic as you scale. Industry Leading Performance Linearly or independently scale the total throughput and performance of your Isilon IQ storage cluster by adding Isilon IQ platform or Accelerator nodes to achieve up to 10 Gigabytes/second of total throughput from a single file system. High Throughput and High Concurrency Isilon IQ supports high-performance InfiniBand for intracluster communication and is ideal for high throughput, highly concurrent environments where clusters of Windows, Unix, Linux and/or Apple Macintosh clients require fast read and write access to a large, shared pool of data. The unique SmartCache capability leverages the OneFS features including its fully distributed file system, file striping and large globally coherent memory cache to deliver unmatched total aggregate throughput from a single file system.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

1-5

Chapter 1: Introduction
Isilon IQ Platform
High Reliability, Self-Healing and Advanced Data Protection With state of the art FlexProtect-AP, administrators can set data protection policies on the fly at the cluster, directory or file levels. With Isilon IQ, data is automatically protected across the entire cluster using all available resources. In the event of multiple drive or node failures, the N+2, N+3, and N+4 protection policies ensure that all data remains 100% available and is rebuilt to any free space throughout the cluster - capacity is not lost to "recovery drives" and failed drives can be rebuilt in less than one hour. Largest Digital Archives Coupled with an Isilon IQ clustered storage node, Isilon EX 6000 storage extension nodes provide an unmatched solution for digital archiving, nearline storage, disk-to-disk backup and disaster recovery. Intelligent Client Connection Load Balancing To maximize performance for users and applications, Isilon IQ's exclusive SmartConnect software module enables client and application connections to be load balanced across all Isilon IQ nodes within a cluster. Through intelligent software policies, and without the necessity of installing cumbersome clientside drivers, SmartConnect simplifies the management and maximizes the performance for large numbers of clients that access Isilon IQ clusters. Figure 1.2 SmartConnect Features

Powerful, Simple Web-Based Management Isilon IQ makes managing large data stores simple with its web-based management interface for configuring, monitoring and managing an Isilon IQ cluster. From a central web-based console, Isilon IQ provides a real-time, single level of management for cluster performance, capacity utilization, quotas, monitoring, diagnostics and management of replication jobs using SyncIQ. Using the web interface, nodes can be added or removed from the cluster with a click of the mouse. Fully Symmetrical, Modular System Each modular, self-contained Isilon IQ platform node contains disk capacity along with a powerful storage server, CPU, memory and network connectivity, all in a compact 2U rack-mountable system. As additional Isilon IQ platform nodes are added to a cluster, all aspects of the cluster scale linearly, including capacity, throughput, memory and CPU processing power. Isilon IQ nodes automatically work together, harnessing their collective power into a single unified storage system.

1-6

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 1: Introduction
Isilon IQ Platform
Scale In Less Than 60 Seconds Isilon IQ delivers the unparalleled ability to add storage capacity, performance or both in less than 60 seconds without downtime or application changes. Newly added nodes joining a cluster automatically inherit existing policies and configuration settings and Isilon's AutoBalance feature automatically stripes data across the newly expanded cluster, eliminating the downtime traditional storage systems require when adding capacity. Built for Massive Growth Isilon IQ's clustered architecture and OneFS distributed file system easily scale from 270MB/ second up to 10 Gigabytes/second of throughput and from 4 up to 1000 terabytes of capacity for a single file system. With Isilon's built-in TrueScale technology, storage capacity, system performance and throughput can be scaled linearly or independently to meet the most demanding capacity and performance requirements. Inherent High-Availability Isilon IQ's modular design eliminates the need to make trade-offs between availability and performance. All data in an Isilon IQ cluster remains fully available for applications even in the unlikely event of multiple disk or node failures. Unlike traditional systems which require the purchase of expensive components such as redundant file servers, volume manager and failover software, these features are inherent in Isilon IQ's clustered architecture and OneFS distributed file system. Additionally, using the most advanced predictive software intelligence, OneFS automatically detects at-risk components and preemptively rebuilds data to ensure 100% data and cluster reliability. Plug and Store Once racked, an Isilon IQ cluster can be installed, configured and online in less than 10 minutes. Industry standard protocols, such as NFS, CIFS, HTTP and FTP allow customers to easily store and access data using Windows, Linux, UNIX or Apple Macintosh systems. Customers may also easily backup and restore cluster data using the Network Data Management Protocol (NDMP), monitor cluster activity using SNMP, and authenticate file access using LDAP, ADS, and NIS. Backup and Restore Supports standard NDMP v3 and v4 for full integration with backup software.

1.2.1.3 Unique Value


Isilon IQ was built with the belief that a smart storage system should be software-based and optimized for the type of data it's storing. Isilon IQ offers decreased complexity, reduced risks, and a simplified management interface that significantly lowers total cost of ownership. Isilon's intelligent technology and single expandable global namespace allows customers to directly manage 1000 terabytes as easily as one terabyte, and greatly reduces risk by eliminating unnecessary complexity. Isilon IQ has redefined the economics of storage and is different from other systems in several key areas, making it the only network storage product in the high-performance class that anyone in your organization could install, manage and grow with ease. These distinguishing characteristics ensure that Isilon IQ provides you the quickest way to accelerate the return of your digital content. Designed for Digital Content and Unstructured Data Only Isilon IQ is optimized to accommodate large file sizes, high aggregate throughput and many concurrent users, while also easily handling unpredictable or explosive data growth.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

1-7

Chapter 1: Introduction
Isilon IQ Platform
The OneFS Distributed File System At the heart of Isilon IQ is one single, expandable file system that supports up to 1 petabyte in a single file system today. OneFS uniquely optimizes the physical placement of data across nodes, enabling a singular storage pool that is capable of reaching up to 10 Gigabytes per second of throughput. Software Intelligence Efficient, cost-effective storage requires smart software. Isilon IQ provides exclusive built-in intelligence, delivering unparalleled ease of management. A host of software features including AutoBalance, FlexProtect-AP, SmartQuotas, SyncIQ, SmartConnect, SnapshotIQ and an easy-to-navigate web interface make changes to system capacity or protection levels effortless. Largest Digital Archives Coupled with an Isilon IQ clustered storage node, Isilon EX 6000/9000 storage extension nodes provide an unmatched solution for digital archiving, nearline storage, disk-to-disk backup and disaster recovery. A Modular, Clustered Architecture An Isilon IQ system is composed of independent nodes that work together, allowing the utmost flexibility in growing your storage system and significant performance advantages for concurrent access to data. Maximum Performance with InfiniBand Customers can select the high-performance, low-latency InfiniBand option for intracluster communication at no additional cost. To maximize performance for users and applications, Isilon IQ's exclusive SmartConnect feature enables client and application connections to be load balanced across all Isilon IQ nodes within a cluster. Through intelligent software policies, and without the necessity of installing cumbersome client-side drivers, SmartConnect simplifies the management and maximizes the performance for large numbers of clients that access Isilon IQ clusters. Industry-Standard Hardware Smart software can extract an enormous amount of sustained performance out of cost-effective, industry-standard hardware components. Isilon IQ was developed with Moore's Law in mind, enabling customers to ride the trends for continuously better, faster and more cost effective hardware. Further, it takes advantage of InfiniBand or standard Gigabit Ethernet as the intracluster backplane and uses standard protocols to communicate with other applications and clients, reducing unnecessary cost and configuration complexity.

1.2.1.4 Isilon IQ Economic Advantages


In order to sustain unyielding growth in digital content, unstructured data and file-based information data stores with the same or even fewer resources, organizations must change their approach to storage. Isilon has designed a storage system from the ground up to support the unique requirements of unstructured and file-based data to ensure that businesses can easily manage their digital assets for the long term. The Isilon IQ clustered storage product line addresses enterprises' full spectrum of storage needs - from the highest performance tier-1 applications to tier-2 enterprise archive, disk-to-disk backup and disaster recovery. For organizations that need to store and manage growing amounts of digital content, Isilon has redefined the economics of storage and is the right tool for the job. The fact of the matter is that decreased complexity reduces risk, simplifies management and lowers the total cost of ownership. Isilon's intelligent technology and single expandable global namespace allow

1-8

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 1: Introduction
Isilon IQ Platform
customers to directly manage 1000 terabytes as easily as one terabyte and greatly reduces risk by eliminating unnecessary complexity. In a brief "Isilon -- Here They Come", Enterprise Strategy Group Senior Analyst Tony Asaro described Isilon IQ as "the easiest storage system we have ever worked with," and further said that "reducing cost and complexity is what it is all about -- and if you reduce complexity then you reduce cost." Isilon IQ accelerates digital workflows and reduces costs by: Decreasing capital acquisition costs. Isilon IQ delivers more value per megabyte than any other network storage system. It costs 40-60% less than network storage systems from traditional vendors. Reducing management and operating expenses. Isilon IQ increases the efficiency of the people who must design, install, configure, update and manage storage infrastructures. Increasing user and application productivity. By creating a single shared pool of storage, Isilon IQ allows faster access to more content, bringing greater efficiencies to the content workflow. For unstructured and file-based storage environments, Isilon IQ also scales to more than ten times greater total sustained throughput than traditional storage systems. Unlocking new revenue opportunities. Isilon IQ creates a flexible and cost-effective storage infrastructure that is designed to support a wide range of new business opportunities based on digital content

1.2.2 SyncIQ Replication Software (Optional)


As companies increasingly need to distribute large, mission-critical data sets to multiple shared storage systems and teams in multiple locations, new, intelligent storage replication solutions are required. Leading companies are looking for solutions that enable the fast and reliable replication of large amounts of digital content across their LANs and WANs while at the same time driving down costs by providing greater simplicity and ease of use. Additionally, as disaster recovery and fast disk-based backup infrastructures are becoming more and more prevalent, companies require a solution that can quickly and efficiently move their mission-critical data throughout a globally distributed network to ensure the highest levels of availability. Currently, traditional storage systems and host-based replication tools have been applied to solve these challenges at great cost and complexity, and with inadequate feature sets and inherent architectural performance limitations. SyncIQ's replication architecture. Traditional replication products from major storage vendors force companies to satisfy their data replication needs with brute force techniques and limited policy-based intelligence. One-size-fits-all block level replication technology, long the industry norm in storage systems, fails to provide customers with the ability to replicate files by file type, file size or geographic location, or to enable customers to easily manage bandwidth utilization and cost. Without an effective and distributed replication system, data replication will be slow to propagate to target storage resources and will frequently become bottlenecked at lone storage controllers or by the capacity of single servers or heads.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

1-9

Chapter 1: Introduction
Isilon IQ Platform
Figure 1.3 SyncIQ Replication Architecture

Isilon Systems, the leader in clustered storage, has brought the same level of sophistication, high performance and simplicity used in its revolutionary OneFS distributed file system to the challenge of data distribution and replication with its new SyncIQ replication software product.

1-10

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 1: Introduction
Network Topology Scenarios

1.3 Network Topology Scenarios


Isilon recognizes that different applications and workflows require different mixes of storage performance relative to storage capacity. This section examines several possible network topographies and discusses the attributes of each. NOTE The network topology scenarios presented in this section are not the only network architectures possible, nor are they applicable to every Isilon node model. For additional help with network configuration, contact Isilon Customer Support.

NANON (Not All Nodes On Network) Isilon supports configurations where, under certain defined circumstances, not all nodes in a cluster are required to have an external network IP address. This type of configuration, referred to as a NANON (Not All Nodes On Network) configuration, allows customers to save ports on a switch or route external traffic to the high-performance nodes in a cluster. The use of a NANON network architecture is possible if any of the following criteria apply: NANON may be used in mixed clusters of storage nodes and Accelerator nodes in which only the Accelerator nodes are configured with external IP addresses. NANON may be used in clusters of storage nodes, in which at least 50% of the total number of nodes in the cluster are configured with external IP addresses. NANON may be used in mixed clusters of storage nodes and Accelerator nodes, in which at least 50% of the total number of nodes in the cluster are configured with external IP addresses. NANON may be used in clusters exclusively consisting of storage nodes, in which at least 10 storage nodes are configured with external IP addresses. NANON Node Logs To access NANON nodes and to review NANON node logs requires an SSH client. The Isilon supported method of accessing NANON nodes is to SSH to a node in the same cluster that does have an external IP address, and to log on to that node, using a valid username and password. Then, while in the SSH session for that node, SSH from that node to the NANON node using the backend IP address. The backend IP address can be found for all nodes by checking the node information in the WebAdmin interface (on the Node Status page) or by entering isi stat -n <node #> on the command line and viewing the IP address for the Internal-A interface. The logs for the NANON nodes are viewable in the /var/log/ directory.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

1-11

Chapter 1: Introduction
Network Topology Scenarios

1.3.1 Separated Internal and External Node Ports Connection


Figure 1.4 shows a network topology where the Internal-A port on each node is used for internal communications (by means of a Internal switch) and the External-1 node port is used for external communications. Figure 1.4 Scenario: One Internal Connection, One External Connection

Internal Switch

Node 1

Node 2

Node 3

External Switch
Typical Application The typical application of this topology is in environments that require a single internal network and a single external network access point. Hardware Required The following hardware components are required to configure the network scenario shown in Figure 1.4: Internal Switch 3 to 42 Isilon IQ Nodes External Switch

1-12

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 1: Introduction
Network Topology Scenarios

1.3.2 Two Internal Connections, One External Connection


Figure 1.5 shows a network topology where the node ports labeled Internal-A are used by one internal communication network (using Internal Switch A), the node ports labeled Internal-B are used by a second internal communication network (for network failover support using Internal Switch B), and the node ports labeled External-1 are used for external communications. Figure 1.5 Scenario: Two Internal Connections, One External Connection

Internal Switch A

Internal Switch B

Node 1

Node 2

Node 3

External Switch

Typical Application The typical application of this topology is in environments that require a dual internal network and a single external network access point. Hardware Required The following hardware components are required to configure the network scenario shown in Figure 1.5: 2 Internal Switches 3 to 42 Isilon IQ Nodes External Switch

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

1-13

Chapter 1: Introduction
Network Topology Scenarios

1.3.3 Two Subnets


Figure 1.6 shows a network topology where the Internal-A node ports are connected to an Internal Switch, the External-1 node port is connected to an external access switch using subnet-1, and the External-2 node port is connected to an external access switch using subnet-2. Figure 1.6 Scenario: Single Internal Network Using Two External Subnets

Internal Switch

Node 1

Node 2

Node 3

Node 4

External Access Switch Subnet-1

External Access Switch Subnet-2

Figure 1.7 shows a network topology where the node ports labeled Internal-A are used by one internal communication network (using Internal Switch A), the node ports labeled Internal-B are used by a second internal communication network for network failover support using Internal Switch B), the External-1 node port is connected to an external access switch using subnet-1, and the External-2 node port is connected to an external access switch using subnet-2.

1-14

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 1: Introduction
Network Topology Scenarios
Figure 1.7 Scenario: Dual Internal Networks Using Two External Subnets

Internal Switch A

Internal Switch B

Node 1

Node 2

Node 3

Node 4

External Access Switch Subnet-1

External Access Switch Subnet-2

Typical Application The typical application of these topographies is in environments where two networks have a need to access the same storage cluster. Hardware Required The following hardware components are required to configure the network scenario shown in Figure 1.6 and Figure 1.7: 1 or 2 Internal Switches 3 to 42 Isilon IQ Nodes 2 External Access Switches

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

1-15

Chapter 1: Introduction
Network Topology Scenarios

1.3.4 Performance Accelerator Nodes


Performance accelerator nodes improve READ access performance and is an efficient use of switch port resources. Figure 1.8 shows a network topology where the Internal-A node ports are connected to an Internal Switch, and the External-1 node port is connected to an external access switch. Figure 1.8 Scenario: Accelerator Topology With Single Internal Network

Internal Switch

Accelerator Node

Accelerator Node

Storage Node

Storage Node

Storage Node

External Switch
Figure 1.9 shows a network topology where the node ports labeled Internal-A are used by one internal communication network (using Internal Switch A), the node ports labeled Internal-B are used by a second internal communication network for network failover support using Internal Switch B), and the External-1 node port of the Accelerator nodes are connected to an external access switch. Figure 1.9 Scenario: Accelerator Topology With Dual Internal Networks

Internal Switch A

Internal Switch B

Accelerator Node

Accelerator Node

Storage Node

Storage Node

Storage Node

External Switch

1-16

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 1: Introduction
Network Topology Scenarios
Typical Application The typical application of this topology is in environments that require more total throughput and performance from their clustered storage system but don't need to add additional storage capacity. Hardware Required The following hardware components are required to configure the network scenario shown in Figure 1.8 and Figure 1.9: 1 or 2 Internal Switches 2 Performance Accelerator Nodes 3 Storage Nodes External Switch

1.3.5 Performance Accelerator Nodes and NANON


Figure 1.10 shows a network topology where the Internal-A node ports are connected to an Internal Switch, and only the External-1 and External-2 node ports of the Accelerator nodes are connected to an external access switch. This is an example of a NANON topology. NOTE In Figure 1.10 and Figure 1.11, the external access switches are configured to use NIC redundancy to provide external connection failover protection. For information on configuring the external network, see Section 3.3.2, Manage External Networks. For information about configuring switches for NIC redundancy (802.3ad), see article #1466 in the Isilon Insight knowledgebase.

Figure 1.10 Scenario: Single Internal Network Accelerator and NANON Topology

Internal Switch

Accelerator Node

Accelerator Node

Storage Node

Storage Node

Storage Node

External Access Switch With Redundancy


Figure 1.11 shows a network topology where the node ports labeled Internal-A are used by one internal communication network (using Internal Switch A), the node ports labeled Internal-B are used by a second internal communication network for network failover support using Internal Switch B), and the External-1 and External-2 node ports of the Accelerator nodes are linked (using 802.3ad) to an external access switch. This is a second example of a NANON topology.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

1-17

Chapter 1: Introduction
Network Topology Scenarios
Figure 1.11 Scenario: Dual Internal Networks Accelerator and NANON Topology

Internal Switch A

Internal Switch B

Accelerator Node

Accelerator Node

Storage Node

Storage Node

Storage Node

External Access Switch With Redundancy

Typical Application The typical application of this topology is in environments where an improvement in cluster performance is desired, but where you want to conserve on switches and do not need external access from the storage nodes. Hardware Required The following hardware components are required to configure the network scenario shown in Figure 1.10 and Figure 1.11: 1 or 2 Internal Switches 2 Performance Accelerator Nodes 3 Storage Nodes 1 External Access Switch with NIC redundancy (802.3ad) configured

1.3.6 Performance Accelerator Nodes with Different Subnets


Figure 1.12 shows a topology where the Internal-A node ports are connected to an Internal Switch, the External-1 node port is connected to an external access switch using subnet-1, and the External-2 node port is connected to an external access switch using subnet-2. This is an example of a NANON topology. NOTE In Figure 1.12 and Figure 1.13, the external access switches are configured to use NIC redundancy to provide external connection failover protection. For information on configuring the external network, see Section 3.3.2, Manage External Networks. For information about configuring switches for NIC redundancy (802.3ad), see article #1466 in the Isilon Insight knowledgebase.

1-18

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 1: Introduction
Network Topology Scenarios
Figure 1.12 Scenario: Single Internal Network Accelerator Topology Using Two External Subnets

Internal Switch

Accelerator Node

Accelerator Node

Storage Node

Storage Node

Storage Node

External Access Switch Subnet-1

External Access Switch Subnet-2

Figure 1.13 shows a network topology where the node ports labeled Internal-A are used by one internal communication network (using Internal Switch A), the node ports labeled Internal-B are used by a second internal communication network for network failover support using Internal Switch B), the External-1 node port is connected to an external access switch using subnet-1, and the External-2 node port is connected to an external access switch using subnet-2. This is an example of a NANON topology. Figure 1.13 Scenario: Dual Internal Networks Accelerator Topology Using Two External Subnets

Internal Switch Switch A

Internal Switch B

Accelerator Node

Accelerator Node

Storage Node

Storage Node

Storage Node

External Access Switch Subnet-1

External Access Switch Subnet-2

Typical Application The typical application of this topology is in environments where two subnets have a need to access the same storage cluster.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

1-19

Chapter 1: Introduction
Isilon IQ User Interfaces
Hardware Required The following hardware components are required to configure the network scenario shown in Figure 1.12 and Figure 1.13: 1 or 2 Internal Switches 2 Performance Accelerator Nodes 3 Storage Nodes 2 External Access Switch with NIC redundancy (802.3ad) configured

1.4 Isilon IQ User Interfaces


Isilon IQ provides three user interfaces, each of which allows you to interact with or manage the cluster as a whole, as well as individual nodes in the cluster. WebAdmin - A Web-based graphical user interface Command Line - A UNIX-based command line interface LCD Panel - An LCD control panel on the front of each node The interface that you choose to utilize is based on your own preferences and experience. Storage administrators who are more familiar with UNIX and UNIX-like operating systems may feel more comfortable with the command line. Windows users may prefer performing configuration and monitoring tasks with the WebAdmin GUI. In some cases, the LCD panel may be the most direct and convenient method. Note that all functions are not available in each user interface.

1.4.1 Using the WebAdmin Interface


WebAdmin is a Web-based interface used to administer the entire cluster, the individual nodes that comprise the cluster, and the content stored on the cluster. You can access WebAdmin by pointing a Web browser to an IP address assigned to any Isilon IQ node or to the cluster name if the cluster is named on a DNS server. NOTE If the WebAdmin interface stops responding, one possible cause is that the server on the node maybe busy and is prioritizing the file system over other processes. Consider accessing the WebAdmin interface from a different node. If this condition persists or it is apparent the node is not overloaded, perform the following steps: 1. Open a secure shell connection with the node and log into the cluster using the root account. 2. At the Isilon IQ command prompt, execute the following command: uictl stop uictl start webwarectl stop webwarectl start 3. To close the session, execute the exit command. Web browsers supported for the WebAdmin interface include: Internet Explorer 6.0 Mozilla 1.5, 1.7

1-20

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 1: Introduction
Isilon IQ User Interfaces
Firefox 1.0, 1.5 Safari 1.3.9, 2.0 Netscape 8.0 Java Virtual Machine 1.5 (version 1.4 is not supported) NOTE To view live statistics on your cluster, WebAdmin requires the run-time environment for Java2 Standard Edition (J2SE) version 1.5 as a plug-in to your browser. Java Virtual Machine 1.4 is NOT supported. Version 1.5 is available from the Sun Microsystems Web site (http://java.sun.com).

The WebAdmin interface consists of a title bar at the top of the page, a menu bar, and a page frame that occupies the majority of the browser window. Figure 1.14 shows the WebAdmin interface menu bar. Figure 1.14 WebAdmin Menu Bar

1.4.1.1 Cluster Menu


Figure 1.15 shows the submenus and commands of the Cluster menu. Figure 1.15 Cluster Menu Commands

The Cluster menu provides access to the following cluster management resources: Cluster Status Selecting Cluster Status opens the Cluster Status page. Network Configuration The Network Configuration submenu contains the following commands: Manage Internal Networks Selecting Manage Internal Networks opens the Interface Configuration page. Manage External Networks Selecting Manage External Networks opens the FlexNet Current Profiles page.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

1-21

Chapter 1: Introduction
Isilon IQ User Interfaces
Cluster Management The Cluster Management submenu contains the following commands: View Cluster Operations Selecting View Cluster Operations open the Operations page. Attach Node Selecting Attach Node opens the Attach Node to Cluster page. Remove Node Selecting Remove Node opens the Remove Node from Cluster page. Upgrade Cluster Selecting Upgrade Cluster opens the Cluster Update page. Shutdown/Reboot Cluster Selecting Shutdown/Reboot Cluster opens Reboot page. List of Local Clusters Selecting List of Local Clusters opens the Cluster List page. NOTE For additional information about the cluster management resources, see Chapter 3, Cluster Administration.

1.4.1.2 Node Menu


Figure 1.16 shows the submenus and commands of the Node menu. Figure 1.16 Node Menu Commands

The Node menu provides access to status information for each node contained in the cluster: <n>:<clustername-n> Selecting <n>:<clustername-n> (01:Isilon-1 in Figure 1.16) opens the Node Status page for the selected node. NOTE For additional information about node status, see Chapter 4, Node Administration.

1-22

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 1: Introduction
Isilon IQ User Interfaces 1.4.1.3 File System Menu
Figure 1.17 shows the submenus and commands of the File System menu. Figure 1.17 File System Menu Commands

The File System menu provides access to the following file system resources: File System Explorer Selecting File System Explorer opens the File System Management page. Windows File Sharing Selecting Windows File Sharing opens the Configure Windows Shares page. Directory Services The Directory Services submenu contains the following commands: Windows Networking Selecting Windows Networking opens the Microsoft Windows Networking Support page. NIS Selecting NIS opens the Configure NIS Services page. LDAP Services Selecting LDAP Services opens the Configure LDAP Services page. Configure FlexProtect Selecting Configure FlexProtect opens the Configure FlexProtect-AP data protection settings page. Permission Management The Permission Management submenu contains the following commands: Manage Users Selecting Manage Users opens User Management page. Manage Groups Selecting Manage Groups opens Group Management page.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

1-23

Chapter 1: Introduction
Isilon IQ User Interfaces
File Sharing Services The File Sharing Services submenu contains the following commands: Configure NSF Selecting Configure NSF opens the Enable NFS Service page. Configure HTTP Selecting Configure HTTP opens the Enable HTTP Service page. Configure FTP Selecting Configure FTP opens the Enable FTP Service page. NOTE For additional information about the file system resources, see Chapter 5, File System.

1.4.1.4 Modules Menu


Figure 1.18 shows the commands of the Modules menu. Figure 1.18 Modules Menu Command

The Modules menu provides access to the following module: SyncIQ Replication If the optional cluster synchronization module has been activated, selecting SyncIQ Replication opens the Replication Management page. NOTE If the SyncIQ Replication module has not been installed, the SyncIQ Replication command opens a description that highlights the features of this package.

SnapshotIQ If the optional SnapshotIQ module has been activated, the SnapshotIQ submenu contains the following commands: View Summary Selecting View Summary opens the SnapshotIQ Summary page View Snapshots Selecting View Snapshots opens the SnapshotIQ: List of Snapshots page Configure Schedules Selecting Configure Schedules opens the SnapshotIQ: Configure Schedule page Configure Settings Selecting Configure Settings opens the SnapshotIQ Settings page Take Snapshot Selecting Take Snapshot opens the SnapshotIQ: Create Snapshot Immediately page

1-24

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 1: Introduction
Isilon IQ User Interfaces
NOTE If the SnapshotIQ module has not been installed, the SnapshotIQ command opens a description that highlights the features of this package.

SmartQuotas If the optional SmartQuotas module has been activated, the SnapshotIQ submenu contains the following commands: View Reports Selecting opens the SmartQuotas Reports page and selecting Configure Quotas Selecting opens the Configure Quotas page. NOTE If the SnapshotIQ module has not been installed, the SnapshotIQ command opens a description that highlights the features of this package.

SmartConnect If the optional SmartConnect module has been activated, selecting SmartConnect opens the SmartConnect page. NOTE If the SmartConnect module has not been installed, the SmartConnect command opens a description that highlights the features of this package.

NOTE

For additional information about the optional modules, see Chapter 6, Modules.

1.4.1.5 Tools Menu


Figure 1.18 shows the submenus and commands of the Tools menu. Figure 1.19 Tools Menu Commands

The Tools menu provides access to the following resources: Alerts The Alerts submenu contains the following commands:

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

1-25

Chapter 1: Introduction
Isilon IQ User Interfaces
View Activity Selecting View Activity opens the Active Alerts page Configure Email Alerts Selecting Configure Email Alerts opens the Email Alerts Recipients page Configure SNMP Alerts Selecting Configure SNMP Alert opens the SNMP page. Cluster Logs Selecting Cluster Logs opens the View Cluster Log Lists page. Backup The Backup submenu contains the following commands: Configure Backup Selecting Configure Backup opens the Configure Backup page View Backup Logs Selecting View Backup Logs opens the Recent Backup Log Output page View Backup Statistics Selecting View Backup Statistics opens the Backup Statistics page Cluster Services The Cluster Services submenu contains the following commands: Configure Telnet Selecting Configure Telnet opens Telnet page. Configure Encoding Selecting Configure Encoding opens the Character Encoding page. Configure NTP Selecting Configure NTP opens Configure Network Time Protocol page Licenses Selecting Licenses opens the Licenses page. Site Map Selecting Site Map opens the Site Map page. NOTE For additional information about the Tools resources, see Chapter 7, Tools.

1.4.2 Using the Command Line Interface


The Isilon IQ command line user interface extends the standard command set with a rich set of commands that allow administrators to monitor and manage the cluster, the individual nodes that comprise the cluster, and content stored on the cluster. Storage administrator can access the Isilon IQ command line interface by establishing an SSH or telnet connection with any node in the cluster. Once connected, storage administrators have these commands at their disposal: isi alerts: allows the user to view and quiet active and historical alerts isi config: configures the cluster isi devices: provides a means to add, remove, or view the status of a device in the cluster isi get: provides information about files, including their protection policy and level isi networks: provides a means to manipulate the external network settings. isi perfstat: provides detailed performance statistics for each node in the cluster isi restripe: used to redistribute information across other disks for data redundancy

1-26

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 1: Introduction
Isilon IQ User Interfaces
isi services: allows the user to enable and disable services isi set: allows the user to set file protection policy isi smartconnect: offers users load-balancing options for the cluster through a text wizard isi status: provides real-time status information isi update: provides a mechanism to update a cluster online NOTE To view the full set of Isilon IQ commands, enter man isi on the command line and press Enter.

1.4.3 Using the LCD Control Panel


In addition to the WebAdmin GUI and the command line, there is also an LCD control panel on the front of each Isilon IQ node (exception the IQ Accelerator and EX 6000 nodes). It allows you to Add or Join new nodes into a cluster, hot swap a hard drive, and check basic cluster status information. This LCD panel is frequently used as the most direct and convenient method when you are integrating a new node into the cluster.

1.4.4 Using the WebHelp Online Help System


Isilon WebHelp is an HTML-based online help system designed to provide storage administrators with comprehensive and detailed information about deploying and managing Isilon IQ. It will help you learn how to install, configure, and manage the Isilon IQ network storage system. It can be used contextually to provide the information that is immediately needed to complete a task, or as a general information source about the capabilities of the Isilon IQ system. The help system contains detailed, step-by-step procedural topics, and also provides storage administrators with supplementary details about concepts and tools available to configure and monitor the cluster. Therefore, WebHelp can be used contextually to provide the information that is immediately needed to complete a task, or as a comprehensive information source about the capabilities of the Isilon IQ system. To access context-sensitive topics using Microsoft Internet Explorer, click the WebHelp icon in the upper right hand corner of the WebAdmin page you are using. WebHelp will open, with the relevant topic presented. To access comprehensive WebHelp topics, use the Contents, Index, or Search links in the WebHelp navigation bar to explore any topic. The Table of Contents provides an organized out-line of the entire help system, while the Index helps you move directly to specific topics. The Search tab offers full-text searching of the entire help system. Procedural topics are identified by orange title bars; descriptive topics including screen shots are identified by blue title bars in this system. Links to other topics in the online help system are identified by green arrow icons placed within WebHelp topic pages. Click to move to the new topic.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

1-27

Chapter 1: Introduction
Isilon IQ User Interfaces

1-28

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

CHAPTER

2
Installing and Configuring Nodes
This chapter of the Isilon IQ User Guide provides information about site preparation, installing, and configuring an Isilon IQ node. The chapter contains the following sections: Section 2.1, Site Preparation Section 2.2, Unpacking the Hardware Section 2.3, Installing the Slide Rails Section 2.4, Mounting Nodes in Rack System Section 2.5, Installing the Front Panel on Isilon IQ Nodes Section 2.6, Connecting Nodes Section 2.7, Isilon IQ Switch Configuration Section 2.8, Configuring a Node as the Initial Node in a New Cluster Section 2.9, Adding a Node to an Existing Cluster New Cluster Installation Sequence The following is the suggested sequence for installing a new Isilon IQ cluster: 1. Prepare the installation site (Section 2.1 on page 2-2). 2. Unpack the hardware (Section 2.2 on page 2-3). 3. Install the slide rails on the rack system for the Isilon IQ products (Section 2.3 on page 2-3). 4. Mounting the nodes in the rack system (Section 2.4 on page 2-5). 5. Install the front panel and hinge on the Isilon IQ nodes (Section 2.5 on page 2-7). 6. Connecting the nodes (Section 2.6 on page 2-10). 7. Configure the internal and external network switches (Section 2.7 on page 2-14). 8. Configure the initial node in the cluster (Section 2.8 on page 2-22). 9. Add the remaining nodes to the cluster (Section 2.9 on page 2-25). Adding Node to Existing Cluster Sequence The following is the suggested sequence for adding one or more nodes to an existing cluster: 1. Unpack the hardware (Section 2.2 on page 2-3). 2. Install the slide rails on the rack system (Section 2.3 on page 2-3). 3. Mounting the nodes in the rack system (Section 2.4 on page 2-5). 4. Install the front panel and hinge on the Isilon IQ nodes (Section 2.5 on page 2-7). 5. Connecting the nodes (Section 2.6 on page 2-10). 6. Add the nodes to the cluster (Section 2.9 on page 2-25).

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

2-1

Chapter 2: Installing and Configuring Nodes


Site Preparation

2.1 Site Preparation


There are a number of considerations when installing an Isilon IQ system into your network. Before installing Isilon IQ nodes, prepare a suitable operating environment: Power Supply Connect Isilon IQ nodes that have two power supplies to two independent conditioned power sources, optimally on separate legs of the building's electrical system. Conditioned power safeguards against damage caused by power spikes and other power fluctuations. Redundant power supplies can prevent downtime related to power outage resulting from an overloaded circuit. CAUTION For Isilon IQ nodes that contain dual power supplies, both power supply units must be connected. Operating a node using only one power supply for an extended period of time will shorten the life of the power supply. If the installation site is limited on power outlets, contact Isilon Customer Support for information about using a Y-Cable to power both supplies from one outlet.

Air Conditioning Isilon IQ systems must operate in environments that maintain a temperature range between 10 - 35 C (50 - 95 F), with a relative humidity between 5 and 95%, non-condensing. Each Isilon IQ node generates up to 2,400 BTU/hr; ensure that your air conditioning system has the capacity to accommodate the total heat generated by your system. Network Topology Isilon IQ nodes that comprise a cluster must use the same internal subnet. For optimum performance, connect the switch that interconnects Isilon IQ nodes as directly as possible to the clients the cluster serves. For additional information, see Section 1.3, Network Topology Scenarios, on page 1-11. IP Addresses Each Isilon IQ node needs its own static IP address for each internal and external interface; determine in advance IP addresses assignable to Isilon IQ. To ease cluster administration, we recommend assigning addresses in the largest possible contiguous range. Client File-Sharing Services Isilon IQ Systems support heterogeneous computing environments (UNIX, Windows, MacOS, and others). It is helpful to know in advance what clients the Isilon IQ cluster will serve, the computing environment of each, and the file access protocol under which the client/server relationship will operate. Gateway Device If the Isilon IQ System will communicate with a client computer outside of the subnet on which the cluster resides, you must provide the IP address of the gateway device through which the cluster will communicate. DNS Server To address the cluster using friendly names instead of IP addresses, you must name them on the DNS server, and make the DNS server accessible to the cluster. NTP Server To synchronize the date on your Isilon IQ cluster with an NTP server, you must make that server accessible to the cluster.

2-2

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 2: Installing and Configuring Nodes


Unpacking the Hardware

2.2 Unpacking the Hardware


When unpacking and moving the Isilon IQ nodes, employ two people to lift and move the nodes to avoid personal injury or damage to the equipment. IMPORTANT Installation of Isilon IQ nodes should be performed by qualified individuals who are aware of the potential risks associated with the activity. Uninformed actions may result in equipment damage or personal injury.

2.3 Installing the Slide Rails


NOTE The information in this section DOES NOT apply to Isilon IQ 1440 and IQ 2250 nodes. Slide rails are not used with IQ 1440 and IQ 2250 models.

Isilon IQ nodes are designed to mount in standard nineteen inch rack systems, using a slide rail system for ease of access. The rail system includes two inside rails that may need to be attached to the nodes (some nodes may be delivered with the inside rails already attached), two outside/middle slide rail assemblies that need to be attached to the rack system, and two rail extension brackets to customize the depth of the rails. Perform the following steps to install the slide rails: 1. Make sure your site is setup properly for the Isilon IQ system installation. This includes providing the proper power supplies, air conditioning, and network infrastructure. For details on setting up a suitable installation environment, see Section 2.1, Site Preparation, on page 2-2. 2. Open all packaging. Verify that the package contents are sufficient (including two outside/middle slide assemblies, two rail extension brackets, and packets of mounting screws, retainers, and nuts) for each node that will be installed. NOTE The rail extension brackets are packaged separate from the slide rail assemblies.

3. Remove the slide rail assemblies from the box. Leave the outside/middle slides assembled together. NOTE The slide rail assemblies are the same (not right-specific or left-specific) and will work on either side of rack system.

4. If the left and right side inside rails were not delivered attached to the nodes, attach the rails to the node using the provided 10-32 pan head screws. Figure 2.1 Attaching the Inside Rails

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

2-3

Chapter 2: Installing and Configuring Nodes


Installing the Slide Rails
5. Determine the correct position of the rail extension brackets by matching the depth of your rack system. Attach the rail extension brackets to the slide rail sub-assemblies using the provided 10-32 pan head screws and nuts. Position the screw heads on the inside, with the nuts on the outside, as shown in Figure 2.2. Figure 2.2 Slide Rail Details
RAIL EXTENSION BRACKET SLIDE RAIL SUB-ASSEMBLY

THREADED BAR NUT

G-STYLE PANEL NUT RETAINER

RACK SYSTEM

Positioning the Slide Rails in the Rack When positioning the slide rails in the rack system, consider leaving a 1u space between every third 2u node. This will provide access, ease installation congestion, and assist air circulation. When mounting the nodes (see Section 2.4, Mounting Nodes in Rack System, starting on page 2-5), install the lowest node first and work upward. This will allow the nodes to settle into the rack holes and provides the full 1 U or 2U spacing required to position the next node. 6. For Isilon IQ 1920/3000/4800/6000/9000 series nodes: a. Install both slide rail sub-assemblies into the rack system, using the eight 10-32 screws and four threaded bar nuts to attach the rail assemblies in the front and the rear of the rack. Each corner will use two screws and one threaded bar nut. Ensure that both slide rail assemblies are level and parallel. Do not fully tighten the screws until the chassis has been installed to ensure the proper seated position of the slide rails. b. Install two G-style panel nut retainers onto the front rack system vertical rails in the next hole directly above the previously installed slide rails, as shown in Figure 2.3.

2-4

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 2: Installing and Configuring Nodes


Mounting Nodes in Rack System
Figure 2.3 Installing G-Style Panel Nut Retainers

G-STYLE PANEL NUT RETAINER

ASSEMBLE THE SLIDE RAIL SUB-ASSEMBLIES AND EXTENSION BRACKETS ON THE OUTSIDE OF THE RACK SYSTEM UPRIGHT AS SHOWN

7. For IQ Accelerator-i nodes, install both slide rail assemblies into the rack system, using the eight 1032 screws and four threaded bar nuts to attach the rail assemblies to the front and the rear rack uprights. Each corner uses two screws and one threaded bar nut. On the front corners, the leading edges of the slide rail assemblies are sandwiched between the Chassis Mounting Plate and the rack upright, as shown in Figure 2.4. Ensure the slide rail sub-assemblies are level and parallel. Do not fully tighten the screws until the chassis is installed to ensure the slide rails are properly seated. Figure 2.4 Installing Chassis Mounting Plates

CHASSIS MOUNTING PLATE

THREADED BAR NUT

THE LEADING EDGE OF THE SLIDE RAIL SUB-ASSEMBLIES ARE SANDWICHED BETWEEN THE CHASSIS MOUNTING PLATE AND THE RACK SYSTEM UPRIGHT.

2.4 Mounting Nodes in Rack System


The physical installation of Isilon IQ nodes is a simple and straightforward process. Each Isilon IQ node mounts in standard nineteen-inch rack systems. The Isilon IQ Accelerator-i nodes occupy a 1U space. Other Isilon IQ nodes occupy a 2U space. NOTE Due to the weight of each Isilon IQ node, employ a minimum of two people to install a node into a rack system.

2.4.1 Mounting Isilon IQ 1440 and IQ 2250 Nodes


To install an Isilon IQ 1440 or IQ 2250 node into a rack system, slide the node into the rack and secure it. NOTE The Isilon IQ 1440 and IQ 2250 nodes are subject to availability and are available on request only to our existing customers who desire to expand their existing Isilon IQ 1440 or IQ 2250 clusters.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

2-5

Chapter 2: Installing and Configuring Nodes


Mounting Nodes in Rack System

2.4.2 Mounting Isilon IQ 1920/3000/4800/6000/9000 and EX 6000/9000 Series Nodes


Perform the following steps to install an Isilon IQ 1920/3000/4800/6000/9000 and EX 6000/9000 series node into the rack system: 1. Extend the left-side and right-side middle slide rails out from the rack four to ten inches. The middle slide rails are part of the outside/middle slide rail assemblies previously installed in Section 2.3. 2. Employing two people, insert the inside rails (that have previously been attached to the node) into the middle slides until the inside rail locking tabs contacts the middle slide rail. 3. While pushing the inside rail locking tabs in, push the node into the rack system until the inside rail locking tab locks into the middle slide rail. 4. If the middle slide rail locking tab holes (and the inside rail locking tabs) are not exposed, pull the node outward until they are. 5. Push the exposed inside rail locking tabs in and push the node into the rack system. NOTE If the slide rail assembly locks in a partially extended position, pull the node out to expose the middle slide rail locking tab holes, push the locking tabs in, and then push the node back into the rack system.

6. Fully tighten the slide rail mounting screws at all four corners. NOTE Once the front panel has been installed (see Section 2.5.1), secure the node in position by threading two screws into the G-style panel nut clips that were previously installed.

2.4.3 Mounting Isilon IQ Accelerator-i Nodes


Perform the following steps to install an Isilon IQ Accelerator-i node into the rack system: 1. Install the ear brackets onto the node using the black #8 screws. Figure 2.5 Installing the Ear Brackets onto Node

2. Extend the left-side and right-side middle slide rails out from the rack four to ten inches. The middle slide rails are part of the outside/middle slide rail assemblies previously installed in Section 2.3.

2-6

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 2: Installing and Configuring Nodes


Installing the Front Panel on Isilon IQ Nodes
3. Employing two people, insert the inside rails (that have previously been attached to the node) into the middle slides until the inside rail locking tabs contacts the middle slide rail. 4. While pushing the inside rail locking tabs in, push the node into the rack system until the inside rail locking tab locks into the middle slide rail. 5. If the middle slide rail locking tab holes (and the inside rail locking tabs) are not exposed, pull the node outward until they are. 6. Push the exposed inside rail locking tabs in and push the node into the rack system. NOTE If the slide rail assembly locks in a partially extended position, pull the node out to expose the middle slide rail locking tab holes, push the locking tabs in, and then push the node back into the rack system.

7. Secure the chassis by threading the two ear bracket thumbscrews into the chassis mounting plate. 8. Fully tighten the slide rail mounting screws at all four corners.

2.5 Installing the Front Panel on Isilon IQ Nodes


The front panels for the Isilon IQ 1440 and IQ 2250 nodes are shipped with the front panel attached. Isilon IQ 1920/3000/4800/6000/9000, EX 6000/9000, and IQ Accelerator-i nodes are shipped with the front panel unattached to protect the panel during transport.

2.5.1 Installing Isilon IQ 1920/3000/4800/6000/9000 and EX 6000/9000 Node Front Panels


The front panel and hinge assembly includes hinge brackets that attach to the node on both sides, and a front panel that attaches to the hinges (see Figure 2.6). Figure 2.6 Installing the Front Panel
LEFT HINGE BRACKET

SHOULDER SCREW

DISPLAY CABLE CONNECTION

DISPLAY CABLE

FRONT PANEL

RIGHT HINGE BRACKET

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

2-7

Chapter 2: Installing and Configuring Nodes


Installing the Front Panel on Isilon IQ Nodes
Perform the following steps to install the front panel and hinges on Isilon IQ 1920/3000/4800/6000/9000 and EX 6000/9000 nodes: 1. Verify that you have sufficient parts for each front panel that needs to be installed. NOTE Front panel hinges are different (right-specific and left-specific) for each side of the panel.

2. Install right and left front panel hinge brackets to chassis using four black #8 screws on each side. Torque screws to 6-8 in-lbs. Figure 2.7 Installing the Right and Left From Panel Hinge Brackets

BLACK SCREWS

RIGHT HINGE BRACKET

3. Next, install front panel assembly to the chassis using shoulder screws. Torque screws to 6-8 in-lbs. Figure 2.8 Installing Front Panel Assembly

DISPLAY CABLE CONNECTION

DISPLAY CABLE

FRONT PANEL SHOULDER SCREW

2-8

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 2: Installing and Configuring Nodes


Installing the Front Panel on Isilon IQ Nodes
4. Connect the display cable to the front panel PC board connector by sliding the flat cable to the connector. Ensure that the cable is fully seated and pushed straight into the connector. Lock it into position by closing the slide latch on the connector. 5. Pivot the front panel up and snap it into the closed position. CAUTION To avoid damage to the front panel or its hinge brackets, do not lift or carry the chassis by holding the front panel.

6. Secure the node in position using two screws, threaded into the G-style panel nut clips that were previously installed. Alternative Install Sequence for IQ 1920/3000/4800/6000/9000 and EX 6000/9000 Front Panels An alternative sequence for installing the front panel is to assemble the front panel to the hinges before attaching the assembly to the node chassis. Perform the following steps to install the front panel using this alternative sequence: 1. Attach the front panel to the hinge brackets using the shoulder screws. 2. Install the front panel/hinge bracket assembly to the chassis using four black #8 screws on each side. 3. Connect the display cable to the front panel PC board connector by sliding the flat cable to the connector. Ensure that the cable is fully seated and pushed straight into the connector. Lock it into position by closing the slide latch on the connector. 4. Pivot the front panel up and snap it into the closed position. 5. Secure the node in position using two screws, threaded into the G-style panel nut clips that were previously installed.

2.5.2 Installing Isilon IQ Accelerator-i Node Front Panels


Install the front panel on an Isilon IQ Accelerator-i node by lining up the panel connector with the link circuit board and then snap the panel side tabs into the chassis ear brackets. Figure 2.9 Installing IQ Accelerator-i Front Panel
LINK CIRCUIT BOARD PANEL CONNECTOR

EAR BRACKET PANEL SIDE TAB

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

2-9

Chapter 2: Installing and Configuring Nodes


Connecting Nodes

2.6 Connecting Nodes


How you connect the nodes in your Isilon IQ system will depend on the type of network topology you are implementing. For information about the different topology applications and workflows, see Section 1.3, Network Topology Scenarios, on page 1-11.

2.6.1 Connecting Isilon IQ 1440 and IQ 2250 Nodes


Perform the following steps to connect an Isilon IQ 1440 or IQ 2250 node: 1. Plug the provided power cords into two separate power supplies. IMPORTANT Both power supplies must be connected. Operating a node using only one power supply for an extended period of time will shorten the life of the power supply. If the installation site is limited on power outlets, contact Isilon Customer Support for information about using a Y-Cable to power both supplies from one outlet.

Figure 2.10 Isilon IQ 1440 and IQ 2250 Nodes: Rear View


Management Port USB Ports Rj45 Ethernet Ports Redundant Power Supplies

PWR ALARM RESET


INTERNAL PRIMARY EXTERNAL

NIC LOC

MOUSE KEYBD

USB MGMT PORT VIDEO PORT

INTERNAL FAILOVER

EXTERNAL

2. Connect the Internal A GigE RJ45 port to the switch supporting the Internal A network. 3. If your network topology includes a second internal network, connect the Internal B GigE RJ45 port to the switch supporting the Internal B network. 4. Connect the External 1 GigE RJ45 port to the switch supporting the External 1 network. 5. If your network topology includes a second external network, connect the External 2 GigE RJ45 port to the switch supporting the External 2 network. 6. If the node is the initial node in a new cluster, see Section 2.8 on page 2-22 for configuration information. 7. If the node is being added to an existing cluster, see Section 2.9 on page 2-25 for configuration information.

2.6.2 Connecting Isilon IQ 1920/1920i/ 3000/3000i/4800/4800i Nodes


Perform the following steps to connect an Isilon IQ 1920/1920i/3000/3000i/4800/4800i node: 1. Plug the provided power cords into two separate power supplies. NOTE Both power supplies must be connected. Operating a node using only one power supply for an extended period of time will shorten the life of the power supply. If the installation site is limited on power outlets, contact Isilon Customer Support for information about using a Y-Cable to power both supplies from one outlet.

2-10

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 2: Installing and Configuring Nodes


Connecting Nodes
Figure 2.11 Isilon IQ 1920/3000/4800 Nodes: Rear View
Redundant Power Supplies USB Ports Management Port Power Switch GigE Ethernet External Ports GigE Ethernet Internal Ports

Figure 2.12 Isilon IQ 1920i/3000i/4800i Nodes: Rear View


Redundant Power Supplies USB Ports Management Port Power Switch GigE Ethernet External Ports InfiniBand Internal Ports

2. If you are installing an Isilon IQ 1920/3000/4800 node, perform the following: a. Connect the Internal A GigE RJ45 port to the switch supporting the Internal A network. b. If your network topology includes a second internal network, connect the Internal B GigE RJ45 port to the switch supporting the Internal B network. c. Connect the External 1 GigE RJ45 port to the switch supporting the External 1 network. d. If your network topology includes a second external network, connect the External 2 GigE RJ45 port to the switch supporting the External 2 network. 3. If you are installing an Isilon IQ 1920i/3000i/4800i node, perform the following: a. Connect the Internal A InfiniBand port to the switch supporting the Internal A network. b. If your network topology includes a second internal network, connect the Internal B InfiniBand port to the switch supporting the Internal B network. c. Connect the External 1 GigE RJ45 port to the switch supporting the External 1 network. d. If your network topology includes a second external network, connect the External 2 GigE RJ45 port to the switch supporting the External 2 network. 4. If the node is the initial node in a new cluster, see Section 2.8 on page 2-22 for configuration information. 5. If the node is being added to an existing cluster, see Section 2.9 on page 2-25 for configuration information.

2.6.3 Connecting Isilon IQ 6000/6000i/9000i Nodes


NOTE The storage space of an Isilon IQ 6000 or IQ 6000i can be expanded by connecting an Isilon EX 6000 storage expansion node. The storage space of an Isilon IQ 9000i can be expanded by connecting an Isilon EX 9000 storage expansion node.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

2-11

Chapter 2: Installing and Configuring Nodes


Connecting Nodes
Perform the following steps to install an Isilon IQ 6000/6000i/9000i node: 1. Plug the provided power cords into two separate power supplies. NOTE Both power supplies must be connected. Operating a node using only one power supply for an extended period of time will shorten the life of the power supply. If the installation site is limited on power outlets, contact Isilon Customer Support for information about using a Y-Cable to power both supplies from one outlet.

Figure 2.13 Isilon IQ 6000 Node: Rear View


Redundant Power Supplies USB Ports Management Port Power Switch GigE Ethernet External Ports GigE Ethernet Internal Ports SAS Ports

Figure 2.14 Isilon IQ 6000i/9000i Node: Rear View


Redundant Power Supplies USB Ports Management Port Power Switch GigE Ethernet External Ports InfiniBand Internal Ports SAS Ports

2. If you are installing an Isilon IQ 6000 node, perform the following: a. Connect the Internal A GigE RJ45 port to the switch supporting the Internal A network. b. If your network topology includes a second internal network, connect the Internal B GigE RJ45 port to the switch supporting the Internal B network. c. Connect the External 1 GigE RJ45 port to the switch supporting the External 1 network. d. If your network topology includes a second external network, connect the External 2 GigE RJ45 port to the switch supporting the External 2 network. 3. If you are installing an Isilon IQ 6000i or IQ 9000i node, perform the following: a. Connect the Internal A InfiniBand port to the switch supporting the Internal A network. b. If your network topology includes a second internal network, connect the Internal B InfiniBand port to the switch supporting the Internal B network. c. Connect the External 1 GigE RJ45 port to the switch supporting the External 1 network. d. If your network topology includes a second external network, connect the External 2 GigE RJ45 port to the switch supporting the External 2 network.

2-12

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 2: Installing and Configuring Nodes


Connecting Nodes
IMPORTANT If your installation includes an Isilon EX 6000 storage expansion node, complete the setup sequence in Section 2.6.4.

4. If the node is the initial node in a new cluster, see Section 2.8 on page 2-22 for configuration information. 5. If the node is being added to an existing cluster, see Section 2.9 on page 2-25 for configuration information.

2.6.4 Connecting Isilon EX 6000/9000 Nodes


NOTE The Isilon EX 6000 is a storage expansion node that is added to an IQ 6000 or IQ 6000i node. The Isilon EX 9000 is a storage expansion node that is added to an IQ 9000i node.

Perform the following steps to connect an Isilon EX 6000 node to an Isilon IQ 6000 node or an Isilon EX 9000 node to an Isilon IQ 9000i node: 1. Plug the provided power cords into two separate power supplies. NOTE Both power supplies must be connected. Operating a node using only one power supply for an extended period of time will shorten the life of the power supply. If the installation site is limited on power outlets, contact Isilon Customer Support for information about using a Y-Cable to power both supplies from one outlet.

Figure 2.15 Isilon EX 6000 Node: Rear View


Redundant Power Supplies SAS Ports Power Switch

2. Connect the SAS 3 port on the Isilon EX 6000 or EX 9000 to the SAS 1 port on the IQ 6000/6000i or IQ 9000i node, using the provided SAS cable (Molex #74527-3002 5052). IMPORTANT When connecting the SAS cable, secure both the IQ 6000and EX 6000/EX 6000 cable connections with the connector lock down screws.

3. Turn on the Isilon EX 6000/9000 node using the power switch on the rear of the node. 4. Reboot the Isilon IQ 6000/9000i head node connected to the EX6000/9000 node.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

2-13

Chapter 2: Installing and Configuring Nodes


Isilon IQ Switch Configuration
NOTE If the IQ 6000/IQ 9000i node (or the EX 6000/9000 node) is power-cycled OFF and then ON separate from the EX 6000/9000 node (or the IQ 6000/9000i node), a SAS communication problem may occur. To recover from this type of error condition, power-cycle the non-cycled node. It is recommended that both the IQ 6000/9000i and EX 6000/9000 nodes be placed on the same power circuit. Should a power interruption occurs on the shared circuit, the recovery sequence should take place automatically.

2.6.5 Connecting Isilon IQ Accelerator-i Nodes


Perform the following steps to install an Isilon IQ Accelerator-i node: 1. Plug the provided power cord into the power supply. Figure 2.16 Isilon IQ Accelerator-i Node: Rear View
Power Supply Power Switch Power Reset USB Ports Management Port GigE Ethernet External Ports InfiniBand Internal Ports

2. Connect the Internal A InfiniBand port to the switch supporting the Internal A network. 3. If your network topology includes a second internal network, connect the Internal B InfiniBand port to the switch supporting the Internal B network. 4. Connect the External 1 GigE RJ45 port to the switch supporting the External 1 network. 5. If your network topology includes a second external network, connect the External 2 GigE RJ45 port to the switch supporting the External 2 network. 6. See Section 2.9 on page 2-25 for configuration information. IMPORTANT An Isilon IQ Accelerator-i node cannot be configured as the initial node in a new cluster. See Section 2.9, Adding a Node to an Existing Cluster, on page 2-25 for information about adding the node to an existing cluster.

2.7 Isilon IQ Switch Configuration


This section provides information about configuring network switches for use with your Isilon IQ system.

2.7.1 Network Switch Selection


The selection of network switches for use with your Isilon IQ system depends on the Isilon components used and your network topology. Non-InfiniBand Isilon IQ models support standard copper Gigabit Ethernet connectivity for both external and internal network communications. Isilon IQ InfiniBand models (IQ 1920i/3000i/4800i/6000i/9000i and IQ Accelerator-i) support standard copper Gigabit Ethernet connectivity for the external network communications and InfiniBand connectivity for internal network communications. IMPORTANT If you have a fiber Gigabit Ethernet infrastructure, you must use either a copperto-fiber converter device for each port or uplink a copper switch to the fiber switch via fiber connections (see your switch configuration manual for support).

2-14

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 2: Installing and Configuring Nodes


Isilon IQ Switch Configuration

2.7.2 Configuring a Cisco Catalyst 3750 Switch for Internal Cluster Communications
The following procedure provides an example of how to configure a Cisco Catalyst 3750 switch for use as an internal Gigabit Ethernet Isilon IQ network switch. For additional information concerning switch configuration and selection, contact Isilon Customer Support and request the Isilon IQ Switch Configuration Guide. Perform the following steps to configure an internal Cisco Catalyst 3750 switch: 1. Connect a computer serial port to the console port of the Cisco switch using the RJ-45-to-DB-9 adapter cable provided with the switch. 2. On the computer you have connected, open a serial communication utility such as MiniCom (UNIX) or HyperTerminal (Windows). 3. Configure the connection utility to match the console port default settings: Transfer Rate Data Bits Parity Stop Bits Flow Control 9600 bps 8 None 1 None

4. Connect a grounded AC power source to the switch using the supplied AC power cord. NOTE As the switch powers on, it performs a power-on self-test that will last approximately one minute.

5. When the switch asks if you want to go through its automated start up routine, enter no. Would you like to enter the initial configuration dialog? [yes/no]: no 6. Enter the enable command. Switch>enable 7. Enter the show vlan command. Switch#show vlan

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

2-15

Chapter 2: Installing and Configuring Nodes


Isilon IQ Switch Configuration
At this point, the configuration program will display text similar to the following:. VLAN Name Status Ports ---- -------------------------------- --------- -----------------------------1 default active Gi1/0/1, Gi1/0/2, Gi1/0/3 Gi1/0/4, Gi1/0/5, Gi1/0/6 Gi1/0/7, Gi1/0/8, Gi1/0/9 Gi1/0/10, Gi1/0/11, Gi1/0/12 Gi1/0/13, Gi1/0/14, Gi1/0/15 Gi1/0/16, Gi1/0/17, Gi1/0/18 Gi1/0/19, Gi1/0/20, Gi1/0/21 Gi1/0/22, Gi1/0/23, Gi1/0/24 Gi1/0/25, Gi1/0/26, Gi1/0/27 Gi1/0/28 1002 fddi-default act/unsup 1003 token-ring-default act/unsup 1004 fddinet-default act/unsup 1005 trnet-default act/unsup VLAN ---1 1002 1003 1004 1005 Type ----enet fddi tr fdnet trnet SAID ---------100001 101002 101003 101004 101005 MTU ----1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 Parent -----RingNo -----BridgeNo -------Stp ---ieee ibm BrdgMode -------Trans1 -----0 0 0 0 0 Trans2 -----0 0 0 0 0

Remote SPAN VLANs -----------------------------------------------------------------------------Primary Secondary Type Ports ------- --------- ----------------- -----------------------------------------8. If all of the ports are not on default VLAN 1 (the example shows the 24 ports plus 4 fiber uplinks), enter the following commands to join the ports to VLAN 1: Switch#configure terminal Switch(config)#interface range GigabitEthernet 1/0/1 - 24 Switch(config-if-range)#switchport mode access Switch(config-if-range)#switchport access vlan 1 Switch(config-if-range)#end 9. Enter the show system mtu command. Switch#show system mtu The configuration program will return text similar to the following: System MTU size is 1500 bytes System Jumbo MTU size is 9000 bytes

2-16

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 2: Installing and Configuring Nodes


Isilon IQ Switch Configuration
10. If the settings do not match those in displayed in step 9, you will need to enter the following: Switch(config)#configure terminal Switch(config)#system mtu jumbo 9000 Switch(config)#end 11. Re-enter the show system mtu command: and confirm that the settings are correct. 12. Enter the following commands: Switch(config)#configure terminal Switch(config)#interface range GigabitEthernet 1/0/1 - 24 Switch(config-if-range)#spanning-tree portfast The configuration program will return text similar to the following: %Warning: portfast should only be enabled on ports connected to a single host. Connecting hubs, concentrators, switches, bridges, etc... to this interface when portfast is enabled, can cause temporary bridging loops. Use with CAUTION

NOTE

Portfast will be configured in 24 interfaces due to the range command but will only have effect when the interfaces are in a non-trunking mode.

13. Enter the end command to exit the configuration mode. Switch(config-if-range)#end 14. Enter the following to save the current running configurations to the startup configurations so that when the switch is reset it will maintain the new configurations. Switch#copy running-config startup-config 15. When the following prompt appears, press Enter. Destination filename [startup-config]? The following message will be displayed to confirm the startup configuration has been completed: Building configuration... [OK] 16. Enter the reload command to save the configuration. Switch# reload The switch is now ready to be used for internal cluster communications.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

2-17

Chapter 2: Installing and Configuring Nodes


Isilon IQ Switch Configuration

2.7.3 Configuring a Topspin Switch for Internal Cluster Communications


The following procedure provides an example of how to configure a Topspin switch for use as an internal InfiniBand Isilon IQ network switch. The procedure applies only to the Isilon IQ 1920i/3000i/4800i/6000i and IQ Accelerator-i InfiniBand nodes. For additional information concerning switch configuration and selection, contact Isilon Customer Support and request the Isilon IQ Switch Configuration Guide. NOTE Isilon IQ clusters normally use OpenSM to provide a subnet manager for InfiniBand traffic. The Topspin switch contains its own subnet manager that must be disabled to insure the proper functioning of the Isilon IQ cluster.

Perform the following steps to configure the Topspin switch: 1. Connect a computer to the Topspin switch using the cable provided with the switch. NOTE For additional information on connecting the serial console cable, see the documentation included with the Topspin serial cable kit.

2. On the computer you have connected, open a serial communication utility such as MiniCom (UNIX) or HyperTerminal (Windows). 3. Configure the connection utility to use standard serial port settings: Transfer Rate Data Bits Parity Stop Bits Flow Control 9600 bps 8 None 1 Hardware

4. Enter the user name and password. The default user name is super, and the default password is super. Login: super Password: super 5. Enter the enable command. topspin> enable 6. Enter the config terminal command. topspin# config terminal 7. Enter the following command to remove the default subnet manager from the system configuration: topspin(config)# no ib sm subnet-prefix fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00 8. Optionally, reset the password. topspin(config)# username super password <PASSWORD>

2-18

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 2: Installing and Configuring Nodes


Isilon IQ Switch Configuration
9. Save the configuration to preserve it between reboots. topspin(config)# exit topspin# copy running-config startup-config 10. Disconnect the cable. The Topspin switch is ready to be installed as part an Isilon IQ cluster. NOTE For information about configuration commands that enable the Topspin switch remote management function, see the Configure Basic Connectivity section of the Topspin Quick Start Guide. Enabling this function is not required by Isilon IQ clusters and has been removed from the configuration directions.

2.7.4 Configuring a Cisco Catalyst 3750 Switch for External Communications


The following procedure provides an example of how to configure a Cisco Catalyst 3750 switch for use as an external Gigabit Ethernet Isilon IQ network switch. For additional information concerning switch configuration and selection, contact Isilon Customer Support and request the Isilon IQ Switch Configuration Guide. Perform the following steps to configure a Cisco Catalyst 3750 switch for external communications: 1. Connect a computer serial port to the console port of the Cisco switch using the RJ-45-to-DB-9 adapter cable provided with the switch. 2. On the computer you have connected, open a serial communication utility such as MiniCom (UNIX) or HyperTerminal (Windows). 3. Configure the connection utility to match the console port default settings: Transfer Rate Data Bits Parity Stop Bits Flow Control 9600 bps 8 None 1 None

4. Connect a grounded AC power source to the switch using the supplied AC power cord. NOTE As the switch powers on, it performs a power-on self-test that will last approximately one minute.

5. When the switch asks if you want to go through its automated start up routine, enter no. Would you like to enter the initial configuration dialog? [yes/no]: no 6. Enter the enable command. Switch>enable 7. Enter the show vlan command. Switch#show vlan

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

2-19

Chapter 2: Installing and Configuring Nodes


Isilon IQ Switch Configuration
At this point, the configuration program will display text similar to the following: VLAN Name Status Ports ---- -------------------------------- --------- -----------------------------1 default active Gi1/0/1, Gi1/0/2, Gi1/0/3 Gi1/0/4, Gi1/0/5, Gi1/0/6 Gi1/0/7, Gi1/0/8, Gi1/0/9 Gi1/0/10, Gi1/0/11, Gi1/0/12 Gi1/0/13, Gi1/0/14, Gi1/0/15 Gi1/0/16, Gi1/0/17, Gi1/0/18 Gi1/0/19, Gi1/0/20, Gi1/0/21 Gi1/0/22, Gi1/0/23, Gi1/0/24 Gi1/0/25, Gi1/0/26, Gi1/0/27 Gi1/0/28 1002 fddi-default act/unsup 1003 token-ring-default act/unsup 1004 fddinet-default act/unsup 1005 trnet-default act/unsup VLAN ---1 1002 1003 1004 1005 Type ----enet fddi tr fdnet trnet SAID ---------100001 101002 101003 101004 101005 MTU ----1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 Parent -----RingNo -----BridgeNo -------Stp ---ieee ibm BrdgMode -------Trans1 -----0 0 0 0 0 Trans2 -----0 0 0 0 0

Remote SPAN VLANs ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Primary Secondary Type Ports ------- --------- ----------------- -----------------------------------------8. If all of the ports are not on default VLAN 1 (the example shows the 24 ports plus 4 fiber uplinks), enter the following commands to join the ports to VLAN 1. Switch#configure terminal Switch(config)#interface range GigabitEthernet 1/0/1 - 24 Switch(config-if-range)#switchport mode access Switch(config-if-range)#switchport access vlan 1 Switch(config-if-range)#end 9. Enter the show system mtu command. Switch#show system mtu The configuration program will return text similar to the following: System MTU size is 1500 bytes System Jumbo MTU size is 9000 bytes

2-20

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 2: Installing and Configuring Nodes


Isilon IQ Switch Configuration
10. If the settings do not match those in displayed in step 9, you will need to enter the following: Switch(config)#configure terminal Switch(config)#system mtu jumbo 9000 Switch(config)#end 11. Re-enter the show system mtu command: and confirm that the settings are correct. 12. Enter the following commands: Switch(config)#configure terminal Switch(config)#interface range GigabitEthernet 1/0/1 - 24 Switch(config-if-range)#spanning-tree portfast The configuration program will return text similar to the following: %Warning: portfast should only be enabled on ports connected to a single host. Connecting hubs, concentrators, switches, bridges, etc... to this interface when portfast is enabled, can cause temporary bridging loops. Use with CAUTION

NOTE

Portfast will be configured in 24 interfaces due to the range command, but will only have effect when the interfaces are in a non-trunking mode.

13. Enter the exit command. switch(config-if-range)#exit 14. Enter the following commands to configure the uplink port to enable automatic MDI crossover detection. switch(config)#interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/1 switch(config-if)#mdix auto switch(config-if)#exit 15. Enter the following commands to configure and enable an IP Address on VLAN 1: switch(config)#interface vlan 1 switch(config-if)#ip address <ip address> <subnet mask> switch(config-if)#no shutdown switch(config-if)#exit 16. Optionally, set the hostname, domain, DNS Server(s), and default gateway: a. Enter the hostname command to change the prompt and the hostname. switch(config)#hostname <switch name> b. Enter the ip domain-name command to aid in DNS lookups. switch(config)#ip domain-name <yourcompany.com>

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

2-21

Chapter 2: Installing and Configuring Nodes


Configuring a Node as the Initial Node in a New Cluster
c. Enter the ip name-server command to set the DNS server IP address. switch(config)#ip name-server <DNS server ip address>

NOTE

If you use multiple DNS servers, you will need to run the ip name-server command multiple times to set the IP addresses for each server.

d. Enter the ip default-gateway command to set the switchs default gateway. switch(config)#ip default-gateway <switch default gateway> 17. Enter the end command to exit the configuration mode. Switch(config)#end 18. Enter the copy command to save the current running configurations to the startup configurations. Switch#copy running-config startup-config 19. When the following prompt appears, press Enter: Destination filename [startup-config]? A message will be displayed to confirm the startup configuration has been completed: Building configuration... [OK] 20. Enter the reload command to save the configuration. Switch#reload The switch is now ready to be used for external communications.

2.8 Configuring a Node as the Initial Node in a New Cluster


If the node you are installing will serve as the initial node in a new cluster, use the Isilon IQ Configuration Wizard to configure the proper cluster settings. IMPORTANT An Isilon IQ Accelerator-i node cannot be configured as the initial node in a new cluster.

Configuring a New Node as the Initial Node in a New Cluster Using WebAdmin The WebAdmin interface cannot be used to configure the initial node in a new cluster. Configuring a New Node as the Initial Node in a New Cluster Using the LCD Control Panel The LCD control panel cannot be used to configure the initial node in a new cluster.

2-22

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 2: Installing and Configuring Nodes


Configuring a Node as the Initial Node in a New Cluster
Configuring a New Node as the Initial Node in a New Cluster Using the Command Line Perform the following steps to configure a new node as the initial node in a new cluster: 1. Connect a computer using a serial cable to the Isilon IQ Management Port on the rear of the node. 2. Turn on the Isilon IQ node power switch. For Isilon IQ 1440 and IQ 2250 nodes, the power switch is located inside the front panel. For Isilon IQ 1920/920i/3000/3000i/4800/4800i/6000/6000i/9000i and EX 6000/9000 nodes, the power switch is located on the rear panel. 3. On the computer you have connected, open a serial communication utility such as minicom (UNIX) or HyperTerminal (Windows). 4. Configure the connection utility to use standard serial port settings: Transfer Rate Data Bits Parity Stop Bits Flow Control 9600 bps IQ 1440 & IQ 2250 nodes 115,200 bps IQ 1920/3000/4800/6000/9000, and IQ Accelerator nodes 8 None 1 Hardware

5. Once the utility establishes a connection with the node and the node has booted, the system will prompt you to enter a new password for root. Please change the root password from the default. Please enter new password for root: a. Enter the new root password. Please enter new password for root: <new password> b. The initial configuration process will request that you re-enter the new password. Please re-enter new password for root: c. Re-enter the new root password. Please re-enter new password for root: <new password> The initial configuration process will confirm the change. Password changed.

IMPORTANT

If this is not the first node of a new cluster, this password will be overwritten by the password already established on the cluster you join.

6. The initial configuration process will next prompt you to enter a new password for admin. Please change the admin password from the default. Please enter new password for admin:

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

2-23

Chapter 2: Installing and Configuring Nodes


Configuring a Node as the Initial Node in a New Cluster
a. Enter the new admin password. Please enter new password for admin: <new password> Please re-enter new password for admin: b. The initial configuration process will request that you re-enter the new password. Please re-enter new password for admin: c. Re-enter the new admin password. Please re-enter new password for admin: <new password> The initial configuration process will confirm the change. Password changed.

IMPORTANT

If this is not the first node of a new cluster, this password will be overwritten by the password already established on the cluster you join.

The initial configuration process will next prompt you to specify whether you want Isilon Systems, Inc. to receive critical alerts from this new cluster. Would you like to allow Isilon Systems, Inc. to receive critical alerts from this cluster? [no] 7. Enter either yes or no, or press Enter (no is the default value) to specify whether critical alerts will be sent to Isilon Systems, Inc. At this point, the Isilon IQ Configuration Wizard will open, presenting you with the following options: Isilon OneFS Copyright 2001-2006 Isilon Systems, Inc.

All rights reserved.

Enter 'status' at any prompt to view current configuration. Enter 'help' at any prompt for help on that step. Enter 'back' at any prompt to return to previous step. Enter 'manual' at any prompt to leave wizard mode. Enter 'quit' at any prompt to disconnect. -------------------------------------------------------Do you wish to [1] create a new cluster. [2] join an existing cluster. [3] exit wizard and configure manually. Wizard >>> 8. Enter 1 to start the process to create a new cluster. 9. Follow the on-screen instructions to configure the node. NOTE See Appendix G, Configuring the Initial Node in a New Cluster, for an example of configuring an initial node using the Isilon IQ Configuration Wizard.

2-24

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 2: Installing and Configuring Nodes


Adding a Node to an Existing Cluster

Creating a New Cluster The input required to complete the Isilon IQ Configuration Wizard configuration depends primarily on the network topology you are implementing. To complete the Isilon IQ Configuration Wizard, you will need to enter the following attributes: Required Attributes A unique cluster name Character set encoding Internal-A IP range, subnet IP ranges, and subnet masks External-1 IP, subnet IP, and subnet mask for each node connected to external switch The time zone for the cluster If you want the cluster to use Manual or Secure mode for adding additional nodes Additional Attributes for Topologies with Two Internal Networks Internal-B IP range, subnet IP ranges, and subnet masks Failover IP range Additional Attributes for Topologies with Two External Networks External-2 IP range, subnet IP ranges, and subnet masks Additional Configuration Attributes The default gateway devices IP address for the external interface subnet The DNS domain name and server IP addresses for the network. Cluster Date and Time Isilon strongly suggests that you designate an NTP (Network Time Protocol) server to control your cluster date and time. See section Section 7.5.3, Configure NTP, on page 7-15 for instructions to complete the configuration.

NOTE

The assigned internal address range needs to be large enough so each node has an IP address. Depending on the network topology being implemented, you will also need an external IP address for each node connected to the external network switch. If possible, assign internal and external ranges larger than necessary to make future expansion of the cluster more straightforward.

2.9 Adding a Node to an Existing Cluster


The method used to add a node to an existing Isilon IQ cluster depends on the Add Node Setting configuration. If the cluster is configured in the Manual mode, a node can either be attached to the cluster or joined to the cluster. If the cluster is configured in the Secure mode, a node can only be attached to the cluster. NOTE For additional information about the Add Node Setting, see Section 3.2.1.2, Modifying Add Node Setting, on page 3-8.

NOTE

For instructions on removing a node from a cluster, see Section 3.4.3, Remove Node, on page 3-55.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

2-25

Chapter 2: Installing and Configuring Nodes


Adding a Node to an Existing Cluster

2.9.1 Attaching a Node to an Existing Cluster


Attaching a node to an existing cluster is performed from the cluster using either the WebAdmin interface, the LCD panel, or the command line. Attaching a Node to a Cluster Using WebAdmin Perform the following steps to attach a node using WebAdmin: 1. Power ON the new unconfigured node. For Isilon IQ 1440 and IQ 2250 nodes, the power switch is located inside the front panel. For Isilon IQ 1920/1920i/3000/3000i/4800/4800i/6000/6000i/9000i and IQ Accelerator-i nodes, the power switch is located on the rear panel. 2. Open the WebAdmin interface on an existing node in the cluster: a. Enter either the IP address of any Isilon IQ node in the cluster or the cluster name (if the name is listed on a DNS server) in the address bar of a Web browser. b. Press Enter. 3. On the Cluster menu, point to Cluster Management, and then click Attach Node to open the Attach Node to Cluster page. Figure 2.17 Attach Node to Cluster Page

NOTE

The Attach Node to Cluster page presents a list of MAC addresses of unconfigured nodes that are available to attach to the cluster.

4. In the Attach column, select the node you want to attach to the cluster. 5. Click Submit to apply changes and return to the Cluster Status page (see Figure 3.2 on page 3-2).

2-26

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 2: Installing and Configuring Nodes


Adding a Node to an Existing Cluster
Attaching a Node to a Cluster Using the LCD Control Panel Perform the following steps to attach a node using the LCD: 1. Power ON the new unconfigured node. For Isilon IQ 1440 and IQ 2250 nodes, the power switch is located inside the front panel. For Isilon IQ 1920/1920i/3000/3000i/4800/4800i/6000/6000i/9000i and IQ Accelerator-i nodes, the power switch is located on the rear panel. 2. From the Main Menu on the LCD screen of an existing node in the cluster, select the Attach command and then press the center control button to open the Attach Menu.

Isilon-1: OK Main Menu: Attach Status

3. Select the Node command and press the center control button to open the Node Menu.

Isilon-1: OK Attach Menu: Node Drive

4. Select the Storage or Accelerator (if you are attaching an IQ Accelerator node) command and press the center control button to open the node selection view.

Isilon-1: OK Node Menu: Storage Accelerator

Isilon-1: OK Node Menu: Storage Accelerator

5. Scroll through the available nodes using the scroll up and scroll down controls to select the node and press the center control button to accept the selection.

Which node would you like to attach? 00.e0.81.03.b2.29

NOTE

The IQ node MAC or GUID addresses for Internal-A and Internal-B ports are located on the internal port GigE Ethernet or InfiniBand card.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

2-27

Chapter 2: Installing and Configuring Nodes


Adding a Node to an Existing Cluster
Attaching a Node to a Cluster Using the Command Line Perform the following steps to attach a node from the command line: 1. Power ON the new unconfigured node. For Isilon IQ 1440 and IQ 2250 nodes, the power switch is located inside the front panel. For Isilon IQ 1920/1920i/3000/3000i/4800/4800i/6000/6000i/9000i and IQ Accelerator-i nodes, the power switch is located on the rear panel. 2. Connect to an existing node in the cluster and obtain a command prompt. 3. At the Isilon IQ command prompt, enter the isi config command to enter the configuration mode. isi config 4. Enter the list unconfigured command. list unconfigured The list unconfigured command displays a numbered list of unconfigured nodes on the same switch as the node executing the command: Mac ID --------------------1 00:04:76:aa:ac:dc 2 00:e0:81:02:86:b5 3 00:04:76:aa:ae:a5

NOTE

The IQ node MAC or GUID addresses for Internal-A and Internal-B ports are located on the internal port GigE Ethernet or InfiniBand card.

5. At the command prompt, execute the attach command appended with either the MAC address of the node you want to add to the cluster or the number that corresponds to its position in the list. >>> attach [<MAC address> | <list position>] The system will return a confirmation message that includes the MAC address of the node it is attaching to the cluster, and the Node ID and IP address the cluster has assigned it.

2.9.2 Joining a Node to an Existing Cluster


Joining a node to an existing cluster is performed from a node that is seeking to be added to the cluster, using either the LCD panel or the command line. NOTE If the Add Node Setting configuration of the cluster you want to join is set to Secure, you will be unable to join the cluster from an unconfigured node. You must attach the node to the cluster using the instructions provided in Section 2.9.1, Attaching a Node to an Existing Cluster, on page 2-26.

Joining a Cluster Using WebAdmin The WebAdmin interface cannot be used to join an unconfigured node to a cluster.

2-28

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 2: Installing and Configuring Nodes


Adding a Node to an Existing Cluster
Joining a Cluster Using the LCD Control Panel Perform the following steps to join a cluster using the LCD: 1. Power ON the new unconfigured node. For Isilon IQ 1440 and IQ 2250 nodes, the power switch is located inside the front panel. For Isilon IQ 1920/1920i/3000/3000i/4800/4800i/6000/6000i/9000i and IQ Accelerator-i nodes, the power switch is located on the rear panel. Once the node has booted, the LCD display will present a list of clusters available for this node to join:

Which cluster should this node join? Isilon

2. Scroll through the available clusters using the scroll up and scroll down control buttons. 3. When the cluster you want to join appears, accept the selection by pressing the center control button. Joining a Cluster Using the Command Line Isilon IQ provides a join command that merges an unconfigured node with an existing cluster, making the node part of the cluster. The join command is executed from an unconfigured node as opposed to the attach command, which is executed from a node that is already configured as part of a cluster. NOTE If the join mode of the cluster you want to join is set to secure, you will be unable to join the cluster from an unconfigured node. You must add the node from the cluster you want to join.

Perform the following steps to join a cluster using the command line: 1. Connect to the unconfigured node you want to join into a cluster. 2. Power ON the new unconfigured node. For Isilon IQ 1440 and IQ 2250 nodes, the power switch is located inside the front panel. For Isilon IQ 1920/1920i/3000/3000i/4800/4800i/6000/6000i/9000i and IQ Accelerator-i nodes, the power switch is located on the rear panel. Once the node has booted, the Isilon IQ Configuration Wizard will appear on the screen of the computer connected to the node: Do you wish to 1) create a new cluster. 2) join an existing cluster. 3) exit wizard and configure manually. >>> NOTE For IQ Accelerator-i nodes, the Isilon IQ Configuration Wizard does not present the create a new cluster option.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

2-29

Chapter 2: Installing and Configuring Nodes


Adding a Node to an Existing Cluster
3. From the list of configuration options, choose join an existing cluster by entering option number 2 at the command line. >>> 2 The system will return a list of clusters visible to the client machine: Select which cluster you wish to join. Cluster name Version

Join mode

IP Address

--------------------------------------------------------------------------[ 1] Isilon1 Isilon OneFS v4.5 Manual 172.16.1.21 [ 2] Isilon2................Isilon OneFS v4.5..... Manual.....172.16.0.69 [ 3] Isilon3 Isilon OneFS v4.5 Manual 172.16.0.170 [ 4] Isilon4................Isilon OneFS v4.5......Manual.....172.16.3.89 [ 5] Isilon5 Isilon OneFS v4.5 Manual 10.14.138.1 [ 6] Isilon6................Isilon OneFS v4.5......Manual.....172.16.1.101 [ 7] Isilon7 Isilon OneFS v4.5 Manual 172.16.0.21 [ 8] Isilon8................Isilon OneFS v4.5......Manual.....172.16.0.161 [ 9] Isilon9 Isilon OneFS v4.5 Secure 10.10.171.71 [10] Isilon10...............Isilon OneFS v4.5......Manual.....192.168.65.2 [11] Isilon11 Isilon OneFS v4.5 Manual 10.1.213.181 [12] Isilon12...............Isilon OneFS v4.5......Manual.....172.16.0.90 [13] Isilon13 Isilon OneFS v4.5 Manual 172.16.1.103 [14] Isilon14...............Isilon OneFS v4.5......Manual.....10.1.213.213 [15] Isilon15 Isilon OneFS v4.5 Manual 172.16.0.140 [16] Isilon16...............Isilon OneFS v4.5......Manual.....172.16.0.144 [Enter] Refresh list Join Cluster >>> 4. From the list of clusters, identify the cluster you want the unconfigured node to join. 5. Enter the number that corresponds to that cluster's position in the list, for example: >>> 4 The system will return a confirmation message stating the name of the cluster, and run an automated configuration script. Attempting to join cluster 'Isilon4' Interface bc2 configured NOTE If the system returns the following message, see Section 2.9.3.1, Adding a Node with a Newer Version of OneFS, for instruction on how to proceed. Adding node with a newer version. If the system returns the following message, see Section 2.9.3.2, Adding a Node with an Older Version of OneFS, for instruction on how to proceed. Adding node with a older version.

2-30

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 2: Installing and Configuring Nodes


Adding a Node to an Existing Cluster
When the system has completed the configuration process, it returns a login prompt. The Isilon IQ node is now ready for use as part of the cluster it joined.

2.9.3 Resolving OneFS Version Mismatches


If you attempt to attach or join a node to a cluster that has a different version of OneFS using either the WebAdmin interface or the LCD control panel, the attempt will fail. Should this happen, complete the Joining a Cluster Using the Command Line procedure that starts on page 2-29. If the version of OneFS is a newer version, see Section 2.9.3.1 for instructions on how to resolve the version mismatch. If the version of OneFS is an older version, see Section 2.9.3.2 for instructions on how to resolve the version mismatch. The possible resolutions to OneFS version mismatches include: Condition Node with newer version Cluster Version v3.5 Node Version v4.1 Possible Resolutions 3 Do not add the node to the cluster 3 Downgrade the node OneFS version 3 Upgrade the cluster OneFS version Node with older version v4.1 v3.5 3 Do not add the node to the cluster 3 Upgrade the node OneFS version

2.9.3.1 Adding a Node with a Newer Version of OneFS


If the node you are adding has a newer version of OneFS than the cluster, you have two options. Downgrade the New Node Perform the following steps to downgrade the new nodes OneFS version: 1. Complete the Joining a Cluster Using the Command Line procedure that starts on page 2-29. 2. When the following message appears, enter 2 to start the process to downgrade the nodes OneFS version to match the OneFS version of the cluster. Adding node with a newer version. Node: Isilon OneFS vHEAD Cluster: Isilon OneFS v3.5.3 Do you wish to [ 1] cancel (this node will not be added). [ 2] downgrade the node to match cluster. [ 3] upgrade cluster to match the node. Your selection >>> 2 3. When the following message appears, press Enter to confirm that you want to downgrade the node. Do you wish to downgrade node? [yes] >>> The system will display the following message: Attempting to join cluster 'Isilon4'. Join Cluster >>> Interface Internal-A configured. Join Cluster >>> This node is currently being upgraded, please wait.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

2-31

Chapter 2: Installing and Configuring Nodes


Adding a Node to an Existing Cluster
When the downgrade is complete, the node will be rebooted. Upgrade the Existing Cluster Perform the following steps to upgrade the clusters OneFS version: 1. Complete the Joining a Cluster Using the Command Line procedure that starts on page 2-29. 2. When the following message will appears, enter 3 to start the process to upgrade the clusters OneFS version to match the OneFS version of the node. Adding node with a newer version. Node: Isilon OneFS vHEAD Cluster: Isilon OneFS v3.5.3 Do you wish to [ 1] cancel (this node will not be added). [ 2] downgrade the node to match cluster. [ 3] upgrade cluster to match the node. Your selection >>> 3 3. When the following message appears, press Enter to confirm that you want to downgrade the node. Do you wish to upgrade cluster? [yes] >>> The system will display the following message: Attempting to join cluster 'Isilon4'. Join Cluster >>> Interface Internal-A configured. Join Cluster >>> This cluster is currently being upgraded, please wait. When the upgrade is complete, the cluster will be rebooted.

2.9.3.2 Adding a Node with an Older Version of OneFS


If the node you are adding has an older version of OneFS than the cluster, you need to upgrade the OneFS version on the node. Perform the following steps to upgrade the nodes OneFS version: 1. Complete the Joining a Cluster Using the Command Line procedure that starts on page 2-29. 2. When the following message will appears, enter 2 to start the process to upgrade the nodes OneFS version to match the OneFS version of the cluster. Adding node with a older version. Do you wish to [ 1] cancel (this node will not be added). [ 2] upgrade the node to match cluster. Your selection >>> 2

2-32

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 2: Installing and Configuring Nodes


Adding a Node to an Existing Cluster
3. When the following message appears, press Enter to confirm that you want to upgrade the node. Do you wish to upgrade node? [yes] >>> The system will display the following message: Attempting to join cluster 'Isilon4'. Join Cluster >>> Interface bc0 configured. Join Cluster >>>

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

2-33

Chapter 2: Installing and Configuring Nodes


Adding a Node to an Existing Cluster

2-34

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

CHAPTER

3
Cluster Administration
This chapter of the Isilon IQ User Guide provides information related to cluster administration activities. The chapter contains the following sections: Section 3.1, Introduction Section 3.2, Cluster Status Section 3.3, Network Configuration Section 3.4, Cluster Management Section 3.5, List of Local Clusters

3.1 Introduction
When you first configured the initial node for a new cluster using the Isilon IQ Configuration Wizard (see Section 2.8, Configuring a Node as the Initial Node in a New Cluster, on page 2-22), you specified the basic configuration settings for the cluster. These settings can be modified by using the WebAdmin interface or the command line interface. NOTE Any user with administrative privileges can adjust these cluster-level settings from any node in the cluster. These settings will automatically propagate to all nodes in the cluster, and a record of the transaction will appear in the system log.

Viewing Cluster Details Using the WebAdmin Interface To view the WebAdmin interface, enter http://<IP address>:8080 in the address bar of a Web browser (where the IP address is that of any Isilon IQ node in the cluster) or enter the cluster name (if the name is listed on a DNS server) in the address bar of a Web browser. When the WebAdmin interface opens, the initial page will be the Cluster Status page (see Figure 3.2 on page 3-2). To view additional cluster administration pages, select the corresponding commands under the Cluster menu. Figure 3.1 Cluster Menu Commands

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

3-1

Chapter 3: Cluster Administration


Introduction
Figure 3.2 Cluster Status Page

3-2

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 3: Cluster Administration


Introduction
Viewing Cluster Details Using the Command Line To view a real-time snapshot of the system's current status using the command line, enter the isi status command on any node in an Isilon IQ cluster. The status display includes information on the health, capacity, space available, detailed throughput data, and whether operations are finished, active, waiting, or failed. NOTE The Cluster Health and Node Health status indicators use the following color coding: Green indicating healthy Red indicating offline Yellow indicating attention needed

isi status Cluster Name: Isilon Cluster Health: [ OK ] Cluster Capacity: 4.2TB Available: 4.2TB (100%) Throughput (bits/s) ID | IP Address | Health | In Out Total | Used / Total ----+-----------------+--------+-------+-------+-------+------------1 | 172.16.0.131 | [ OK ] | 0 | 0 | 0 | 2.1GB / 1.4TB 2 | 172.16.0.132 | [ OK ] | 0 | 0 | 0 | 2.1GB / 1.4TB 3 | 172.16.0.133 | [ OK ] | 0 | 0 | 0 | 2.1GB / 1.4TB Finished Operations (2): OPERATION (ID) AutoBalance (1) Collect (2) No active operations. No waiting operations. No failed operations. The Finished Operations panel shows the status of various background cluster maintenance activities such as Collect, FlexProtect, and AutoBalance. It shows waiting, failed, and active operations. For finished operations it provides a table of information, including policy (priority policy - LOW, MEDIUM, or HIGH), start time, completion time, and elapsed time (duration). The isi status command options include the following: isi status -q returns the cluster status without information on operations. isi status -w specifies that no truncation of operations status should take place. isi status -n [ID] specifies node output, along with the node number, returns information about the particular node. The isi status -n command option (node output), along with the node number, returns information about the particular node. By using this command a user can quickly tell which nodes and/or disks are functioning and not functioning, as in the following example: POLICY LOW LOW START 08/04 10:16 08/04 10:16 COMPLETE 08/04 10:16 08/04 13:03 ELAPSED 00:00:43 02:46:47

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

3-3

Chapter 3: Cluster Administration


Cluster Status

isi status -n 2 Node LNN: Node ID: Node Name: Node IP Address: Node Health: Node SN: Node Capacity Available Used Network Status: IntA / bc0 10.9.30.2 7.6M / 3.0M IntB / bc2 Unconfigured [DOWN] Disk Drive Status: Bay2 < 1> 415Kb/s [HEALTHY] Bay1 < 5> 415Kb/s [HEALTHY] Bay0 < 9> 415Kb/s [HEALTHY]

2 7 qaI-6-P4_2 172.16.9.131 [ OK ] 2.2T 1.5T (70%) 654G (29%)

Ext1 / bc1 172.16.9.131 10M / 403K Ext2 / bc3 Unconfigured [LINK]

Bay5 < 2> 628Kb/s [HEALTHY] Bay4 < 6> 628Kb/s [HEALTHY] Bay3 < 10> 628Kb/s [HEALTHY]

Bay8 < 3> 440Kb/s [HEALTHY] Bay7 < 7> 440Kb/s [HEALTHY] Bay6 <11> 440Kb/s [HEALTHY]

Bay11 < 4> 1.3MB/s [HEALTHY] Bay10 < 8> 1.3MB/s [HEALTHY] Bay9 <12> 1.3MB/s [HEALTHY]

3.2 Cluster Status


When the WebAdmin interface opens, the Cluster Status page is displayed. To return to the Cluster Status page once WebAdmin is running, select the Cluster Status command from the Cluster menu. The Cluster Status page (see Figure 3.2 on page 3-2) contains the following panels: Cluster Configuration (see discussion starting on page 3-5) Cluster Capacity (see discussion starting on page 3-13) Cluster Network Traffic (see discussion starting on page 3-13) Node Status (see discussion starting on page 3-15) OneFS Protection Status and Operation (see discussion starting on page 3-15) Recent Log Entries (see discussion starting on page 3-16) NOTE The Cluster Configuration panel displays one of two views. The View Static Status view displays static values that are current at the time the page is opened or refreshed. The View Live Statistics view displays values that are refreshed every five seconds.

3-4

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 3: Cluster Administration


Cluster Status

3.2.1 Cluster Configuration


The Cluster Configuration panel on the Cluster Status page, shown in Figure 3.3, contains several links that open related configuration pages. Figure 3.3 Cluster Status Page: Cluster Configuration Panel

3.2.1.1 Modifying a Cluster Name


The Name property assigns a friendly name to your Isilon IQ cluster. Each node in the cluster will be known by an aggregate of the cluster name and its node ID. For example, the first node in the cluster named 'Images' would be known as 'Images-1.' If you name your cluster on DNS serves on your network, using the cluster name you assign is recommended. Modifying a Cluster Name Using WebAdmin Perform the following steps to modify a cluster name using WebAdmin: 1. On the Cluster menu, click Cluster Status to open the Cluster Status page. 2. In the Cluster Configuration area of the Cluster Status page, click Name to open the Set Cluster Name page.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

3-5

Chapter 3: Cluster Administration


Cluster Status
Figure 3.4 Set Cluster Name

Figure 3.5 Set Cluster Name (Microsoft Windows File Sharing Domain)

IMPORTANT

If the cluster is currently joined to a Microsoft Windows file sharing domain, if you change the cluster name you will need to reconfigure Windows Networking for the cluster. See Section 5.3.2, Configuring Windows File Sharing, on page 5-6 for information on reconfigure Windows Networking.

3. In the Cluster Name text box, enter the cluster name. NOTE For NT4 domains with Netbios enabled, limit names to 11 characters or less. This is necessary to avoid possible truncation. In a cluster, individual nodes use the cluster name plus up four characters to form the node name, and Windows truncates NetBIOS names to 15 characters. For domains other than NT4, cluster names are limited to 40 characters. A valid cluster name must begin with either an alpha or a numeric character. In addition to alpha and numeric characters, a valid cluster name may contain a dash character (-). 4. Click Submit to apply the change and display a confirmation message on the Set Cluster Name page.

3-6

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 3: Cluster Administration


Cluster Status
Modifying a Cluster Name Using the LCD Control Panel A cluster name cannot be modified using the LCD control panel. Modifying a Cluster Name Using the Command Line Perform the following steps to modify a cluster name using the command line: 1. Open a secure shell connection with any node in the cluster, and log into the cluster using the root account. 2. At the Isilon IQ command prompt, execute the isi config command to open the configuration utility. isi config 3. At the isi config command line, execute the name command appended with the name you want to assign to the cluster. >>> name EXAMPLE The isi config utility will confirm the new cluster name: Cluster name set to 'EXAMPLE'. >>> Jan 10 19:51:59 <24.4> SAMPLE-1 ibootd[5540]: Name changed from SAMPLE to EXAMPLE 4. At the isi config command line, enter the quit command to disconnect the user from the current isi config session. >>> quit

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

3-7

Chapter 3: Cluster Administration


Cluster Status 3.2.1.2 Modifying Add Node Setting
The Add Node Setting determines how a node can be added to an existing Isilon IQ cluster. If the Add Node Setting is configured in the Manual mode, a node can either be attached to the cluster or joined to the cluster. If the Add Node Setting is configured in the Secure mode, a node can only be attached to the cluster. Manual Versus Secure Add Node Setting Attaching a node to an existing cluster is initiated from the cluster. Joining a node to an existing cluster is initiated from the node that is seeking to be added to the cluster. The Secure mode prohibits outside nodes from adding themselves to the cluster. The cluster invites the node into the cluster attach CLUSTER join NODE CLUSTER The cluster invites the node into the cluster attach

NODE

The node requests to join the cluster

Manual Add Node Setting

Secure Add Node Setting

For most installations, the default Manual configuration mode is recommended. However, if you have more than one cluster on your network, especially on the same network segment, or if you want to control all additions to the cluster from a central location, you may consider using the Secure configuration mode. Modifying the Add Node Setting Using WebAdmin Perform the following steps to modify the add node setting using WebAdmin: 1. On the Cluster menu, click Cluster Status to open the Cluster Status page. 2. In the Cluster Configuration area of the Cluster Status page, click Attach Node Setting to open the Select the Node Addition Mode page. Figure 3.6 Select the Node Addition Mode Page

3. Select the mode setting. 4. Click Submit to apply the change and display a confirmation message on the Select the Node Addition Mode page. Modifying the Add Node Setting Using the LCD Control Panel The add node setting cannot be modified using the LCD control panel.

3-8

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 3: Cluster Administration


Cluster Status
Modifying the Add Node Setting Using the Command Line Perform the following steps to modify the add node setting using the command line: 1. Open a secure shell connection with any node in the cluster, and log into the cluster using the root account. 2. At the Isilon IQ command prompt, execute the following command to open the configuration utility. isi config 3. To modify the netmask, execute the joinmode command appended with the manual argument to assure the system is configured to join or add new nodes into the cluster in a separate manual process. >>> joinmode manual

NOTE

The joinmode command determines how the system will behave when new Isilon IQ nodes come online on the subnet occupied by the Isilon IQ cluster. The manual argument configures the cluster to allow new nodes to join the cluster. The secure argument configures the cluster to disallow any new node from joining the cluster externally and makes other aspects of operation more secure.

3.2.1.3 Setting Cluster Time Manually


There are two methods of setting the cluster date and time; manually or by designating an NTP (Network Time Protocol) server to synchronize the date and time. This subsection describes how to manually set the date and time. For information on designating an NTP server to synchronize the date and time, see Section 7.5.3, Configure NTP, on page 7-15. IMPORTANT If an NTP server is designated, it will control cluster time and override any manual settings. To set the cluster date and time manually, verify that all NTP server designations are removed (see Section 7.5.3).

Setting the Date and Time Manually Using WebAdmin Perform the following steps to set the cluster date and time manually using WebAdmin: 1. On the Cluster menu, click Cluster Status to open the Cluster Status page. 2. In the Cluster Configuration area of the Cluster Status page, click Cluster Time to open the Set Date and Time page.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

3-9

Chapter 3: Cluster Administration


Cluster Status
Figure 3.7 Set Date and Time Page

NOTE

The international time zone settings are disabled by default. To set an international time zone, select Advanced in the Timezone list and then choose the particular time zone in the Advanced Timezone Setting list.

3. Perform one of the following options to change the date and time manually: a. To change date and time manually using the Set the date and time boxes, select the appropriate day, month, year, hour, and minute. b. To change the time zone manually, select the appropriate time zone from the Timezone list. c. Perform the following step to select international time zones not listed in the Timezone list: i. Select Advanced from the TimeZone list. ii. Select the appropriate international timezone in the Advanced Timezone Setting list. NOTE Selecting a different time zone automatically calculates the day, month, hour, and minute settings for the new time zone.

4. Click Submit. A confirmation message indicating the new date and time settings will be displayed, to allow you to verify the change: 5. Click Submit to confirm the change. Setting the Date and Time Manually Using the LCD Control Panel The date and time cannot be set using the LCD control panel.

3-10

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 3: Cluster Administration


Cluster Status
Setting the Date and Time Manually Using the Command Line To set the date and time using the command line: 1. Open a secure shell connection with any node in the cluster, and log into the cluster using the root account. 2. At the Isilon IQ command prompt, execute the following command to open the configuration utility. isi config 3. On the isi config command line, execute the date command appended with a valid date and time setting. >>> date 01/31/2006 17:52:00 Valid time settings consist of the following values: a month setting, using a two-digit value (01-12) a day setting, using a two-digit value (01-31) a year setting, using four-digit value (e.g., 2006) an hour setting, using a two-digit, 24-hour value (00-23) a minute setting, using a two-digit value (00-59) a second setting, using a two-digit value (00-59) The system will return a confirmation similar to the following: Date set to: 01/31/2006 17:52:00 PST >>> Jan 31 06:17:52 <24.4> EXAMPLE-1 ibootd[8660]: Date set to '01/ 31/2006 17:52:00 PST

3.2.1.4 Modifying WINS Configuration


When the WINS configuration link in the Cluster Configuration panel of the Cluster Status page is clicked, the Microsoft Windows Networking Support page is opened. This is the same page that opens when you point to Domain Management on the File System menu and then click Configure Windows Networking. For information on modifying the WINS configuration, see Section 5.4.1, Configure Windows Networking, on page 5-16.

3.2.1.5 Modifying NIS Domain


When the NIS domain link in the Cluster Configuration panel of the Cluster Status page is clicked, the Configure NIS Services page is opened. This is the same page that opens when you point to Domain Management on the File System menu and then click Configure NIS. For information on modifying the NIS domain, see Section 5.4.2, NIS, on page 5-23.

3.2.1.6 Modifying Configured Networks


When the Configured Networks link in the Cluster Configuration panel of the Cluster Status page is clicked, the Interface Configuration page is opened. This is the same page that opens when you point to Network Configuration on the Cluster menu and then click Manage Internal Networks.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

3-11

Chapter 3: Cluster Administration


Cluster Status
For information on modifying configured networks, see Section 3.3.1, Manage Internal Networks, on page 3-17.

3.2.1.7 Modifying External Network Profiles


When the External Network Profiles link in the Cluster Configuration panel of the Cluster Status page is clicked, the FlexNet Current Profiles page is opened. This is the same page that opens when you point to Network Configuration on the Cluster menu and then click Manage External Networks. For information on modifying configured networks, see Section 3.3.2, Manage External Networks, on page 3-33.

3.2.1.8 Modifying NFS Service


When the NFS Service link in the Cluster Configuration panel of the Cluster Status page is clicked, the Enable NFS Service page is opened. This is the same page that opens when you point to File Sharing Services on the File System menu and then click Configure NFS. For information on modifying the NFS service, see Section 5.7.1, Configure NFS, on page 5-35.

3.2.1.9 Modifying FTP Service


When the FTP Service link in the Cluster Configuration panel of the Cluster Status page is clicked, the Enable FTP Service page is opened. This is the same page that opens when you point to File Sharing Services on the File System menu and then click Configure FTP. For information on modifying the FTP service, see Section 5.7.4, Configure FTP, on page 5-40.

3.2.1.10 Modifying HTTP Service


When the HTTP Service link in the Cluster Configuration panel of the Cluster Status page is clicked, the Enable HTTP Service page is opened. This is the same page that opens when you point to File Sharing Services on the File System menu and then click Configure HTTP. For information on modifying the HTTP service, see Section 5.7.3, Configure HTTP, on page 5-39.

3.2.1.11 Modifying DAV Service


When the DAV Service link in the Cluster Configuration panel of the Cluster Status page is clicked, the Enable HTTP Service page is opened. This is the same page that opens when you point to File Sharing Services on the File System menu and then click Configure HTTP. For information on enabling or disabling the DAV (Distributed Authoring and Versioning) service, see Section 5.7.3, Configure HTTP, on page 5-39.

3.2.1.12 Modifying Domain


When the Domain link in the Cluster Configuration panel of the Cluster Status page is clicked, the Microsoft Windows Networking Support page is opened. This is the same page that opens when you point to Domain Management on the File System menu and then click Configure Windows Networking. For information on modifying the Domain setting, see Section 5.4.1, Configure Windows Networking, on page 5-16.

3-12

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 3: Cluster Administration


Cluster Status

3.2.2 Cluster Capacity


The Cluster Capacity panel of the Cluster Status page displays the volume of content stored on the cluster, both graphically and numerically. This information appears in both the Live and Static views of the Cluster Status Summary page. Figure 3.8 Cluster Status Page: Cluster Capacity Panel

NOTE

You can also view the cluster capacity information using the command line by enter the isi status command on any node in the cluster as described in Section 3.1, Introduction, on page 3-1.

3.2.3 Cluster Network Traffic


The Cluster Network Traffic panel displays the sum of the volume of traffic passing through the network interface cards of all of the nodes in the cluster. The values displayed in the Static page are current at the time the page was opened or refreshed. The values displayed in the Live page refresh continually at five second intervals. NOTE You can also view the cluster network throughput information using the command line by enter the isi status command on any node in the cluster as described in Section 3.1, Introduction, on page 3-1.

Figure 3.9 Cluster Status Page: Cluster Network Traffic Panel

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

3-13

Chapter 3: Cluster Administration


Cluster Status
Viewing Network Traffic Graphs The Historical Graphs link opens the Network Traffic page, where you can view past throughput by selecting the network activity and time period you would like to see. Perform the following steps to view a historical network traffic graph: 1. In the Cluster Network Traffic panel, click Historical Graphs to open the Network Traffic page. Figure 3.10 Throughput History

2. In the Traffic Flow list, select a network activity to be displayed. Choices for Traffic Flow network activity include: In Selects incoming traffic flow of the selected node or cluster. Out Selects outgoing traffic flow of the selected node or cluster. Both Selects both incoming and outgoing traffic flow of the selected node or cluster. 3. In the For what node list, select The entire cluster or a specific node listing. 4. In the Ending at list, select the ending day, month, year, hour, and minute for the display. 5. In the For Interval list, select the time duration for the display. 6. Click Submit to refresh the graph with the selected attributes. 7. Click all, avg, max, or min to alter the data treatment display. Choices for data treatment include: all The graph plots all categories of data flow, measured in bits per second. The various statistical categories of average, maximum and minimum are shown superimposed on the graph, with color-coding which follows the marked color blocks.

3-14

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 3: Cluster Administration


Cluster Status
avg This graph mode takes all the data flow and averages it over the selected duration of the graph, color-coding it dark blue. max This graph mode plots the maximum data flow in and out of the node or cluster over the selected duration of the graph, color-coding it green. min This graph mode plots the minimum data flow in and out of the node or cluster over the selected duration of the graph, color-coding it light blue.

3.2.4 Node Status


The Node Status panel displays the health and performance statistics for each node configured as part of the cluster. To view additional node details, either click the ID number in the Node Status panel or click the node listing on the Nodes menu to open the Node Status page for the specific node. See Chapter 4, Node Administration, for a description of the Node Status page. Figure 3.11 Cluster Status Page: Node Status Panel

NOTE

You can also view node status information using the command line by enter the isi status -n [ID] command on any node in the cluster as described in Section 3.1, Introduction.

3.2.5 OneFS Protection Status and Operation


The OneFS Protection Status and Operation panel displays an Overall Protection status indicator for the cluster along with the status of the FlexProtect, AutoBalance, Collect, and MediaScan file maintenance and repair operations. These operations support the OneFS operating system and insure the integrity and availability of the stored data. Figure 3.12 Cluster Status Page: OneFS Protection Status and Operation Panel

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

3-15

Chapter 3: Cluster Administration


Cluster Status
NOTE When the Overall Protection status indicator on the OneFS Protection Status and Operation panel is green, the data in the cluster is protected. When the Overall Protection status indicator is yellow, a data protection procedure is being performed in response to a drive or node failure.

3.2.5.1 Viewing, Setting, and Modifying Operations Priority Rules


When the Full Details link in the OneFS Protection Status and Operation panel of the Cluster Status page is clicked, the Operations page is opened. This is the same page that opens when you point to Cluster Management on the Cluster menu and then click View Cluster Operations. For information on viewing, setting and modifying operations priority rules, see Section 3.4.1, View Cluster Operations, on page 3-47.

3.2.6 Recent Log Entries


Figure 3.13 shows the Recent Log Entries panel that displays all of the system events Isilon IQ writes to its logs. This information appears in both the Static and Live views. Figure 3.13 Cluster Status Page: Recent Log Entries Panel

3-16

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 3: Cluster Administration


Network Configuration

3.3 Network Configuration


The WebAdmin Network Configuration submenu options, located under the Cluster menu, include the Manage Internal Networks, Manage External Networks, and Configure SmartConnect commands. You can perform many of the same functions using the command line.

3.3.1 Manage Internal Networks


The internal networks can be configured and managed using either the WebAdmin interface or the command line interface. Multiple Internal Networks The concept of two internal networks is introduced in Section 1.3, Network Topology Scenarios, starting on page 1-11. Isilon IQ network topologies that include a second internal network provide an internal connection failover in the event that either the Internal-A or the Internal-B port fails. To implement this network topology, the Internal-A ports of each node in the cluster must be physically connected to an Internal-A switch and the Internal-B ports on each node must be physically connected to an Internal-B switch. When both internal networks are present, the failover virtual IP setting is configured, and both Internal A and Internal B interfaces are enabled, the Failover function is automatically enabled. Managing Internal Networks Using WebAdmin The WebAdmin Manage Internal Networks command opens the Internal Interface Configuration page. From this page, you can modify the internal network configurations. If your network topology will use a single internal network, you need to configure only the Internal-A interface. If your network topology will use both the Internal-A and Internal-B networks, first configure Internal-A interface and then configure the Internal-B/Failover interface. Perform the following steps to manage the Internal-A and Internal-B / Failover interfaces: 1. On the Cluster menu, point to Network Configuration and then click Manage Internal Networks to open the Internal Interface Configuration page. Figure 3.14 Internal Interface Configuration Page

2. Click Internal-A to open the Change Cluster Network: Internal-A page or click Internal-B/Failover to open the Change Cluster Network: Internal-B page.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

3-17

Chapter 3: Cluster Administration


Network Configuration
NOTE The first time the Internal-B/Failover link is accessed, before the interface has been enabled and configured, the Internal-B/Failover Configuration Wizard will open in place of the Change Cluster Network: Internal-B page. Complete the wizard to configure the interface. You will need to enter the following settings: Netmask MTU Internal-B IP range Failover IP range Before the configuration settings will take effect, the cluster needs to be rebooted.

Figure 3.15 Change Cluster Network: Internal-A Page

3-18

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 3: Cluster Administration


Network Configuration
Figure 3.16 Change Cluster Network: Internal-B Page

3. In the Interface State area of the Change Cluster Network: Internal-B page, change the selection of Disable or Enable to modify the Internal-B interface state. IMPORTANT Changes to the Interface State on the Change Cluster Network: Internal-B page requires that the cluster be rebooted in order for the change to take effect. The current Interface State will remain in effect until a reboot is performed.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

3-19

Chapter 3: Cluster Administration


Network Configuration
4. To enter or modify the interface settings: a. In the Netmask text box, enter a netmask value to enter or modify the Netmask setting. IMPORTANT Changes to the Netmask require the cluster be rebooted in order for the change to take effect. The current Netmask will remain in effect until a reboot is performed.

b. In the MTU list, select a MTU value to enter or modify the MTU setting. Setting The MTU Size The MTU property defines the Maximum Transmission Units (MTU) the cluster uses in network communications. Although Isilon IQ supports both 1500 MTU and 9000 MTU (Jumbo Frames), it is highly recommended that users configure their switch for Jumbo Frames. Jumbo Frames enable the Isilon IQ cluster to more efficiently communicate to all storage nodes within the cluster, improving read and write performance up to 30 percent. c. Click Submit to apply the change. 5. To add or delete an IP range for the Internal-A, Internal-B, or Loopback (Failover) interface: a. Click the corresponding Add or Delete Range to open the Modify IP Ranges page. Figure 3.17 Modify IP Range Page

b. In the Low IP text box, enter the lowest IP value in the range. c. In the High IP text box, enter highest IP value in the range. d. To add an IP range, click Add Range to apply change and return to the Change Cluster Network page. e. To delete an IP range, click Delete Range to apply change and return to the Change Cluster Network page. 6. To migrate the IP addresses for the Internal-A, Internal-B, or Loopback (Failover) interface: a. Click the corresponding Migrate Addresses or Migrate Failover Addressees to open the Migrate IP Range page.

3-20

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 3: Cluster Administration


Network Configuration
Figure 3.18 Migrate IP Range Page

b. In the Current Low IP text box, enter the lowest IP value in the range of IP addresses to be migrated. c. In the Current High IP text box, enter the highest IP value in the range of IP addresses to be migrated. NOTE You can migrate a portion of the current IP address range to a new IP address range by entering the range to be migrated in the Current Low IP and Current High IP text boxes.

d. In the New Low IP text box, enter the lowest IP value in the new IP range. e. In the New High IP text box, enter highest IP value in the new IP range. f. In the New Netmask text box, if required, modify the netmask value. IMPORTANT Changes to the Netmask require the cluster be rebooted in order for the change to take effect. The current Netmask will remain in effect until a reboot is performed.

g. Click Apply to apply change and return to the Change Cluster Network page. IMPORTANT A request to migrate IP ranges will result in an immediate reboot of the cluster.

Managing Internal Networks Using the LCD Control Panel The LCD control panel cannot be used to manage the internal networks.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

3-21

Chapter 3: Cluster Administration


Network Configuration
Managing Internal Networks Using the Command Line This subsection describes how to manage the internal networks using the command lines Isilon IQ Configuration Daemon wizard. Perform the following steps to manage the internal networks using the command line: 1. Open a secure shell connection with any node in the cluster, and log into the cluster using the root account. 2. At the Isilon IQ command prompt, execute the isi config command to open the configuration utility. isi config The system returns a message similar to the following: Welcome to the Isilon IQ Configuration Daemon -- Console mode Isilon OneFS vHEAD Copyright 2001-2005 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. Enter 'help' for a list of available commands. Enter 'wizard' to enter the wizard mode. Enter 'quit' to disconnect. -------------------------------------------------------[Isilon] >>> 3. Enter the wizard command. [Isilon] >>> wizard The system returns a message and prompt similar to the following: [Isilon] Wizard >>> Isilon IQ Configuration Daemon -- Wizard mode Isilon OneFS vHEAD Copyright 2001-2005 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. Enter 'status' at any prompt to view current configuration. Enter 'help' at any prompt for help on that step. Enter 'back' at any prompt to return to previous step. Enter 'manual' at any prompt to leave wizard mode. Enter 'quit' at any prompt to disconnect. -------------------------------------------------------Do you wish to [ 1] modify cluster configuration. [ 2] add another node. [ 3] exit wizard and configure manually. [Isilon] Wizard >>>

3-22

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 3: Cluster Administration


Network Configuration
4. Enter 1 to modify the cluster configuration. [Isilon] Wizard >>> 1 The system prompts for a new cluster name: Type a new name for the cluster, or press [Enter] to keep the current name: 'Isilon' [Isilon] Modify Name >>> Cluster name kept as 'Isilon' 5. Press Enter to keep the current cluster name. The system returns the Cluster Encoding menu: Cluster Encoding: [ 1] Windows-SJIS [ 2] EUC-JP [ 3] EUC-JP-MS [ 4] UTF-8-MAC [ 5] UTF-8 [Enter] Keep current encoding: UTF-8 [Isilon] Modify Encoding >>> 6. Press Enter to keep the current encoding selection. The system returns the Select the internal interface to modify menu: Select the internal interface to modify. [ 1] Internal-A - Primary Internal Interface [ 2] Internal-B - Secondary Internal Interface (Failover) [Enter] Finished with internal interfaces [Isilon] Modify Internal Interfaces >>> 7. Enter 1 to modify the Internal-A interface. [Isilon] Modify Internal Interfaces >>> 1 The system returns the Modify interface Internal-A menu: Modify interface Internal-A: [ 1] Modify Netmask [ 2] Modify MTU [ 3] Modify IP Ranges [Enter] Keep the current configuration: Netmask: 255.255.255.0 MTU: 1500 IP Ranges: '10.10.171.71 - 10.10.171.73' [Isilon] Modify Interface Internal-A >>> a. To modify the Internal-A netmask:

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

3-23

Chapter 3: Cluster Administration


Network Configuration
i. Enter 1. [Isilon] Modify Interface Internal-A >>> 1 The system prompts for a new netmask value: Type a new netmask, or press [Enter] to keep the current netmask: '255.255.255.0' [Isilon] Modify Internal-A Netmask >>> ii. Enter a new netmask value. [Isilon] Modify Internal-A Netmask >>> 255.255.252.0 The system returns a confirmation and the Modify interface Internal-A menu: Internal-A Netmask set to '255.255.252.0' Modify interface Internal-A: [ 1] Modify Netmask [ 2] Modify MTU [ 3] Modify IP Ranges [Enter] Keep the current configuration: Netmask: 255.255.255.0 MTU: 1500 IP Ranges: '10.10.171.71 - 10.10.171.73' [Isilon] Modify Interface Internal-A >>> b. To modify the Internal-A MTU: i. Enter 2. [Isilon] Modify Interface Internal-A >>> 2 The system returns the Manage cluster MTU menu: Manage cluster MTU [ 1] 1500 [ 2] 9000 [Enter] Keep the current MTU setting: '9000' [Isilon] Modify Internal-A MTU >>> ii. Enter 1 to set 1500 as the MTU value or enter 2 to set 9000 as the MTU value. [Isilon] Modify Internal-A MTU >>> 1

3-24

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 3: Cluster Administration


Network Configuration
The system returns a confirmation message, notice of change to the Internal-B and Failover MTU settings, and the Modify interface Internal-A menu: Internal-A MTU set to '1500'. MTUs for all internal interfaces must remain consistent. Interface Internal-B will be changed to the new value. Interface Failover will be changed to the new value.

Modify interface Internal-A: [ 1] Modify Netmask [ 2] Modify MTU [ 3] Modify IP Ranges [Enter] Keep the current configuration: Netmask: 255.255.255.0 MTU: 1500 IP Ranges: '10.10.171.71 - 10.10.171.73' [Isilon] Modify Interface Internal-A >>> c. To modify Internal-A IP ranges: i. Enter 3. [Isilon] Modify Interface Internal-A >>> 3 The system returns the Manage cluster IP ranges menu: Manage cluster IP ranges [ 1] Add an IP range. [ 2] Delete an IP range. [Enter] Keep current IP ranges: '10.10.171.71 - 10.10.171.73' [Isilon] Modify Internal-A IP Ranges >>> ii. To add an Internal-A IP range, enter 1. [Isilon] Modify Internal-A IP Ranges >>> 1 The system prompts the entry of the low IP address of the range to be added: Enter the low IP address of the range to add. [Isilon] Low IP Address (Add) >>> iii. Enter the low IP address of the range to be added. [Isilon] Low IP Address (Add) >>> 10.10.171.70

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

3-25

Chapter 3: Cluster Administration


Network Configuration
The system prompts the entry of the high IP address of the range to be added: Enter the high IP address of the range. [Isilon] High IP Address (Add) >>> iv. Enter the high IP address of the range to be added. [Isilon] High IP Address (Add) >>> 10.10.171.70 The system returns a confirmation message and the Manage cluster IP ranges menu: IP range added. Manage cluster IP ranges [ 1] Add an IP range. [ 2] Delete an IP range. [Enter] Keep current IP ranges: '10.10.171.70 - 10.10.171.73' [Isilon] Modify Internal-A IP Ranges >>> v. Press Enter to exit the manage cluster IP ranges menu. The system returns the Modify interface Internal-A menu: Internal-A IP ranges configured. Modify interface Internal-A: [ 1] Modify Netmask [ 2] Modify MTU [ 3] Modify IP Ranges [Enter] Keep the current configuration: Netmask: 255.255.255.0 MTU: 1500 IP Ranges: '10.10.171.70 - 10.10.171.73' [Isilon] Modify Interface Internal-A >>> vi. Press Enter to exit the Modify interface Internal-A menu. The system returns the Select the internal interface to modify menu: Select the internal interface to modify. [ 1] Internal-A - Primary Internal Interface [ 2] Internal-B - Secondary Internal Interface (Failover) [Enter] Finished with internal interfaces [Isilon] Modify Internal Interfaces >>> 8. Enter 2 to modify the Internal-B interface. [Isilon] Modify Internal Interfaces >>> 2

3-26

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 3: Cluster Administration


Network Configuration
The system returns the Modify interface Internal-B menu: Modify interface Internal-B: [ 1] Modify Netmask [ 2] Modify MTU [ 3] Modify IP Ranges [ 4] Modify Failover IP Ranges [ 5] *** Enable *** interface [Enter] Keep the current configuration: Netmask: 255.255.252.0 MTU: 1500 IP Ranges: No ranges set. Failover IP Ranges: '172.16.1.71 - 172.16.1.71' [Isilon] Modify Interface Internal-B (Failover) >>> a. To modify the Internal-B netmask: i. Enter 1. [Isilon] Modify Interface Internal-B >>> 1 The system prompts the entry of a new netmask value: Type a new netmask, or press [Enter] to keep the current netmask: '255.255.255.0' [Isilon] Modify Internal-B Netmask >>> ii. Enter a new netmask value. [Isilon] Modify Internal-B Netmask >>> 255.255.252.0 The system returns a confirmation message and the Modify interface Internal-B menu: [Isilon] Modify Internal-B Netmask >>> 255.255.255.0 Internal-B Netmask set to '255.255.255.0' Modify interface Internal-B: [ 1] Modify Netmask [ 2] Modify MTU [ 3] Modify IP Ranges [ 4] Modify Failover IP Ranges [ 5] *** Enable *** interface [Enter] Keep the current configuration: Netmask: 255.255.252.0 MTU: 1500 IP Ranges: No ranges set. Failover IP Ranges: '172.16.1.71 - 172.16.1.71' [Isilon] Modify Interface Internal-B (Failover) >>> b. To modify the Internal-B MTU: i. Enter 2. [Isilon] Modify Interface Internal-B >>> 2

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

3-27

Chapter 3: Cluster Administration


Network Configuration
The system returns the Manage cluster MTU menu: Manage cluster MTU [ 1] 1500 [ 2] 9000 [Enter] Keep the current MTU setting: '9000' [Isilon] Modify Internal-B MTU >>> ii. Enter 1 to set 1500 as MTU or enter 2 to set 9000 as MTU. [Isilon] Modify Internal-B MTU >>> 1 The system returns a confirmation message, notice of change to the Internal-A and Failover MTU settings, and the Modify interface Internal-B menu: Internal-B MTU set to '1500'. MTUs for all internal interfaces must remain consistent. Interface Internal-A will be changed to the new value. Interface Failover will be changed to the new value.

Modify interface Internal-B: [ 1] Modify Netmask [ 2] Modify MTU [ 3] Modify IP Ranges [ 4] Modify Failover IP Ranges [ 5] *** Enable *** interface [Enter] Keep the current configuration: Netmask: 255.255.252.0 MTU: 1500 IP Ranges: No ranges set. Failover IP Ranges: '172.16.1.71 - 172.16.1.71' [Isilon] Modify Interface Internal-B (Failover) >>>> c. To modify Internal-B IP ranges: i. Enter 3. [Isilon] Modify Interface Internal-B >>> 3 The system returns the Manage cluster IP ranges menu: Manage cluster IP ranges [ 1] Add an IP range. [ 2] Delete an IP range. [Enter] Keep current IP ranges: '10.10.171.71 10.10.171.73' [Isilon] Modify Internal-B IP Ranges >>>

3-28

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 3: Cluster Administration


Network Configuration
ii. To add an IP range, enter 1. [Isilon] Modify Internal-B IP Ranges >>> 1 The system prompts the entry of the low IP address of the range to be added: Enter the low IP address of the range to add. [Isilon] Low IP Address (Add) >>> iii. Enter the low IP address of the range to be added. [Isilon] Low IP Address (Add) >>> 10.10.171.70 The system prompts the entry of the high IP address of the range to be added: Enter the high IP address of the range. [Isilon] High IP Address (Add) >>> iv. Enter the high IP address of the range to be added. [Isilon] High IP Address (Add) >>> 10.10.171.70 The system returns a confirmation message and the Manage cluster IP ranges menu: IP range added. Manage cluster IP ranges [ 1] Add an IP range. [ 2] Delete an IP range. [Enter] Keep current IP ranges: '10.10.171.70 10.10.171.73' [Isilon] Modify Internal-B IP Ranges >>> v. Press Enter to exit the manage cluster IP range menu. The system returns a confirmation message and the Modify interface Internal-B (Failover) menu: Failover IP ranges configured. Modify interface Internal-B (Failover): [ 1] Modify Netmask [ 2] Modify MTU [ 3] Modify IP Ranges [ 4] Modify Failover IP Ranges [ 5] *** Enable *** interface [Enter] Keep the current configuration: Netmask: 255.255.252.0 MTU: 1500 IP Ranges: No ranges set. Failover IP Ranges: '172.16.1.71 - 172.16.1.71' [Isilon] Modify Interface Internal-B (Failover) >>> 4

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

3-29

Chapter 3: Cluster Administration


Network Configuration
d. To modify the failover IP ranges: i. Enter 4. [Isilon] Modify Interface Internal-B (Failover) >>>> 4 The system returns the Manage cluster IP ranges menu: Manage cluster IP ranges [ 1] Add an IP range. [ 2] Delete an IP range. [Enter] Keep current IP ranges: '10.10.171.71 - 10.10.171.73' [Isilon] Modify Failover IP Ranges >>> ii. To add an IP range, enter 1. [Isilon] Modify Failover IP Ranges >>> 1 The system prompts the entry of the low IP address of the range to be added: Enter the low IP address of the range to add. [Isilon] Low IP Address (Add) >>> iii. Enter the low IP address of the range to be added. [Isilon] Low IP Address (Add) >>> 10.10.171.70 The system prompts the entry of the high IP address of the range to be added: Enter the high IP address of the range. [Isilon] High IP Address (Add) >>> iv. Enter the high IP address of the range to be added. [Isilon] High IP Address (Add) >>> 10.10.171.70 The system returns a confirmation message and the Manage cluster IP ranges menu: IP range added. Manage cluster IP ranges [ 1] Add an IP range. [ 2] Delete an IP range. [Enter] Keep current IP ranges: '10.10.171.70 10.10.171.73' [Isilon] Modify Failover IP Ranges >>> v. Press Enter to exit the manage cluster IP range menu.

3-30

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 3: Cluster Administration


Network Configuration
The system returns a confirmation message and the Modify interface Internal-B (Failover) menu: Failover IP ranges configured. Modify interface Internal-B (Failover): [ 1] Modify Netmask [ 2] Modify MTU [ 3] Modify IP Ranges [ 4] Modify Failover IP Ranges [ 5] *** Enable *** interface [Enter] Keep the current configuration: Netmask: 255.255.252.0 MTU: 1500 IP Ranges: No ranges set. Failover IP Ranges: '172.16.1.71 - 172.16.1.71' [Isilon] Modify Interface Internal-B (Failover) >>> e. To enable Internal-B and the Failover function: i. Enter 5. [Isilon] Modify Interface Internal-B (Failover) >>> 5 The system returns the Modify interface Internal-B (Failover) menu with the Enable interface option updated to the Disable interface option: Modify interface Internal-B (Failover): [ 1] Modify Netmask [ 2] Modify MTU [ 3] Modify IP Ranges [ 4] Modify Failover IP Ranges [ 5] Disable interface [Enter] Keep the current configuration: Netmask: 255.255.252.0 MTU: 1500 IP Ranges: No ranges set. Failover IP Ranges: '172.16.1.71 - 172.16.1.71' [Isilon] Modify Interface Internal-B (Failover) >>> ii. Press Enter to exit the Modify interface Internal-B (Failover) menu.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

3-31

Chapter 3: Cluster Administration


Network Configuration
The system returns a confirmation message and the Modify interface Internal-B (Failover) menu: Failover IP ranges configured. Modify interface Internal-B (Failover): [ 1] Modify Netmask [ 2] Modify MTU [ 3] Modify IP Ranges [ 4] Modify Failover IP Ranges [ 5] *** Enable *** interface [Enter] Keep the current configuration: Netmask: 255.255.252.0 MTU: 1500 IP Ranges: No ranges set. Failover IP Ranges: '172.16.1.71 - 172.16.1.71' [Isilon] Modify Interface Internal-B (Failover) >>> f. Press Enter to exit the modify interface Internal-B (Failover) menu. The system returns the internal interface to modify menu: Select the internal interface to modify. [ 1] Internal-A - Primary Internal Interface [ 2] Internal-B - Secondary Internal Interface (Failover) [Enter] Finished with internal interfaces [Isilon] Modify Internal Interfaces >>> 9. Press Enter to exit the Select the internal interface to modify menu. The system returns the Manage external interfaces menu: Manage external interfaces [ 1] Configure Interface External-1 [ 2] Configure Interface External-2 [ 3] Use Internal Subnet for External Traffic [Enter] Finished with external interfaces Manage external interfaces >>> 10. Press Enter to keep the current external interface configurations. The system returns the Manage cluster date and time menu: Manage cluster date and time [ 1] Set timezone [ 2] Set day and time [Enter] Keep current date and time: 10/17/2005 16:04:50 GMT [Isilon] Modify Date >>> Date and time kept as 10/17/2005 16:05:02 GMT 11. Press Enter to keep the current cluster date and time configuration.

3-32

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 3: Cluster Administration


Network Configuration
The system returns the Manage the cluster add node setting menu: Manage the cluster add node setting [ 1] Manual join [ 2] Secure join [Enter] Keep current add node setting: 'Manual' [Isilon] Modify Add Node Setting >>> Join mode kept as 'Manual'. 12. Press Enter to keep the current cluster add node setting. The system returns a summary of the configuration changes and a prompt to commit the changes. 13. Press Enter to commit the changes made to the configuration. 14. To close the isi config utility, execute either the exit command or the quit command. >>> quit

3.3.2 Manage External Networks


How you specify your external network profiles will depend on the topology of your network. In a network topology where each node communicates to the clients on the same subnet, only a single external network profile needs to be defined. However, in a topology where some nodes connect to one external IP subnet, additional nodes connect to a second IP subnet, and other nodes do not connect externally at all, several different external network profiles will be required. NOTE Network topologies are introduced in Section 1.3, Network Topology Scenarios, on page 1-11.

Adding or Modifying External Network Profiles Using WebAdmin The WebAdmin interface Manage External Networks command opens the FlexNet Current Profiles page. From this page you can add, change, delete external network configurations, or edit the domain name. Perform the following steps to add or modify the external network profiles using WebAdmin: 1. On the Cluster menu, point to Network Configuration and then click Manage External Networks to open the FlexNet Current Profiles page.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

3-33

Chapter 3: Cluster Administration


Network Configuration
Figure 3.19 FlexNet Current Profiles Page

2. Click Add, Change or Delete profiles to open the FlexNet Wizard: Welcome page. Figure 3.20 FlexNet Wizard: Welcome Page

3. Click Next to open the FlexNet Wizard: Operation Selection page. Figure 3.21 FlexNet Wizard: Operation Selection Page

3-34

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 3: Cluster Administration


Network Configuration
4. To create a new network profile: a. Select Create New Network Profile. b. Click Next to open the FlexNet Wizard: Configure Profile page. Figure 3.22 FlexNet Wizard: Configure Profile Page

c. Enter external network profile attributes. External Network Profile Attributes Profile Name Network profile designation. Description Optional reminder of profile purpose. Netmask Value that defines the subnet for the profile. Gateway IP address for the Gateway server to be used. Note that changes to the Gateway requires all nodes in the cluster be rebooted to implement the change. Virtual IP To establish a virtual IP to provide access, enter an IP address. The IP address must match the virtual IP address entered in Section 6.5.1, Modifying DNS Infrastructure for SmartConnect in step 10 on page 6-72. Virtual IP Binding Specifies whether the Virtual IP address applies to External (for SmartConnect - DNS balancing) or Loopback (for hardware client connection balancing). Primary DNS Resolver Primary DNS Resolver server IP address. Secondary DNS Resolver Secondary DNS Resolver server IP address if available. MTU Choose the MTU packet size, either 1500 or 9000 jumbo. Interface Specifies the interface for the profile.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

3-35

Chapter 3: Cluster Administration


Network Configuration
NOTE When specifying the Interface for the external network profile, the options include External-1, External-2, and External-Redundant. The External-Redundant option allows you to implement a form of external network connection failover protection. This requires that the external access switch be configured to support IEEE 802.3ad (link aggregation). With the switch configured, the External 1 and External 2 ports on each externally connected node connects to one of the configured redundant port pairs on the switch.

For information about configuring switches to support NIC redundancy (802.3ad), see article #1466 in the Isilon Insight knowledgebase. d. Click Next to open the FlexNet Wizard: Profile Nodes page. Figure 3.23 FlexNet Wizard: Profile Nodes Page

e. In the Low IP text box, enter the low IP address in the range. f. In the High IP text box, enter the high IP address in the range. g. Click Add Range. h. Click Next to open the FlexNet Wizard: Modifying Profile page. i. Skip step 5; continue with step 6. 5. To edit or delete an existing network profile: a. Select Edit or Delete Existing Network Profile. b. Click Next to open the FlexNet Wizard: Choose a profile page. Figure 3.24 FlexNet Wizard: Choose a Profile Page

3-36

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 3: Cluster Administration


Network Configuration
c. Select the network profile you want to change. d. Click Change... to open the FlexNet Wizard: Configure Profile page. Figure 3.25 FlexNet Wizard Page: Configure Profile

NOTE

Loopback (for HW load balancer) can be used to support direct server return load balancing, using a hardware load balancer. The use of specific protocols (such as NFS and CIFS) for loopback are not supported. For information on network topologies and switches that support this loopback VIP binding, consult Isilon Systems Customer Support.

e. Modify the external network profile attributes. NOTE Changing the gateway device requires that the system establishes new TCP and UDP connections. You must reboot all nodes in the cluster after changing the Gateway setting in order to implement the change.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

3-37

Chapter 3: Cluster Administration


Network Configuration
f. Click Next to open the FlexNet Wizard: Profile Nodes page. Figure 3.26 FlexNet Wizard: Profile Nodes Page

g. To modify the IP range, enter new values in the Low IP and High IP text boxes. Leave the text boxes blank to keep current setting. h. Click Next to open the FlexNet Wizard: Modifying Profile page. 6. Select the nodes to include with this profile. Figure 3.27 FlexNet Wizard: Modifying Profile Page

3-38

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 3: Cluster Administration


Network Configuration
7. Click Next to open the FlexNet Wizard: Summary page. Figure 3.28 FlexNet Wizard: Summary Page

8. Click Finish to save changes. NOTE Changes to the gateway device requires that the system establishes new TCP and UDP connections. You must reboot all nodes in the cluster if the Gateway setting was modified in order to implement the change.

Adding or Modifying External Network Profiles Using the LCD Control Panel The external network profiles cannot be modified using the LCD control panel. Adding or Modifying External Network Profiles Using the Command Line This subsection describes how to manage the default auto-ext1 external network profile using the command lines Isilon IQ Configuration Daemon wizard. To add or modify additional external network profiles, complete the WebAdmin sequence provided at the beginning of this section. Advanced Command Line External Network Management The isi config configuration utility provides an advanced command line method for managing multiple external network profiles. From the isi config utility, enter the profiles command to access the external network configuration menu options.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

3-39

Chapter 3: Cluster Administration


Network Configuration
CAUTION Users should proceed with caution when using the isi config utility profiles command. The profiles command launches the external network profiles command line configuration tool. Existing profile settings can be accidentally overwritten. Incorrectly modifying external network profiles can also prevent access to the cluster. Changes to network settings are made as soon as you save the profile. Therefore, use this command very carefully.

Perform the following steps to manage the default auto-ext1 external network using the command line: 1. Open a secure shell connection with any node in the cluster, and log into the cluster using the root account. 2. At the Isilon IQ command prompt, execute the isi config command to open the configuration utility. isi config The system returns a message similar to the following: Welcome to the Isilon IQ Configuration Daemon -- Console mode Isilon OneFS vHEAD Copyright 2001-2005 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. Enter 'help' for a list of available commands. Enter 'wizard' to enter the wizard mode. Enter 'quit' to disconnect. -------------------------------------------------------[Isilon] >>> 3. Enter the wizard command. [Isilon] >>> wizard The system returns a message and prompt similar to the following: [Isilon] Wizard >>> Isilon IQ Configuration Daemon -- Wizard mode Isilon OneFS vHEAD Copyright 2001-2005 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. Enter 'status' at any prompt to view current configuration. Enter 'help' at any prompt for help on that step. Enter 'back' at any prompt to return to previous step. Enter 'manual' at any prompt to leave wizard mode. Enter 'quit' at any prompt to disconnect. -------------------------------------------------------Do you wish to [ 1] modify cluster configuration. [ 2] add another node. [ 3] exit wizard and configure manually. [Isilon] Wizard >>>

3-40

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 3: Cluster Administration


Network Configuration
4. Enter 1 to modify the cluster configuration. [Isilon] Wizard >>> 1 The system prompts for a new cluster name: Type a new name for the cluster, or press [Enter] to keep the current name: 'Isilon' [Isilon] Modify Name >>> Cluster name kept as 'Isilon' 5. Press Enter to keep the current cluster name. The system returns the Cluster Encoding menu: Cluster Encoding: [ 1] Windows-SJIS [ 2] EUC-JP [ 3] EUC-JP-MS [ 4] UTF-8-MAC [ 5] UTF-8 [Enter] Keep current encoding: UTF-8 [Isilon] Modify Encoding >>> 6. Press Enter to keep the current encoding selection. The system returns the Select the internal interface to modify menu: Select the internal interface to modify. [ 1] Internal-A - Primary Internal Interface [ 2] Internal-B - Secondary Internal Interface (Failover) [Enter] Finished with internal interfaces [Isilon] Modify Internal Interfaces >>> 7. Press Enter to keep the current internal interface configuration. The system returns the Manage external interfaces menu: Manage external interfaces [ 1] Configure Interface External-1 [ 2] Configure Interface External-2 [ 3] Use Internal Subnet for External Traffic [Enter] Finished with external interfaces Manage external interfaces >>> 8. Enter 1 to select the Configure Interface External-1 option. Manage external interfaces >>> 1

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

3-41

Chapter 3: Cluster Administration


Network Configuration
The system returns the Configure Interface External-1 menu: Configure Interface External-1 [ 1] Configure Netmask [ 2] Configure MTU [ 3] Modify IP Ranges [Enter] Keep the current configuration: Netmask: unset MTU: 1500 IP Ranges: No ranges set Configure Interface External-1 >>> 9. To configure the netmask: a. Enter 1. Configure Interface External-1 >>> 1 The system prompts for a new netmask value: Configure Netmask for External-1 Type the new netmask: External-1 netmask >>> b. Enter a new netmask value. External-1 netmask >>> 255.255.252.0 The system returns the Configure Interface External-1 menu: Configure Interface External-1 [ 1] Configure Netmask [ 2] Configure MTU [ 3] Modify IP Ranges [Enter] Keep the current configuration: Netmask: 255.255.252.0 MTU: 1500 IP Ranges: No ranges set Configure Interface External-1 >>> 10. To configure the MTU. a. Enter 2. Configure Interface External-1 >>> 2 The system returns the Configure MTU menu: Configure MTU [ 1] 1500 [ 2] 9000 [Enter] Keep current: '1500' Configure MTU for External-1 >>> 1

3-42

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 3: Cluster Administration


Network Configuration
b. Enter 1 to specify 1500 or 2 to specify 9000. Configure MTU for External-1 >>> 1 The system returns the Configure Interface External-1 menu: Configure Interface External-1 [ 1] Configure Netmask [ 2] Configure MTU [ 3] Modify IP Ranges [Enter] Keep the current configuration: Netmask: unset MTU: 1500 IP Ranges: No ranges set Configure Interface External-1 >>> 11. To modify the IP ranges: a. Enter 3. Configure Interface External-1 >>> 3 The system returns the Modify IP Ranges menu: Modify IP Ranges [ 1] Add an IP range [ 2] Delete an IP range [Enter] Keep current IP ranges: No ranges set Modify IP Ranges for External-1 >>> b. Enter 1 to add an IP range. Modify IP Ranges for External-1 >>> 1 The system prompts for a new low IP address: Add an IP range Type the new low IP address of the range to add: >>> c. Enter the new low IP address for the range. >>> 10.10.171.71 The system prompts for a new high IP address: Type the new high IP address of the range to add: >>>

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

3-43

Chapter 3: Cluster Administration


Network Configuration
d. Enter the new high IP address for the range. >>> 10.10.171.73 The system returns the Modify IP Ranges menu: Modify IP Ranges [ 1] Add an IP range [ 2] Delete an IP range [Enter] Keep current IP ranges: No ranges set Modify IP Ranges for External-1 >>> e. Press Enter to exit the Modify IP Ranges menu. The system returns the Configure Interface External-1 menu: Configure Interface External-1 [ 1] Configure Netmask [ 2] Configure MTU [ 3] Modify IP Ranges [Enter] Keep the current configuration: Netmask: 255.255.252.0 MTU: 1500 IP Ranges: 10.10.171.71 - 10.10.171.72 Configure Interface External-1 >>> 12. Press Enter to exit the Configure Interface External-1 menu. The system returns the Manage gateway machine for External-1 menu: Manage gateway machine for External-1 [ 1] Designate a new gateway machine [Enter] Keep current gateway machine: 'not set' Manage gateway machine for External-1 >>> 13. To designate a new gateway machine: a. Enter 1. Manage gateway machine for External-1 >>> 1 The system prompts for a new gateway: Designate a new gateway machine for External-1 Type the new gateway: External-1 gateway >>> b. Enter a new gateway value. External-1 gateway >>> 171.16.0.1

3-44

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 3: Cluster Administration


Network Configuration
The system returns the Manage gateway machine for External-1 menu: Manage gateway machine for External-1 [ 1] Designate a new gateway machine [Enter] Keep current gateway machine: 'not set' Manage gateway machine for External-1 >>> 14. Press Enter to exit the Manage gateway machine for External-1 menu. The system returns the Manage DNS Settings for External-1 menu: Manage DNS [ 1] [ 2] [ 3] [Enter] Settings for External-1 Primary DNS server Secondary DNS server DNS Domain Keep current DNS settings: Primary DNS Server: 'not set' Secondary DNS Server: 'not set' DNS Domain Name: 'isilon.com' Manage DNS Settings for External-1 >>> 15. To enter a primary DNS server IP address for External-1: a. Enter 1. Manage DNS Settings for External-1 >>> 1 The system prompts you for the new primary DNS server IP address: Type the new Primary DNS server: >>>> b. Enter the primary DNS server IP address. >>>> 10.52.0.3 The system returns the Manage DNS Settings for External-1 menu: Manage DNS [ 1] [ 2] [ 3] [Enter] Settings for External-1 Primary DNS server Secondary DNS server DNS Domain Keep current DNS settings: Primary DNS Server: 'not set' Secondary DNS Server: 'not set' DNS Domain Name: 'isilon.com' Manage DNS Settings for External-1 >>> 16. To enter a secondary DNS server IP address for External-1: a. Enter 2. Manage DNS Settings for External-1 >>> 2

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

3-45

Chapter 3: Cluster Administration


Network Configuration
The system prompts you for the new secondary DNS server IP address: Type the new Secondary DNS server: >>>> b. Enter the primary DNS server IP address. >>>> 10.52.0.5 The system returns the Manage DNS Settings for External-1 menu: Manage DNS [ 1] [ 2] [ 3] [Enter] Settings for External-1 Primary DNS server Secondary DNS server DNS Domain Keep current DNS settings: Primary DNS Server: 'not set' Secondary DNS Server: 'not set' DNS Domain Name: 'isilon.com' Manage DNS Settings for External-1 >>> 17. To enter a DNS domain for External-1: a. Enter 3. Manage DNS Settings for External-1 >>> 3 The system prompts you for the new DNS domain: Enter new DNS Domain. >>> b. Enter the DNS domain name. >>> isilon.com The system returns the Manage DNS Settings for External-1 menu: Manage DNS [ 1] [ 2] [ 3] [Enter] Settings for External-1 Primary DNS server Secondary DNS server DNS Domain Keep current DNS settings: Primary DNS Server: 'not set' Secondary DNS Server: 'not set' DNS Domain Name: 'isilon.com' Manage DNS Settings for External-1 >>> 18. Press Enter to keep the current external interface configurations.

3-46

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 3: Cluster Administration


Cluster Management
The system returns the Manage cluster date and time menu: Manage cluster date and time [ 1] Set timezone [ 2] Set day and time [Enter] Keep current date and time: 10/17/2005 16:04:50 GMT [Isilon] Modify Date >>> Date and time kept as 10/17/2005 16:05:02 GMT 19. Press Enter to keep the current cluster date and time configuration. The system returns the Manage the cluster add node setting menu: Manage the cluster add node setting [ 1] Manual join [ 2] Secure join [Enter] Keep current add node setting: 'Manual' [Isilon] Modify Add Node Setting >>> Join mode kept as 'Manual'. 20. Press Enter to keep the current cluster add node setting. The system returns a summary of the configuration changes and a prompt to commit the changes. 21. Press Enter to commit the changes made to the configuration. 22. To close the isi config utility, execute either the exit command or the quit command. >>> quit

3.4 Cluster Management


The WebAdmin interface Cluster Management command options include the View Cluster Operations, Attach Node, Remove Node, Update Cluster, and Shutdown/Reboot Cluster functions. You can perform many of the same functions using the LCD control panel or command line.

3.4.1 View Cluster Operations


Cluster operations priority rules allow storage system administrators to schedule the FlexProtect and maintenance operations to run in the background at the times when they have the least impact on normal cluster activities.

3.4.1.1 Viewing, Setting, and Modifying Operations Priority Rules


Basic operations priority rules are viewed, set, and modified from the Operations page. Advanced operation priority rules are viewed, set, and modified from the Advanced Operations page. Viewing, Setting, and Modifying Operations Priority Rules Using WebAdmin Perform the following steps to view and configure the operations priority rules: 1. On the Cluster menu of the WebAdmin interface, point to Cluster Management and then click View Cluster Operations to open the Operations page. NOTE You can also open the Operations page by clicking the Full Details link in the OneFS Protection Status and Operations panel on the Cluster Status page.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

3-47

Chapter 3: Cluster Administration


Cluster Management
Figure 3.29 Operation Page

2. To view operation history details, scroll to the Operation History area of the page. NOTE The Operation History area displays a detailed list of finished, active, waiting, and failed operations.

3-48

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 3: Cluster Administration


Cluster Management
3. Click EDIT next to the Maintenance or FlexProtect to open the corresponding policies page. Figure 3.30 Policies for Operation Maintenance Page

4. To add a new rule: a. In the Start Time area, select the starting day of the week on the Day option line. b. On the Time option line, specify the hour, minute, and whether the starts in the am or pm. c. In the End Time area, select the ending day of the week on the Day option line. d. On the Time option line, specify the hour, minute, and whether the rule ends in the am or pm. NOTE When a rule ends and another rule does not immediately begin, the policy will revert to the default priority level. The default priority level for the Maintenance is low. The default priority level for FlexProtect is medium.

e. In the Policy area, select the priority policy for the rule. f. Click Add to add the rule to the color-coded policy graph. g. Click Save Changes. IMPORTANT If you neglect to click Save Changes, all of the entered changes will be lost.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

3-49

Chapter 3: Cluster Administration


Cluster Management
NOTE If you neglect selecting either a Day or Policy attribute for a new rule and then click Add, all unsaved rule changes will be lost.

5. To delete a current rule: a. In the Current Ruleset for policies area, select the rule(s) to be deleted. NOTE The Current Ruleset for Policies area of the Policies for Operation Maintenance and Policies for Operation FlexProtect pages are displayed only when a rule has been defined.

Figure 3.31 Policies for Operation Maintenance Page: Current Ruleset for Policies Area

b. Click Delete Marked. 6. To modify a current rule, delete the rule and then re-enter the rule following the procedure in step 3. c. Click Save Changes to apply the new settings and exit the page. IMPORTANT If you neglect to click Save Changes, all of the entered changes will be lost.

Viewing, Setting, and Modifying Operations Priority Rules Using the LCD Control Panel The LCD control panel cannot be used to view, set, or modify operations priority rules. Viewing, Setting, and Modifying Operations Priority Rules Using the Command Line Although it is possible to view, set, or modify operations priority rules using the command line, Isilon strongly suggested using the WebAdmin interface to perform these tasks.

3-50

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 3: Cluster Administration


Cluster Management 3.4.1.2 Viewing, Setting, and Modifying Advanced Operations Priority Rules
The advanced operations priority rules allow storage system administrators to schedule the individual FlexProtect, AutoBalance, Collect, MediaScan, and SetProtection maintenance operations to run in the background at the times when they have the least impact on normal cluster activities. Viewing, Setting, and Modifying Advanced Operations Priority Rules Using WebAdmin Perform the following steps to view and configure the advanced operations priority rules: 1. On the OneFS Protection Status and Operations panel of the Cluster Status page, click Full Details to open the Operations page. 2. Click Advanced View to open the Advanced Operations page. Figure 3.32 Advanced Operations Page

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

3-51

Chapter 3: Cluster Administration


Cluster Management
3. Click EDIT next to Collect, FlexProtect, AutoBalance, MediaScan, or SetProtection to open the corresponding policies page. Figure 3.33 Policies Page

4. To add a new rule: a. In the Start Time area, select the starting day of the week on the Day option line. b. On the Time option line, specify the hour, minute, and whether the starts in the am or pm. c. In the End Time area, select the ending day of the week on the Day option line. d. On the Time option line, specify the hour, minute, and whether the rule ends in the am or pm. NOTE When a rule ends and another rule does not immediately begin, the policy will revert to the default priority level. The default priority level for Collect, FlexProtect, AutoBalance, MediaScan, and SetProtection is low. The default priority level for FlexProtect is medium.

e. In the Policy area, select the priority policy for the rule. f. Click Add to save the rule. The added rule is now displayed in the color-coded policy graph. g. To add another rule for a different day or time period, repeat step 4. 5. To delete a current rule: a. In the Current Ruleset for policies area, select the rule(s) to be deleted.

3-52

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 3: Cluster Administration


Cluster Management
NOTE The Current Ruleset for policies area of the pages are displayed only when a rule has been defined.

b. Click Delete Marked. 6. To modify a current rule, delete the rule and then re-enter the rule following the procedure in step 4. 7. Click Save Changes to apply the new settings and exit the page. IMPORTANT If you neglect to click Save Changes, all of the entered changes will be lost.

Viewing, Setting, and Modifying Advanced Operations Priority Rules Using the LCD Control Panel The LCD control panel cannot be used to view, set, or modify advanced operations priority rules. Viewing, Setting, and Modifying Advanced Operations Priority Rules Using the Command Line Although it is possible to view, set, or modify advanced operations priority rules using the command line, Isilon strongly suggested using the WebAdmin interface to perform these tasks.

3.4.2 Attach Node


You can attach a node to an existing cluster using either the WebAdmin interface, the LCD panel, or the command line. NOTE In addition to the attach function, a node can also be added to a cluster from the LCD control panel or command line using the join function. To join a node to a cluster, the Add Node Setting (described in Section 3.2.1.2, Modifying Add Node Setting, on page 3-8) must be configured in the Manual mode. See Section 2.9.2 on page 2-28 for instructions on how to join a node to an existing cluster.

Attaching a Node Using WebAdmin Perform the following step to attach a node using the WebAdmin interface: 1. On the Cluster menu, point to Cluster Management and then click Attach Node to open the Configure SmartConnect page.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

3-53

Chapter 3: Cluster Administration


Cluster Management
Figure 3.34 Node Attach Page

2. Select the node(s) to be attached. 3. Click Submit to complete the attach function and return to the Cluster Status page. Selecting the Add Node Setting Using the LCD Control Panel Isilon IQ provides an add command that exports the configuration settings from an existing cluster to the unconfigured node, making it part of the cluster. Perform the following steps to add a node using the LCD: 1. From the Main Menu on the LCD screen of a node that is part of a cluster, scroll down to select the Attach command, and then press the center control button to accept the selection. The LCD will present a list of the MAC addresses of unconfigured nodes that are available to attach to the cluster.

Islon-1: OK Main Menu: Attach Status

2. Scroll through the available nodes using the scroll up and scroll down controls.

Which node would you like to attach? 00:e0:81:03:b2:29

3. With the MAC address of the desired node selected, press the center control button to accept the selection.

3-54

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 3: Cluster Administration


Cluster Management
Selecting the Add Node Setting Using the Command Line Perform the following steps to add a node from the command line: 1. Connect to a configured node that is part of the Isilon IQ cluster to which you want to add the node, and obtain a command prompt. 2. At the Isilon IQ command prompt, enter the isi config command to enter the configuration mode. isi config 3. Enter the list unconfigured command. list unconfigured The list unconfigured command displays a numbered list of unconfigured nodes on the same subnet as the node executing the command. Mac ID --------------------1 00:04:76:aa:ac:dc 2 00:e0:81:02:86:b5 3 00:04:76:aa:ae:a5 4. At the command prompt, execute the add command appended with either the MAC address of the node you want to add to the cluster or the number that corresponds to its position in the list. >>> add [<MAC address> | <list position>] The system will return a confirmation message that includes the MAC address of the node it is attaching to the cluster, and the Node ID and IP address the cluster has assigned it.

3.4.3 Remove Node


Isilon IQ provides a remove command that returns the specified node to an unconfigured state and erases all of the content stored on it. IMPORTANT The removed node will reboot and return to its unconfigured state with all data removed.

Remove a Node Using WebAdmin CAUTION Removing a node will delete all data stored on that node. If the data is not sufficiently protected on other nodes in the cluster using mirroring or FlexProtect, the contents will be lost.

Perform the following steps to remove a node from the cluster: 1. On the Cluster menu, point to Cluster Management and then click Remove Node to open the Remove Node page.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

3-55

Chapter 3: Cluster Administration


Cluster Management
Figure 3.35 Select

2. Select the node(s) to be removed. 3. Click Remove to complete the remove function and return to the Cluster Status page. Remove a Node Using the LCD Control Panel A node cannot be removed from a cluster using the LCD control panel. Remove a Node Using the Command Line CAUTION Removing a node will delete all data stored on that node. If the data is not sufficiently protected on other nodes in the cluster using mirroring or FlexProtect, the contents will be lost.

Perform the following steps to remove a node from a cluster using the command line: 1. Connect to a configured node that is part of the Isilon IQ cluster to which you want to remove the node, and obtain a command prompt. 2. At the Isilon IQ command prompt, enter the isi config command to enter the configuration mode. isi config 3. Enter the list unconfigured command. list unconfigured 4. At the isi config prompt, execute the remove command, appended with one of the following arguments: To remove the node you are logged into, enter the remove command. remove To remove a specific node, enter the remove command appended with the IP address of the node you want to remove. remove <ip address>

NOTE

To obtain a list of the IP addresses assigned to Isilon IQ nodes, execute the status command.

3-56

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 3: Cluster Administration


Cluster Management

3.4.4 Upgrade Cluster


Isilon IQ provides several methods to update the cluster operating system. Flash memory cards can be used to load the new system manually. There is now also an expedited way to update the cluster operating system. The Cluster Update page allows you to bring it up to a newer version. Once you specify the location for the new system, the cluster update process can actually occur automatically. There are a number of ways to specify the image location, including FTP and HTTP. Update Cluster Operating System Using WebAdmin Perform the following steps to update the cluster operating system using WebAdmin: 1. On the Cluster menu, point to Cluster Management and then click Upgrade Cluster to open the Upgrade page. Figure 3.36 Update Page

2. In the Location of Upgrade Image text box, enter the complete address for the files that are to be used for the new version of the operating system. This may be a specific location on the network, an FTP address, or a HTTP address. 3. In the User Name text box, enter the user name. 4. In the Password text box, enter the password. 5. In the Upgrade options box, choose whether you want to upgrade now or defer the upgrade until a later time, but save the upgrade install details as defaults. Click the check box if you want to wait. NOTE Selecting the Upgrade options check box saves the location of the upgrade image and defers the upgrade to a later time. This also enables upgrades to be performed from the LCD control panel.

6. Click Submit. The version information will be given and you will need to confirm that you want to proceed with the update. Check the version information carefully to ensure that this is what you want to do. Figure 3.37 Version Upgrade Confirmation Page

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

3-57

Chapter 3: Cluster Administration


Cluster Management
7. Click OK. Figure 3.38 Reboot Request Page

8. Click OK to reboot the cluster and complete the upgrade process. Update Cluster Operating System Using the LCD Control Panel NOTE In order to update the cluster operating system using the LCD control panel, the update path must first be set using the WebAdmin interface. See steps 1 through 5 starting on page 3-57 for details.

Perform the following steps to update the cluster operating system using the LCD control panel: 1. From the Main Menu on the LCD screen of a node that is part of a cluster, scroll down to select the Update command, and then press the RIGHT control button to open the update view.

Isilon-1: OK Main Menu: Status Update ^ v

2. Use the UP and DOWN control buttons to toggle between yes and no.

Would you like to update? Yes

3. With yes selected, press the CENTER control button to begin the update process. Update Cluster Operating System Using the Command Line Perform the following steps to update the cluster operating system using the command line: 1. Open a secure shell connection with any node in the cluster and log into the cluster using the root account. 2. At the Isilon IQ command prompt, enter the isi update command. IsilonInc-1# isi update

3-58

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 3: Cluster Administration


Cluster Management
The system will return text similar to the following: Starting upgrade process... Connecting to remote and local successfully connected successfully connected successfully connected Initiating IMDD... node[ 1] initialized. node[ 2] initialized. node[ 3] initialized. Loading image...

upgrade to node to node to node

processes... [ 1]. [ 2]. [ 3].

Please specify the image to update. You can specify the image from: -- an absolute path (i.e. /usr/images/my.tar) -- http (i.e. http://host/images/my.tar) Please specify the image to update: 3. In response to the request to specify the image location, enter the path to the upgrade image: Please specify the image to update: /ifs/data/install.tar The system will return text similar to the following: Node version : 4.0 B_POBLANO_30(RELEASE) Image version: 4.1 B_ANAHEIM_22(RELEASE) Are you sure you wish to upgrade (yes/no [no])? yes Please wait, updating... Verifying md5... Installing image... node[ 1] installed. node[ 2] installed. node[ 3] installed. Restoring user changes... node[ 1] restored. node[ 2] restored. node[ 3] restored. Sucessfully updated. Reboot (yes/no [yes])? 4. In response to the request to reboot the system, press Enter. The system then will return text similar to the following as it reboots the cluster: Rebooting cluster... rebooting node[ 1]... rebooting node[ 2]... rebooting node[ 3]... IsilonInc-1# *** FINAL System shutdown message from root@bIsilonInc-1 *** System going down IMMEDIATELY Isilon first-pass shutdown: isi_mcp isi_dmilog isi_lcd_d isi_spy_d. ...

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

3-59

Chapter 3: Cluster Administration


Cluster Management

3.4.5 Shutdown/Reboot Cluster


If it becomes necessary to shutdown or reboot the cluster manually, perform one of the following sequences. Shutdown/Reboot the Cluster Using WebAdmin Perform the following steps to shutdown or reboot the Isilon IQ cluster: 1. On the Cluster menu, point to Cluster Management and then click Shutdown/Reboot Cluster to open the Halt or Reboot page. Figure 3.39 Halt or Reboot Page

2. Select Reboot or Halt. NOTE The Halt option shuts down the cluster. The Reboot option shuts down the cluster and then reboots it.

3. Click Submit to apply changes and display a confirmation message on the Halt or Reboot page. Shutdown/Reboot the Cluster Using the LCD Control Panel Perform the following steps to shutdown or reboot the Isilon IQ cluster using the LCD control panel: 1. From the Main Menu on the LCD screen of a node that is part of a cluster, scroll down to select the Shutdown command, and then press the RIGHT control button to open the options view.

Isilon-1: OK Main Menu: Service Shutdown ^

2. To shutdown the cluster: a. Select the shutdown all option.

Would you like to shutdown or reboot? shutdown all

3-60

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 3: Cluster Administration


Cluster Management
b. Press the CENTER control button to open the confirmation view.

Do you really want to shutdown all? yes

c. Use the UP and DOWN control buttons to toggle between yes and no. d. With yes selected, press the CENTER control button to shutdown the cluster. 3. To reboot the cluster: a. Select the reboot all option.

Would you like to shutdown or reboot? reboot all

b. Press the CENTER control button to open the confirmation view.

Do you really want to reboot all? yes

c. Use the UP and DOWN control buttons to toggle between yes and no. d. With yes selected, press the CENTER control button to reboot the cluster. NOTE The LCD control panel also includes options to shutdown or reboot a node.

Would you like to shutdown or reboot? shutdown node

Would you like to shutdown or reboot? reboot node

The intent of the shutdown node and reboot node options is to support maintenance activities being performed on the hardware.

Shutdown/Reboot the Cluster Using the Command Line Perform the following steps to reboot the cluster using the command line: 1. Connect to a configured node that is part of the Isilon IQ cluster to which you want to remove the node, and obtain a command prompt.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

3-61

Chapter 3: Cluster Administration


List of Local Clusters
2. At the Isilon IQ command prompt, enter the isi config command to enter the configuration mode. isi config 3. Enter the reboot command appended with the all option. >>> reboot all

NOTE

The reboot command appended with no argument reboots the node that the command executed on. When the reboot command is appended with a node ID, the specified node is rebooted. When the reboot command is appended with all, all nodes in the cluster are rebooted.

3.5 List of Local Clusters


The List of Local Clusters page displays a list of other clusters that reside on the same segment of the network as the cluster that is active in the current WebAdmin session. The cluster name, its IP address, and the Add Node Setting join mode are shown. You can click the underlined link to any of the clusters listed to open a WebAdmin session for that cluster. Viewing a List of Local Clusters Using WebAdmin To view a list of local clusters, on the Cluster menu, click List of Local Clusters to open the Cluster List page. Figure 3.40 List of Local Clusters Page

Viewing a List of Local Clusters Using the LCD Control Panel A list of local clusters cannot be viewed using the LCD control panel.

3-62

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 3: Cluster Administration


List of Local Clusters
Viewing a List of Local Clusters Using the Command Line Perform the following steps to view a list of local clusters using the command line: 1. Connect to a configured node that is part of the Isilon IQ cluster and obtain a command prompt. 2. At the Isilon IQ command prompt, enter the isi config command to enter the configuration mode. isi config 3. Enter the list command. >>> list clusters A list of all clusters on the same subnet as the node executing the command will be returned.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

3-63

Chapter 3: Cluster Administration


List of Local Clusters

3-64

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

CHAPTER

4
Node Administration
This chapter of the Isilon IQ User Guide provides information related to node administration activities. The chapter contains the following sections: Section 4.1, Introduction. Section 4.2, Node Status Section 4.3, Node Capacity Section 4.4, Node CPU Usage. Section 4.5, Node Network Traffic Section 4.6, Drive Status Section 4.7, Node Clients Section 4.8, Hardware Statistics

4.1 Introduction
When nodes are incorporated into a cluster, either as the initial node in a cluster (see Section 2.8, Configuring a Node as the Initial Node in a New Cluster, on page 2-22) or added to an existing cluster (see Section 2.9, Adding a Node to an Existing Cluster, on page 2-25), each of the node attributes are configured. For identification purposes, nodes are automatically assigned a name based on the cluster name appended with the node ID number, <cluster name>-<node ID>. NOTE An overview of Isilon IQ network topographies is presented in Section 1.3, Network Topology Scenarios, on page 1-11.

Viewing Node Details Using the WebAdmin Interface To view the node details for a specific node using the WebAdmin interface, enter either the IP address of any Isilon IQ node in the cluster or the cluster name (if the name is listed on a DNS server) in the address bar of a Web browser. When the WebAdmin interface opens, select the node from the command list on the Node menu to open the Node Status page (see Figure 4.2 on page 4-2) for the selected node. Figure 4.1 Node Menu Commands

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

4-1

Chapter 4: Node Administration


Introduction
Figure 4.2 Node Status Page

Viewing Node Details Using the Command Line Perform the following steps to view node details for a specific node using the command line: 1. Open a secure shell connection with any node in the cluster and log into the cluster using the root account. 2. At the Isilon IQ command prompt, execute the following command: isi status - n [ID]

4-2

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 4: Node Administration


Node Status
The system will return information about the specified node, as shown in the following example: isi status -n 2 Node LNN: Node ID: Node Name: Node IP Address: Node Health: Node SN: Node Capacity Available Used Network Status: IntA / bc0 10.9.30.2 7.6M / 3.0M IntB / bc2 Unconfigured [DOWN] Disk Drive Status: twed2 < 1> 415Kb/s twed1 < 5> 1.2Mb/s twed0 < 9> 217Kb/s twed5 < 2> 628Kb/s twed4 < 6> 1.7Mb/s twed3 <10> 1.1Mb/s twed8 < 3> 440Kb/s twed7 < 7> 547Kb/s twed6 <11> 1.3Mb/s twed8 < 4> 1.3Mb/s twed8 < 8> 1.3Mb/s twed8 <12> 1.3Mb/s Ext1 / bc1 172.16.9.131 10M / 403K Ext2 / bc3 Unconfigured [DOWN]

2 7 qaI-6-P4-2 172.16.9.131 [ OK ] 2.2T 1.5T (70%) 654G (29%)

4.2 Node Status


The Node Status panel on the Node Status page, shown in Figure 4.3 on page 4-4, provides information about the node and the network interfaces connected to the node. NOTE The Node Status panel displays one of two views. The View Static Status view displays static values that are current at the time the page is opened or refreshed. The View Live Statistics view displays values that are refreshed every five seconds.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

4-3

Chapter 4: Node Administration


Node Capacity
Figure 4.3 Node Status Page: Node Status Panel

4.3 Node Capacity


The Node Capacity on the Node Status page, shown in Figure 4.4, displays the volume of content stored on the node, both graphically and numerically. This information appears in both the Live and Static views of the Node Status pages. The content values represent raw disk capacity on the cluster, not file size or the ability to hold files. Figure 4.4 Node Capacity

NOTE

You can also view the node capacity information using the command line by enter the isi status -n [ID] command on any node in the cluster as described in Section 4.1, Introduction.

4.4 Node CPU Usage


The Node CPU Usage on the Node Status page, shown in Figure 4.5, displays the CPU usage of the node, both graphically and numerically. This information appears in both the Live and Static views of the Node Status pages. Figure 4.5 Node CPU Usage

4-4

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 4: Node Administration


Node Network Traffic

4.5 Node Network Traffic


The Node Network Traffic panel displays the volume of traffic passing through the interface cards of node during the past hour. The values displayed in the Static view are current at the time the view was opened or refreshed. The values displayed in the Live view refresh continually at five second intervals. Figure 4.6 Node Network Traffic Panel

NOTE

You can also view the static node network throughput information using the command line by enter the isi status -2 [ID] command on any node in the cluster as described in Section 4.1, Introduction.

Viewing Network Traffic Graphs The Historical Graphs link opens the Network Traffic page, where you can view past throughput by selecting the network activity and time period you would like to see. Perform the following steps to view a historical network traffic graph: 1. In the Node Network Traffic panel, click Historical Graphs to open the Network Traffic page.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

4-5

Chapter 4: Node Administration


Node Network Traffic
Figure 4.7 Network Traffic Page

2. In the Traffic Flow list, select a network activity to be displayed. Choices for Traffic Flow network activity include: In Selects incoming traffic flow of the selected node or cluster. Out Selects outgoing traffic flow of the selected node or cluster. Both Selects both incoming and outgoing traffic flow of the selected node or cluster. 3. In the For what node list, select The entire cluster or a specific node listing. 4. In the Ending at list, select the ending day, month, year, hour, and minute for the display. 5. In the For Interval list, select the time duration for the display. 6. Click Submit to refresh the graph with the selected attributes. 7. Click all, avg, max, or min to alter the data treatment display. Choices for data treatment include: all The graph plots all categories of data flow, measured in bits per second. The various statistical categories of average, maximum and minimum are shown superimposed on the graph, with color-coding which follows the marked color blocks. avg This graph mode takes all the data flow and averages it over the selected duration of the graph, color-coding it dark blue. max This graph mode plots the maximum data flow in and out of the node or cluster over the selected duration of the graph, color-coding it green. min This graph mode plots the minimum data flow in and out of the node or cluster over the selected duration of the graph, color-coding it light blue.

4-6

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 4: Node Administration


Drive Status

4.6 Drive Status


The Drive Status panel, shown in Figure 4.8, provides a visual overview of the status of each drive in the node. Status of the each drive is denoted by the following color-coded displays: Green Drive is healthy. Yellow Smart fail or restripe activity in progress. Gray Drive not in use by cluster. Figure 4.8 Drive Status Panel

NOTE

For detailed information on how to replace a failed drive, see Section 8.1, Hot Swap Replacement of a Hard Drive, on page 8-1.

4.6.1 Viewing Drive Throughput


To view the throughput for a specific drive, move the mouse over the drive bay icon. This results in the throughput being displayed in place of the drive bay identification text.

4.6.2 Viewing Drive Details


To view the details of a drive, click the drive bay icon in the Drive Status panel to open the Drive Details page.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

4-7

Chapter 4: Node Administration


Drive Status
Figure 4.9 Drive Details Page

4-8

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 4: Node Administration


Drive Status
Drive Status In the Drive Status area, the drive bay icon is color-coded to indicate the status of the drive. The following provides a summary of the information presented for each status: STATUS: Drive not detected in bay ACTION: Physically replace drive and then click Add Drive. ADVISORY: Buttons Add Drive STATUS: Preparing ACTION: None ADVISORY: Allow drive initiation process to complete. The page will periodically refresh ad will change status when necessary. Buttons: STATUS: Drive not Pre-Formatted ACTION: Replace with different drive of click Format Drive to begin the reformatting process. ADVISORY: This drive is not formatted correctly. To add this drive to the cluster, OneFS must re-format the drive. Formatting the drive will destroy all data on the drive. This process will take several minutes. Buttons Format Drive STATUS: Drive Previously in Another Node ACTION: Replace with different drive of click Format Drive to begin the reformatting process. ADVISORY: This drive previously belonged to an Isilon cluster and may contain data you do not want to lose. To add this drive to the cluster, OneFS must re-format the drive. Formatting the drive will destroy all data on the drive. Formatting the drive will take several minutes. Buttons: Format Drive STATUS: Healthy ACTION: None ADVISORY: To remove a healthy drive, click Smart Fail and wait for status color to change to gray before proceeding to physically remove the drive. This will begin the process of removing the drive from the cluster and data on the drive will be restriped. Buttons: Smart Fail

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

4-9

Chapter 4: Node Administration


Node Clients
STATUS: Smart fail/restripe in progress ACTION: Wait ADVISORY: Allow process to complete. Wait for status color to change to gray before proceeding to physically remove the drive. To reverse the smart fail process, click Stop Smart Fail. Buttons: Stop Smart Fail STATUS: Drive not in use by cluster ACTION: Physically replace drive and then click Add Drive. ADVISORY: Buttons Add Drive Drive Details In the Drive Details area, a description of the drive is provided along with diagnostic information used by Isilon support personnel when troubleshooting drive failures. NOTE The SMART data and SMART errors displayed in the lower portion of the Drive Details area are used by Isilon support personnel when troubleshooting drive failures. The term SMART refers to a standardized method for monitoring drive performance.

4.7 Node Clients


The Node Clients panel provides access to a list of the clients connected to the node. Figure 4.10 Node Clients Panel

Viewing the Clients Connect to Node Using WebAdmin Click View Node Client List to open the Clients Connected page. The page displays Windows File Sharing, NFS, Web services, and FTP protocol connections to the node.

4-10

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 4: Node Administration


Hardware Statistics
Figure 4.11 Clients Connected Page

NOTE

The Windows File Sharing, NFS, and Web service client connection values are reliable only when the clients are actually reading or writing a file. FTP clients may open multiple client connections during a session.

Viewing the Clients Connect to Node Using the LCD Control Panel The clients connected to a node cannot be viewed using the LCD control panel. Viewing the Clients Connect to Node Using the Command Line Isilon does not currently support a method for viewing clients connected to a node using the command line. NOTE As a workaround, you can use the UNIX netstat command to view client connections.

4.8 Hardware Statistics


The Hardware Statistics panel provides access to general component information, component status, system partition details, and hardware log for the node. Figure 4.12 Hardware Statistics Panel

To view the Hardware Status page using the WebAdmin interface, click View Hardware Statistics.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

4-11

Chapter 4: Node Administration


Hardware Statistics

4.8.1 General Panel


The General panel provides descriptions of several key components of the node. Figure 4.13 Hardware Status Page: General Panel

4.8.2 Monitored Components Panel


The Monitored Components panel displays physical operation data for several monitored node components. Whenever a component exceeds the normal operating range, an alert is raised. See Section 7.2, Alerts, on page 7-1 for additional information. Figure 4.14 Hardware Status Page: General Panel

4-12

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 4: Node Administration


Hardware Statistics

4.8.3 System Partitions Panel


The System Partitions panel displays how the partitions in the node are arranged. Figure 4.15 Hardware Status Page: General Panel

4.8.4 Hardware Log Panel


The Hardware Log panel displays recent hardware log entries. Figure 4.16 Hardware Status Page: Hardware Log Panel

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

4-13

Chapter 4: Node Administration


Hardware Statistics

4-14

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

CHAPTER

5
File System
This chapter of the Isilon IQ User Guide provides information related to file system administration activities. The chapter contains the following sections: Section 5.1, Introduction Section 5.2, File System Explorer Section 5.3, Windows File Sharing Section 5.4, Directory Services Section 5.5, Configure FlexProtect Section 5.6, Permissions Management Section 5.7, File Sharing Services

5.1 Introduction
To open the WebAdmin interface, enter either the IP address of any Isilon IQ node in the cluster or the cluster name (if the name is listed on a DNS server) in the address bar of a Web browser. When the WebAdmin interface opens, select one of the File System menu commands to open the corresponding WebAdmin page. Figure 5.1 File System Menu Commands

5.2 File System Explorer


The File System Explorer page provides a single source for managing the content stored in your cluster; you can view the file structure, add folders, view and modify file and folder properties, set protection levels on files and directories, and enable or disable the write cache.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

5-1

Chapter 5: File System


File System Explorer

Default Permissions and Security on the /ifs File System Isilon IQ file system (/ifs) directory permissions initially are set to full access for all users. Administrators should be aware that this default setting, while providing easy access to all users, is not secure. Any user can delete any file, regardless of the permissions on the particular file. Depending on your particular corporate environment, this may or may not be acceptable. Many administrators will choose to change this initial wide open configuration, by establishing some basic permission restrictions

5.2.1 File System Navigation


To view the File System Explorer page, click File System Explorer on the File System menu. Figure 5.2 File System Explorer

NOTE

The Isilon IQ File System structure in WebAdmin is similar to most other graphic representations of directories and files, with hierarchies of folders and individual files. Clicking on a plus sign next to a folder will expand the folder. There are two panels, with the left hand panel being the top level and the right hand panel showing the more detailed view. The center bar between the panels can be moved horizontally to increase or decrease the size of each panel. If a directory appears in red with a strikethrough, an error has occurred and the directory is not navigable. This may be the result of multiple nodes being down.

5.2.2 File System Properties


To view the File System Properties page for a selected file or a folder, in the right panel of the File System Explorer page, click the corresponding file or a folder title. Clicking on a file title opens the file view of the File System Properties page, shown in Figure 5.3. Clicking on a folder title opens the folder view of the File System Properties page, shown in Figure 5.4.

5-2

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 5: File System


File System Explorer
Figure 5.3 File System Properties Page: File View

Figure 5.4 File System Properties Page: Folder View

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

5-3

Chapter 5: File System


File System Explorer 5.2.2.1 Creating a New Windows Share
The Windows Shares area of the File System Properties page folder view provides links to: View or modify a Windows share View or modify Windows share permissions Deleting a Windows share Create a new Windows share These links are duplicates those described in Section 5.3.2, Configuring Windows File Sharing. Viewing or Modifying a Windows Share Property On the folder view version of the Files System Properties page, click Properties to open the Modify A Windows Share page. For detailed instructions about modifying a Windows share property, see Section 5.3.2.4, Modifying the Properties of a Windows Share, on page 5-12. Deleting a Windows Share On the folder view version of the Files System Properties page, click Delete to open the Delete A Windows Share page. For detailed instructions about deleting a Windows share permission, see Section 5.3.2.6, Deleting a Windows Share, on page 5-16. Creating a New Windows Share Clicking the Create a new Windows share link on the File System Properties page opens the Share Wizard - Create Share Folder page. The description for creating a new Windows share from this page is described in Section 5.3.2.2, Creating a New Share In Domain Access Control Mode on page 5-7. Please refer to this section for instructions about creating a new Windows share.

5.2.2.2 Creating a New NFS Export


Clicking the Create a new NFS export link on the File System Properties page folder view opens the Modify An NFS Host Rule page. The description for creating a new NFS export from this page is described in Section 5.7.1, Configure NFS, in step 5. Please refer to this section for instructions about creating a new NFS export.

5.2.2.3 Modifying the OneFS Policy


Perform the following steps to modify the OneFS settings in the OneFS Policy area of the File System Properties page: 1. To modify the write cache setting: a. In the Set write cache list, select On or Off as required. b. Select or clear the Apply cache setting to contents check box as required. 2. To modify the protection setting: NOTE The protection function setting appears in the OneFS area of the if the File System Properties page only if the FlexProtect Advanced protection option is enabled (see Section 5.5, Configure FlexProtect, on page 5-29 for information on enabling):

a. In the Protection list, select the desired Protection level. b. Select or clear the Apply protection to contents check box as required.

5-4

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 5: File System


File System Explorer
Figure 5.5 OneFS Area of File System Properties Page

CAUTION

Applying a protection level to a child folder or file that is greater than the level applied to the parent folder will not provide the protection level desired. Children folders and files are protected at the protection level applied to the parent folder.

3. Click Apply to apply changes. A message acknowledging the policy change will appear in the OneFS Policy area.

5.2.2.4 Modifying UNIX Permissions


Perform the following steps to modify UNIX permissions for the selected item: 1. In the UNIX Permissions area of the File System Properties page, click Modify UNIX Permissions to open the UNIX Permissions page. Figure 5.6 UNIX Permissions Page

2. Change the setting in the Owner list as required. 3. Change the setting in the Group list. as required 4. Change the selections to modify the Read, Write, and List permissions for the User, Group, and Other categories as required. 5. Click Apply to apply changes and return to the File System Properties page.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

5-5

Chapter 5: File System


Windows File Sharing

5.3 Windows File Sharing


Windows File Sharing allows you to map a Windows network drive to the cluster. You can use the Configure Windows Shares page to administer the rules and configuration settings that govern the interaction between the Windows and UNIX environments.

5.3.1 Enabling Windows File Sharing


For information on enabling the Windows file sharing function, see Section 5.4.1, Configure Windows Networking, on page 5-16.

5.3.2 Configuring Windows File Sharing


To view the Configure Windows Shares page, on the File System menu, click Windows File Sharing. Figure 5.7 Configure Windows Shares Page

5.3.2.1 Configuring Windows Networking For a Cluster


To configure Windows networking, click Configure Windows Networking For Cluster to open the Microsoft Windows Networking Support page. This is the same page that opens when you click Configure Windows Networking on the File System menu. For information on configuring Windows networking, see Section 5.4.1, Configure Windows Networking, on page 5-16. NOTE The Microsoft Windows Network Support page allows you to enable or disable Windows file sharing and to configure the Windows networking access control mode when file sharing is enabled. The control modes include: Domain Access Control Mode Anonymous Access Control Mode Local Users Access Control Mode

5-6

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 5: File System


Windows File Sharing 5.3.2.2 Creating a New Share In Domain Access Control Mode
Perform the following steps to create a new share: 1. Click Create a New Share to open the Share Wizard - Create Share Folder page. Figure 5.8 Share Wizard - Create Share Folder Page

2. In the Share name text box, enter share name. 3. In the Share comment text box, optionally enter a share comment. 4. In the Folder to share text box, either enter the path for a folder to be shared, click Browse and select a folder, or create a new directory by entering the path. 5. Click Next to open the Share Wizard - Setting Share Permissions page. Figure 5.9 Share Wizard - Setting Share Permissions Page

6. Select the appropriate permissions.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

5-7

Chapter 5: File System


Windows File Sharing
7. To create custom share and folder permissions: a. Select Custom share and folder permissions and click Next to open the Share Wizard Setting Share Group or User Permissions for share page. Figure 5.10 Share Wizard - Setting Share Group or User Permissions for share Page

b. Select the appropriate permissions.

5-8

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 5: File System


Windows File Sharing
c. To add users to the Username list on the Share Wizard - Setting Share Group or User Permissions for share page: i. Click Add User(s) to open the Add Users, Computers, or Groups page. Figure 5.11 Share Wizard - Add Users, Computers, or Groups Page

ii. To directly add an object, enter the object name(s) in upper text box. NOTE Separated multiple object names entered into this text box with spaces. Surround object names with embedded spaces with double-quotes.

iii. To search for object: In the Search From Among These Object Types options area, select an object type. In the Common queries area, select the query method and enter the search character string in either Name or Description text box. Click Search. The search results will appear in the Common queries area. When you have successfully found the object to add using the search function, click the object to add it to the upper text box. iv. Click Next to add the object to the Username list on the Share Wizard - Setting Share Group or User Permissions for share page.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

5-9

Chapter 5: File System


Windows File Sharing
8. Click Next on the Share Wizard - Setting Share Group or User Permissions for share page to open the Share Wizard Summary page. Figure 5.12 Share Wizard - Summary Page

9. Click Submit to apply the changes and return to the Configure Windows Shares page. NOTE In Figure 5.12, if you click Next, you are presented with an opportunity to change several default file system service settings for the share. Uninformed changes to the default properties may result in operational failure.

5-10

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 5: File System


Windows File Sharing 5.3.2.3 Creating a New Share In Anonymous or User Access Control Mode
Perform the following steps to create a new share: 1. Click Create a New Share to open the Share Wizard - Create Share Folder page. Figure 5.13 Share Wizard - Create Share Folder Page

2. In the Share name text box, enter share name. 3. In the Share comment text box, optionally enter a share comment. 4. In the Folder to share text box, either enter the path for a folder to be shared, click Browse and select a folder, or create a new directory by entering the path. 5. Click Next to open the Share Wizard - Submit page.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

5-11

Chapter 5: File System


Windows File Sharing
Figure 5.14 Share Wizard - Submit Page

6. Click Submit to apply the changes and return to the Configure Windows Shares page.

5.3.2.4 Modifying the Properties of a Windows Share


Perform the following steps to modify the properties of a Windows share: 1. In the Windows Shares area, click the Properties link to the right of the share name to be modified to open the Modify A Windows Share page. Figure 5.15 Modify A Windows Share Page

2. Modify the Windows share properties. a. To modify the Share Name, modify the entry in the text box. b. To modify the Comment, modify the entry in the text box. c. To modify the Guest ok setting, change the list selection. 3. To modify advanced Windows share properties, click Advanced.

5-12

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 5: File System


Windows File Sharing
CAUTION DO NOT modify the properties in the Advanced area of the Modify A Windows Share page without a clear understanding of the potential consequences. Uninformed changes to the default advanced Windows file share properties may result in operational failure.

Figure 5.16 Modify A Windows Share: Advanced Page

4. Click Save to apply changes.

5.3.2.5 Modifying Permissions of a Windows Share


Perform the following steps to modify the permissions of a Windows share: 1. In the Windows Shares area, click the Permissions link to the right of the share name to open the Modify Windows Share Permissions page. NOTE The Permissions links appears on the Configure Windows Shares page (see Figure 5.7 on page 5-6) only when windows file sharing is configured in the Domain Access Control mode.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

5-13

Chapter 5: File System


Windows File Sharing
Figure 5.17 Modify Windows Share Permissions Page

2. To change permissions, modify the permission option selections in the Full Control, Change, and Read columns. 3. To add users to the Username list on the Modify Windows Share Permissions page: a. Click Add to open the Add Users, Computers, or Groups page.

5-14

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 5: File System


Windows File Sharing
Figure 5.18 Add Users, Computers, or Groups Page

b. To directly add an object, enter the object name(s) in upper text box. NOTE Separate multiple object names entered into this text box with spaces. Surround object names with embedded spaces with double-quotes.

c. To search for an object: i. In the Search From Among These Object Types options area, select an object type. ii. In the Common queries area, select the query method and enter the search character string in either Name or Description text box. iii. Click Search. The search results will appear in the Common queries area. iv. When you have successfully found the object to add using the search function, click the object to add it to the upper text box. d. Click Next to add the object to the Username list on the Modify Windows Share Permissions page. 4. To remove a username, select the name in the Delete column and then click Remove. 5. Click Save to apply the changes.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

5-15

Chapter 5: File System


Directory Services 5.3.2.6 Deleting a Windows Share
Perform the following steps to delete a Windows share listed in the Windows Shares area: 1. On the Configure Windows Shares page in the Windows Shares area, click Delete to the right of the share name to open the Delete a Windows Share page. Figure 5.19 Delete A Windows Share Page

2. Click Confirm to apply the change and return to the Configure Windows Shares page.

5.4 Directory Services


On the File System menu, the Directory Services submenu includes the Configure Windows Networking, Configure NIS , and Configure LDAP Services commands.

5.4.1 Configure Windows Networking


To open the Microsoft Windows Networking Support page, on the File System menu, point to Directory Services and then click Windows Networking. NOTE The Microsoft Windows Networking Support page can also be opened by clicking Cluster Status on the Cluster menu to open the Cluster Status page, and then clicking the Wins configuration link in the Cluster Configuration panel.

The Microsoft Windows Network Support page allows you to enable or disable Windows file sharing and to configure the Windows networking access control mode when file sharing is enabled. The control modes include: Domain Access Control Mode Anonymous Access Control Mode Local Users Access Control Mode Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) Located on the Microsoft Windows Networking Support page, the WINS Server field is used to specify a WINS server that is recommended for NT4. A WINS Server is a service that relies on the Microsoft NetBIOS name server (NBNS). It dynamically maps computer names to IP addresses. This allows users to access resources by computer name instead of using the IP address.

5-16

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 5: File System


Directory Services 5.4.1.1 Domain Access Control Mode
The domain access control mode authenticates users against the user and group accounts maintained by an external Domain Controller, and grants file access permission based on credentials it provides. Perform the following steps to configure the domain access control mode: 1. If the Microsoft Windows Networking Support page is not displaying the configuration details for the domain mode, click Use Domain Mode. Figure 5.20 Microsoft Windows Networking Support Page: Domain Mode

2. In the Domain text box, enter an ADS realm name or a NT domain name. 3. In the Server Description text box, enter a friendly name for the cluster. 4. In the WINS Server text box, enter the IP address of the WINS server you want the cluster to use. NOTE Entering an IP address in the WINS Server text box is not required when your are joining an Active Directory domain.

5. In the Domain Account Username text box, enter an authorized domain user username.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

5-17

Chapter 5: File System


Directory Services
6. In the Domain Account Password text box, enter an authorized domain user password. 7. Optionally, in the Organizational Units text box, enter a simple name or a Distinguished Name (DN) to specify an Organizational Unit (OU) unit. NOTE The use of Organization Units is applicable only for network configurations using Windows Active Directory Service (ADS).

Organizational Units (OUs) OUs are visual containers used by administrators to simplify the management of corporate networks, through the grouping of departments, roles, locations, or group policy levels within Windows ADS. To specify an OU, enter a simple OU name (example: admin) or a Distinguished Name. Distinguished Names may include cn (common name), l (locality), ou (organizational unit), dc (domain component) or other parameters. Example Distinguished Name: ou=admin,dc=isilon,dc=com Possible outcomes when working with network configurations using Windows ADS include: An OU is not specified and the computer joins the default Computers OU. An OU is specified, there are no conflicts, and the computer joins the OU. An OU is specified, but the node's computer accounts already exist in a different OU or several different OUs, then the join will fail, and an error message will be displayed on the page when you submit the change. The error message will identify the details of the conflict. Then, the existing node computer accounts will need to be manually deleted through LDAP or Active Directory tools by an administrator with permission to do this. 8. To view or modify advanced Windows share properties, click Advanced. CAUTION DO NOT modify the properties in the Advanced area of the Microsoft Windows Networking Support: Domain Mode page without a clear understanding of the potential consequences. Uninformed changes to the default advanced Windows file share properties may result in operational failure.

9. Click Submit to apply changes.

5.4.1.2 Anonymous Access Control Mode


The anonymous access control mode provides all users anonymous credential (the everybody permission) unless restricted to those hosts specifically listed in the Host Allowed field. Perform the following steps to configure the anonymous access control mode: 1. If the Microsoft Windows Networking Support page is not displaying the configuration details for the anonymous mode, click Anonymous Mode.

5-18

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 5: File System


Directory Services
Figure 5.21 Microsoft Windows Networking Support Page: Anonymous Mode

2. In the Workgroup text box, enter a workgroup name. 3. In the Server Description text box, enter a friendly name for this cluster. 4. In the WINS Server text box, enter the IP address of the WINS server you want the cluster to use. 5. In the Hosts Allowed text box, optionally specify only the hosts you want to allow. NOTE If the Hosts Allowed text box is left blank, all hosts are allowed.

6. To view or modify advanced Windows share properties, click Advanced. CAUTION DO NOT modify the properties in the Advanced area of the Microsoft Windows Networking Support: Anonymous Mode page without a clear understanding of the potential consequences. Uninformed changes to the default advanced Windows file share properties may result in operational failure.

7. Click Submit to apply changes.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

5-19

Chapter 5: File System


Directory Services 5.4.1.3 Local Users Access Control Mode
The local user access control mode authenticates users against the local, NIS, or LDAP user and group accounts it maintains and grants file access permission accordingly. Perform the following steps to configure the local access control mode: 1. If the Microsoft Windows Networking Support page is not displaying the configuration details for the local user mode, click Use Local Users Mode. Figure 5.22 Microsoft Windows Networking Support Page: Local Users Mode

2. In the Workgroup text box, enter a workgroup name. 3. In the Server Description text box, enter a friendly name for the server. 4. In the WINS Server text box, enter the IP address of the WINS server you want the cluster to use. 5. In the Hosts Allowed text box, optionally specify only the hosts you want to allow. NOTE If the Hosts Allowed text box is left blank, all hosts are allowed.

6. To view or modify advanced Windows share properties, click Advanced. CAUTION DO NOT modify the properties in the Advanced area of the Microsoft Windows Networking Support: Local Users Mode page without a clear understanding of the potential consequences. Uninformed changes to the default advanced Windows file share properties may result in operational failure.

5-20

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 5: File System


Directory Services
Figure 5.23 Modify Windows File Sharing Configuration Page

a. Begin entering advanced options by deciding whether to specify a force group. Designating a Force group sets the group to a specified target group for files that are newly created. b. Continue with the options for User, Group, and Other. Set permissions for Read, Write, and List for each of the mode and mask parameters. c. Select whether to allow Inheritable permissions, and specify Hosts allowed and the Exec. Hosts allow provides security by telling the server to authenticate only machines that have an IP within a certain range (or a hostname), which is specified here. The Exec option allows administrators to run a command on the server before opening a connection between the client and a share.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

5-21

Chapter 5: File System


Directory Services
d. Choose whether to activate Change notification. Change notification allows a client to request that a server periodically monitor a specific file, directory, or a complete directory tree on a share for any changes. If any changes occur, the server will notify the client. e. Select Yes or No for Oplocks. Oplocks (opportunistic locks) allow the server to permit the client to cache read data or write data locally when appropriate. f. Select Yes or No to allow Level2 oplocks. Level2 oplocks are read-only oplocks on a share. They allow Windows NT clients that have an oplock on a file to downgrade from a read-write oplock to a read-only oplock if a second client opens the file. g. Set the Available option. If availability is set to no, it disables all access to a share. h. Set whether to Follow Symlinks. Symlinks refers to a filename that has associated with it a string rather than the contents of a file (similar to an alias). A setting of Yes will cause the system to follow all symlinks, even if they redirect to files or directories outside of the exported directory tree. Setting follow symlinks to No will turn off this functionality, and prevent symlinks from being followed at all. Symlinks can be created locally by the system administrator and remotely over NFS, but not remotely via a Windows client. i. When you have finished, click Save to submit your share configuration settings. Please note that submitting will require all Windows client connections to reset. Click Cancel to abandon the configuration settings without making changes. Click Hide Advanced to return the basic share options view. 7. Click Submit to apply changes.

5.4.1.4 Enable/Disable Windows File Sharing


To enable Windows file sharing, if it has been disabled, click Enable Microsoft Windows File Sharing, select the access control mode, and then click Submit. To disable Windows file sharing, if it has been enabled, click the Disable Microsoft Windows File Sharing and then click Disable. Figure 5.24 Microsoft Windows Networking Support Page: Disable Windows File Sharing

To view or modify advanced Windows share properties, click Advanced. CAUTION DO NOT modify the properties in the Advanced area of the Microsoft Windows Networking Support: Disable Windows File Sharing page without a clear understanding of the potential consequences. Uninformed changes to the default advanced Windows file share properties may result in operational failure.

5-22

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 5: File System


Directory Services

5.4.2 NIS
The Network Information Services (NIS) supported component of Isilon IQ is a network naming service that provides authentication and uniformity across a UNIX network. NIS stores information not only about workstation names and addresses, but also about users, the network itself, and network services. This feature allows administrators with existing NIS infrastructures in place to integrate Isilon IQ clusters into their network. Network Information Services (NIS) NIS provides a generic database access facilities that is used to distribute information contained in the password and groups files to all hosts on your network. This makes the network appear as a single system, with the same accounts on all hosts.

NOTE

For users in an NIS domain who need CIFS authentication from a Windows client, see Section 5.4.4, Using CIFS With NIS or LDAP, for configuration details.

Perform the following steps to configure or modify the NIS service: 1. On the File System menu, point to Directory Services and then click NIS to open the Configure NIS Services page. Figure 5.25 Configure NIS Services Page

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

5-23

Chapter 5: File System


Directory Services
2. Configure the NIS Servers Checked area: a. To add a server, enter the server name in the Add a sever text box and then click Add. b. To change the order a servers is checked, select the server name and then click Move Up or Move Down to change the position in the list. c. To remove an server from the list, select the server name and then click Delete. 3. In the Specify hostname resolution order area, select the network hostname resolution order by selecting DNS First, then NIS or NIS First, then DNS. 4. In the Specify a domain text box, enter an NIS domain name. 5. To enable the NIS services, in the NIS is currently area, select Enabled. NOTE Before the NIS Services can be enabled, a NIS server must be present in the NIS Servers Checked list and an NIS domain specified in the Specify a domain text box.

6. Click Submit to apply the changes and display a confirmation message on the Configure NIS Services page.

5.4.3 Configure LDAP Services


LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol) is a standardized networking protocol for querying and modifying directory services. Isilon IQ clusters can be configured to use this protocol to authenticate clients against an LDAP server. NOTE To enable CIFS authentication from an MS Windows client to the cluster in Local User Mode using an LDAP user, see Section 5.4.4, Using CIFS With NIS or LDAP, for configuration details.

5-24

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 5: File System


Directory Services 5.4.3.1 Configuring LDAP Services Using WebAdmin
Perform the following steps to establish LDAP service using the WebAdmin interface: 1. On the File System menu, point to Directory Services, and then click LDAP Services to open the Configure LDAP Services page. Figure 5.26 Configure LDAP Services Page

2. Select the Enable LDAP check box to enable service. 3. In the Base Distinguished Name text box, enter a base distinguished name. NOTE The base distinguished name (base DN) identifies the entry in the directory from which searches initiated by LDAP clients occur; the base DN is often referred to as the search base. Base distinguished names may include cn (Common Name), l (Locality), dc (Domain Component), ou (Organizational Unit), or other components. An example base DN might be dc=isilon,dc=com.

4. In the Port text box, enter 389 (the default port) or an alternative port number that LDAP services will use.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

5-25

Chapter 5: File System


Directory Services
5. In the LDAP Server text box, enter a server IP address or host name and then click Add Server. NOTE At least one valid server IP address or hot name must be specified in order to configure and enable the LDAP services.

6. To add an optional LDAP parameter for use with your specific LDAP implementation, enter a parameter key in the Key text box, enter a parameter value in the Value text box, and then click Add Parameter. Repeat this step for each optional LDAP parameter you need to add. NOTE The Optional LDAP Parameters area of the Configure LDAP Services page allows you to specify additional LDAP parameters for SASL, TLS, BINDDN, and other configurations.

7. Click Submit Changes to save your configuration details. NOTE If you need to discard your changes and start over, click Revert to Current Settings.

When you click Submit Changes, a confirmation message will appear to verify that your LDAP configuration has been saved.

5-26

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 5: File System


Directory Services 5.4.3.2 Edit or Delete LDAP Services Configuration Using WebAdmin
Perform the following steps to edit or delete LDAP services configurations using the WebAdmin interface: 1. On the File System menu, point to Directory Services, and then click LDAP Services to open the Configure LDAP Services page. Figure 5.27 Configure LDAP Services Page

2. To disable all LDAP services, clear the Enable LDAP check box. NOTE Disabling the LDAP services does not take effect until you click Submit Changes.

3. To edit the Base Distinguished Name and Port parameters, modify the text boxes directly. 4. To add an LDAP server to the Current LDAP Servers list, enter the server IP address or host name in the LDAP Server text box and then click Add Server. Repeat Step 4 to add additional LDAP servers to the Current LDAP Servers list. 5. To reorder the servers in the Current LDAP Servers list, click raise or lower following the server entry to move the server up or down in the list.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

5-27

Chapter 5: File System


Directory Services
NOTE The order that an LDAP server appears in the Current LDAP Servers list determines the failover contact order. Position your primary LDAP server in the top location.

6. To delete a server from the Current LDAP Servers list, click delete following the server entry. 7. To add an optional LDAP parameter for use with your specific LDAP implementation, enter a parameter key in the Key text box, enter a parameter value in the Value text box, and then click Add Parameter. Repeat this step for each optional LDAP parameter you need to add. NOTE The Optional LDAP Parameters area of the Configure LDAP Services page allows you to specify additional LDAP parameters for SASL, TLS, BINDDN, and other configurations.

8. Click Submit Changes to save your configuration details. NOTE If you need to discard your changes and start over, click Revert to Current Settings.

When you click Submit Changes, a confirmation message will appear to verify that your LDAP configuration has been saved.

5.4.4 Using CIFS With NIS or LDAP


When a cluster in Local User Mode is a member of an NIS domain or is configured to use an LDAP server and a user wishes to access a share using CIFS from an MS Windows client as an NIS user or as an LDAP user, the following configuration changes are required. Perform the following steps to enable CIFS authentication from an MS Windows client to the cluster using an NIS user or LDAP user: 1. On the File System menu, point to Directory Services, and then click Configure Windows Networking to open the Microsoft Windows Networking Support page. 2. Click Advanced to open the Modify Windows File Sharing Configuration page. 3. From the encrypt_passwords list, select No. 4. Click Submit to save the change. The Microsoft Windows Networking Support page is again presented along with the message Your changes have been applied successfully 5. On the MS Windows client: a. Enable the send unencrypted passwords to 3rd party smb servers security setting. This setting is available through secpol.msc on a client in workgroup mode or through the Domain Security Policy MMC snap-in on a domain controller. b. Reboot the client.

5-28

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 5: File System


Configure FlexProtect

5.5 Configure FlexProtect


Isilon IQ provides five levels of cluster-wide FlexProtect-AP data protection. These protection states are possible because the Isilon IQ cluster uses a proprietary system to intelligently restripe data so that it is stored in several different places. This redundancy acts as an insurance policy against unexpected problems. The three FlexProtect-AP data protection levels are: FlexProtect +1 This indicates that the cluster can absorb the crash of any single drive or the unscheduled shutdown of any single node without causing any loss in stored data. FlexProtect +2 With this setting, the cluster can recover from two simultaneous drive or node failures without sustaining any data loss. FlexProtect +3 With this setting, the cluster can recover from three simultaneous drive or node failures without sustaining any data loss. FlexProtect +4 With this setting, the cluster can recover from four simultaneous drive or node failures without sustaining any data loss FlexProtect Advanced Under this configuration, users will be able to customize their systems. This setting allows varying protection policy on folders and files, ranging from 2x to 8x mirroring, as well FlexProtect +1, FlexProtect +2, FlexProtect +3, and FlexProtect +4. This will enable users to set priorities and to designate certain files and directories for greater or lesser protection depending on their importance. However, it is then the administrators' responsibility to define the protection needed for each folder. Also, you should be aware that an Advanced setting will not be as efficient as a +1, +2, +3, or +4 global protection setting in terms of overall cluster performance and resources.

Global FlexProtect Settings You can globally apply FlexProtect +1, FlexProtect +2, FlexProtect +3, FlexProtect +4, or FlexProtect Advanced to an Isilon IQ cluster. However, you cannot apply FlexProtect +1 to one set of folders and files and FlexProtect +2 to another set of folders and files. To provide this type of mixed protection, select the FlexProtect Advanced global setting and then apply the mixed individual settings as described in Section 5.2.2.3, Modifying the OneFS Policy, on page 5-4. Configuring FlexProtect Perform the following steps to configure FlexProtect-AP data protection settings: 1. On the File System menu, click FlexProtect to open the Configure FlexProtect-AP data protection settings page. Figure 5.28 Configure FlexProtect-AP Data Protection Settings Page

2. Select a protection option.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

5-29

Chapter 5: File System


Configure FlexProtect
3. Click Submit to apply the changes. If the FlexProtect +1, FlexProtect +2, FlexProtect +3, or FlexProtect +4 option was submitted, click Submit on the confirmation page to apply the change. Figure 5.29 Configure FlexProtect-AP Data Protection Settings: +2 Confirmation Page

NOTE

If the FlexProtect +1, FlexProtect +2, FlexProtect +3, or FlexProtect +4 option was submitted in step 3, the File System Protection Status and Operation panel on the Cluster Status page will display the status of the protection option change.

If the FlexProtect Advanced option was submitted in step 3, click Submit or File System on the confirmation page and then follow the procedure described in Section 5.2.2.3, Modifying the OneFS Policy, on page 5-4 to change the protection setting for individual files and directories. Figure 5.30 Configure FlexProtect-AP Data Protection Settings: Advanced Confirmation Page

NOTE

If the FlexProtect Advanced option was submitted in step 3, the Global Protection Policy has been set to Advanced. All existing protections will remain at their former settings.

5-30

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 5: File System


Permissions Management

5.6 Permissions Management


Isilon IQ user and group accounts are a means to control access to files and folders stored on the cluster. Each file or folder is owned by one user who in turn controls access to the file or folder by groups and anonymous logins. The User Management and Group Management screens, reached though the Tools link, are the WebAdmin resources for managing user and group accounts. NOTE If you are using SMB in the NT4 Domain authentication mode, we recommend that you maintain user and group accounts on the PDC (Primary Domain Controller) and refrain from creating new Isilon IQ user and group accounts.

5.6.1 Manage Users


Perform the following steps to add, modify, or delete user accounts: 1. On the File System menu, point to Permissions Management and then click Manage Users to open the User Management page. Figure 5.31 User Management Page

2. To add a new user: a. Click the Add a new user to open the User Management page.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

5-31

Chapter 5: File System


Permissions Management
Figure 5.32 User Management Page

b. In the User Name text box, enter the user name used for the logon. c. In the Full Name text box, enter a full name for the user. NOTE Along with the user ID, Isilon IQ stores a full name for the user.

d. In the Password and Password (again) text boxes, enter a password for the user account. e. In the Home Directory text box, optionally enter the user home directory. f. In the Shell list, select the appropriate shell setting. g. To enable the user password, select Enabled. h. In the Primary Group list, select the primary group associated with the user account. i. In the Additional Groups list, optionally select other groups for the user. To select more than one group from the list, press and hold the Control key. j. Click Submit to apply changes and return to the User Management page. 3. To modify an existing user account: a. In the User Name column on the User Management page, click a user name to be modified to open the User Management page.

5-32

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 5: File System


Permissions Management
Figure 5.33 User Management Page

b. Modify the attributes of the user account. c. Click Submit to apply changes and return to the initial User Management page (see Figure 5.31). 4. To delete an existing user account: a. In the User Name column on the User Management page, click the user name to be deleted to open the User Management page. b. Click Delete User.

5.6.2 Manage Groups


The creation of groups can simplify the control of access to files and folders stored on the cluster. An individual user can inherit the rights and properties granted to a group. Perform the following steps to add, modify, or delete group accounts: 1. On the File System menu, point to Permissions Management and then click Manage Groups to open the Group Management page.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

5-33

Chapter 5: File System


Permissions Management
Figure 5.34 Group Management Page

2. To add a group: a. Click Add a new group to open the Group Management page. Figure 5.35 Group Management

b. In the Group Name text box, enter the group name. c. Select the users to be members of the group. d. Click Submit to apply changes and return to the initial Group Management page (see Figure 5.34). 3. To modify an existing group: a. In the Group Name column on the Group Management page, click a group name to open the corresponding Group Management page. Figure 5.36 Group Management

b. Modify the select of users for the group account.

5-34

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 5: File System


File Sharing Services
c. Click Submit to apply changes and return to the initial Group Management page (see Figure 5.34). 4. To delete an existing group: a. In the Group Name column on the Group Management page, click the group name to open the corresponding Group Management page. IMPORTANT To delete a group, all user members of that group must first be removed.

b. Clear the selection of all user names. c. Click Submit to apply changes. d. In the Group Name column on the Group Management page, click the group name to reopen the corresponding Group Management page. e. Click Delete Group.

5.7 File Sharing Services


On the File System menu, the File Sharing Services submenu includes the Configure NFS, Configure HTTP, and Configure FTP commands.

5.7.1 Configure NFS


The Network File System (NFS) allows UNIX clients to access content stored on Isilon IQ. Isilon IQ comes equipped with an easily configurable NFS service that allows you to establish as many exports as needed. You can have as many NFS exports as you need. IMPORTANT OneFS requires that all mount points for a given export host must be defined as a single export rule. If you want to add an additional mount point for an export host that appears in the list of existing export rules, edit that entry rather than adding a new one. This holds true for the default "*" host as well. Correct /ifs/home1 /ifs/home2 * Incorrect /ifs/home1 * /ifs/home2 *

Perform the following steps to enable or disable NFS service: 1. On the File System menu, point to File Sharing Services and then click Configure NFS to open the Enable NFS Service page.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

5-35

Chapter 5: File System


File Sharing Services
Figure 5.37 Enable NFS Service Page

2. To enable or disable the NFS service, select Enable or Disable in the Enable State area. 3. .In the NFS Write Commits area, select Asynchronous or Synchronous. 4. Click Submit to apply changes. 5. To add a new export: a. Click Add New Export to open the Modify An NFS Host Rule page. Figure 5.38 Modify An NFS Host Rule Page

5-36

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 5: File System


File Sharing Services
b. In the Host text box, enter the IP address for the computer or a computer name that is resolvable by a DNS server. c. In the Export Directory text box, enter the path to one or more mount points (space delimited). NOTE The directory must already exist. If necessary, use the File System Management page to first create the directory. It is not possible to export a directory path that contains embedded spaces.

d. Select the export rules that you want to apply to the mount point, regarding subdirectories and read/write privileges. e. In the Credentials Management area: i. Select either Map root user to credentials listed below or Map all users to credential listed below. ii. In the Local Credentials text box, enter the local credential to which the selected mapping applies. f. Click Submit to save the new mount point. 6. To modify existing NFS mount point: a. In the Current NFS Access Rules area, click the mounting point link in the Hosts column to open the corresponding Modify An NFS Host Rule page. b. Modify the NFS access rule attributes. c. Click Submit to apply changes.

5.7.2 Tuning NFS Service for Maximum Performance


There are several ways you can configure Isilon IQ NFS service that will increase the rate at which clients can write data to and read data from the cluster. Linux Clients You can speed up an NFS connection from a Linux client by setting the following parameters: NFS mount options, from /etc/fstab: <IP address>:/ifs /ifs nfs rsize=32768,wsize=32768,bg,nfsvers=3,intr,tcp,retrans=0 0 0

NOTE

Many of these settings are optional. The most important ones for performance are nfsvers, rsize, wsize, and tcp.

When expanding the wsize setting and using UDP, some versions of Linux (Redhat 7.3 for example) have a bug relating to IP fragmentation. If not enough space is given, only parts of frames may be sent, filling the server with fragments. The following changes are particularly important for clients on 1500 MTU ethernet segments. These parameters must be set before the NFS mount. echo echo echo echo "262144" "262144" "262144" "262144" > > > > /proc/sys/net/core/wmem_max /proc/sys/net/core/wmem_default /proc/sys/net/core/rmem_max /proc/sys/net/core/rmem_default

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

5-37

Chapter 5: File System


File Sharing Services
For a boot-time change, /etc/sysctl.conf should be changed with the following syntax: net.core.wmem_max = 262144

IMPORTANT

Use the soft NFS mount option with caution and only on read-only mount points. Retries are strictly limited and could leave written files in indeterminate states. Additionally, some versions of Linux (Redhat 7.2, for example) have problems with soft and tcp in combination. This results in many I/O errors while writing files.

NFS write options To get better network utilization and performance on NFS writes from a Linux client, increase the size of the TCP send buffers with the following commands: echo "65536 65536 65536" > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_wmem echo "262144 524288 1048576" > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_rmem Before changing these settings, you should make sure the Linux client has plenty of RAM. The 'top' command shows the amount of system ram next to the field "Mem:". Top also shows how much memory is free. The current settings can be seen by doing this: <~> cat /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_wmem 4096 16384 131072 The three values here are min, default, max. The memory impact of changing these options will be much larger if done on a machine that is a server, i.e. especially a web server. For more information on NFS client settings, see the Linux manpage for 'nfs'. FreeBSD Clients You can speed up an NFS connection from a FreeBSD client by setting the following parameters: NFS mount options, from /etc/fstab: 172.22.1.3:/ifs /ifs nfs -r=32768,-w=32768,rw,intr,tcp,bg 0 0

IMPORTANT

Use the soft NFS mount option with caution and only on read-only mount points. Retries are strictly limited and could leave written files in indeterminate states.

For more information about NFS mount options, see the FreeBSD manpage for mount_nfs.

5-38

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 5: File System


File Sharing Services

5.7.3 Configure HTTP


The HTTP (Hyper Text Transfer Protocol) service allows internet browsers to interface with Isilon IQ. Isilon IQ comes equipped with an easily configurable HTTP service. The cluster uses HTTP service in two capacities: as a means to request files stored on the cluster, and to interact with WebAdmin, its graphical administrator interface. Perform the following steps to enable or disable HTTP service: 1. On the File System menu, point to File Sharing Services and then click Configure HTTP to open the Enable HTTP Service page. Figure 5.39 Enable HTTP Service Page

2. To configure or modify the HTTP service: a. In the Enabled State area, select the appropriate option: Enabled Opens the HTTP channel for file access and administrative purposes. Disabled (redirected to WebUI) Opens the HTTP channel for administrative purposes, but disallows file access. Disabled Entirely Closes the HTTP port used for file access. b. In the Document Root text box, enter the document root path. c. In the Server Name text box, enter the server name. d. In the Server Admin Email Address text box, enter the server admin email address. e. If the Distributed Authoring and Versioning (DAV) function is to be enabled, select Enable DAV. NOTE The Distributed Authoring and Versioning is a method of allowing multiple users to manage and modify files.

3. Click Submit to apply changes and display a confirmation message on the Enable HTTP Service page.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

5-39

Chapter 5: File System


File Sharing Services

5.7.4 Configure FTP


The File Transfer Protocol (FTP) can be used to upload and download files stored on an Isilon IQ cluster. Isilon IQ comes equipped with a secure FTP (sFTP) service that you can enable for this purpose. NOTE The ftp root is NOT /ifs. It is /root.

Perform the following steps to enable or disable the FTP service: 1. On the File System menu, point to File Sharing Services and then click Configure FTP to open the Enable FTP Service page. Figure 5.40 Enable FTP Service Page

2. In the Enable FTP Service area, select Enabled or Disabled. 3. Click the Submit to apply change and display a confirmation message on the Enable FTP page.

5-40

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

CHAPTER

6
Modules
This chapter of the Isilon IQ User Guide provides information about optional modules that may be included with your system installation. The chapter contains the following sections: Section 6.1, Introduction, Section 6.2, SyncIQ Replication Section 6.3, SnapshotIQ Section 6.4, SmartQuotas Section 6.5, SmartConnect

6.1 Introduction
The Modules menu contains the SyncIQ Replication and SmartQuotas commands. Figure 6.1 Modules Menu Command

6.2 SyncIQ Replication


NOTE SyncIQ is a replication management module that is available as an optional addition to your Isilon IQ cluster operating system software. It can help you administer replication and synchronization of digital assets. For more information about SyncIQ, or to order it for your system, contact your Isilon Systems representative.

IMPORTANT

Replication (using the optional Isilon SyncIQ module) between OneFS v.3.5x clusters and OneFS v.4.x clusters with differing character encoding can result in problems with filenames. Replication between clusters running OneFS v.4x are not subject to this encoding issue. Consult your Isilon Customer Support representative for the most recent information on this issue.

Storage administrators often need to manage digital resources in clusters located in different sites across the state or across the country. This may be done to increase asset redundancy and lessen vulnerability to catastrophic events. In other cases, it may be done to better serve separate geographic areas.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

6-1

Chapter 6: Modules
SyncIQ Replication
Replication and synchronization are required to coordinate the clusters that reside in different locations, in order to keep them updated. Isilon Systems offers a replication module that provides flexible and effective tools to administer this synchronization process. The Isilon SyncIQ module presents an array of automated replication resources. This replication process is designed to analyze your cluster's file structure, to determine where changes have occurred since the last replication. Only those parts of the file system tree that have changed will need to be communicated to the remote cluster. Isilon SyncIQ can leverage its unique distributed file system architecture to maximize efficiency in the replication process. Multiple workers can be employed simultaneously to walk the file structures and determine which files will need to be replicated.

6.2.1 Replication Sets


Sets are user-defined configurations for particular replication processes, with parameters and options that you can customize to match your requirements.

6.2.1.1 Adding Replication Sets


The first step in SyncIQ management is adding replication sets. These sets are specific instructions for the replication job, based on parameters such as paths, file sizes, and names or regular expressions. Administrators can create as many SyncIQ replication sets as they need, which can be modified at any time. Each will be given a unique name, which can then be called when it is needed to run a certain replication routine. NOTE The set named default, at the top of the list, is not an actual replication set. Rather, it defines the standard options for all other sets. Values that are expected to apply to all sets, such as Bandwidth Daemon or Logging Level, could be entered here to simplify the creation of future sets. For more information, see Default Replication Set.

To add replication sets using WebAdmin: 1. On the Modules menu, click SyncIQ to open the SyncIQ Management page. Figure 6.2 SyncIQ Management Page: Replication Sets Panel

6-2

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 6: Modules
SyncIQ Replication
NOTE The buttons on the display will be either active or disabled, indicating the valid choices available.

2. In the Replication Sets panel, click New to open the Create New Set page. Figure 6.3 Create New Set Page

3. In the General options area, choose a unique Set Name for the set, and then select the Target Cluster and Target Path to copy files to. (Remember that the Primary is the source of the files, and the Secondary is the target for the replicated files.) This can take the form of an IP address or host name. For maximum reliability, it is suggested that a host name pointing to all nodes of the target cluster in round-robin fashion be used. 4. Enter the Target Password for access to the Secondary cluster.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

6-3

Chapter 6: Modules
SyncIQ Replication
NOTE This password field may be required to protect your Secondary clusters. The Primary has to authenticate with a password if this feature is set up. To require a password, the user must create the file /ifs/.ifsvar/modules/ replication/replicate.pass on the Secondary cluster, and have it contain the password (in plaintext, so the file should be created with permissions 0600) that they wish the Primary to have to know. If this file exists on the Secondary, then any Primary that connects must provide this password.

5. Administrators who want the set to be scheduled as a recurring task should put an interval in the Repeat Interval textbox. NOTE Values for the Repeat Interval must consist of whole numbers (i.e., not 1.5 or 1/2) followed by specifiers that represent day, week, hour, sec, or min. All of these specifiers can be abbreviated down to one letter (as in: 1 d, 3 w, etc.), and commas can separate multiple segments (as in: 1 day, 12 hours). Scheduled tasks will still need to be started. After running the first time, they will then recur at the interval specified.

6. Also decide whether to specify a time interval before files that have been deleted on the Primary will be removed from the Secondary. This is the Delete Propagation Delay parameter. Finally, determine the Logging Level. The info level will report on processes as they are completed, while copy level will also explicitly log the name of every file that is replicated (this can lead to very large logs). 7. In the Filtering area, choose whether to specify a Minimum File Size or Maximum File Size (in bytes) to be included in the replication, and also if only files matching certain Regular Expressions should be included. These need to be in the form of modern (extended) IEEE Std 1003.2 (POSIX.2) regular expressions. For example, to select all files ending in .jpg, one would enter .*\.jpg$; for files with either .jpg, or .gif, enter .*\.(jpg|gif)$. See the BSD Man pages for more detailed information on regular expressions. 8. For the Performance options, pick the Bandwidth Daemon. The Bandwidth Daemon is a host name pointing to all nodes of the cluster administering bandwidth. NOTE A Bandwidth Daemon needs to be specified, even if no file based or network based bandwidth settings are in place, so that bandwidth usage graphs can have data to display. If no bandwidth throttling is desired, it is preferable to set the bandwidth daemon to the local cluster and simply set no bandwidth rules, so that graphs can still be displayed.

9. Then, select the Coordinator Recurse Depth. This is an option that controls the size and makeup of the work items that are handled by the replication worker-pairs. 10. Also select the Workers per Node. This is the number of parallel processes that will be employed by worker-pairs. 11. Enter the Delete Reap Interval value. This numerical value controls how often the system will check for delayed deletes. The default value for this is 1, which results in checking for deletes each time. Setting this value to 2 would cause the system to check every other time, and so on. Administrators should be aware that there is an ongoing cost in extra work to check for deletes, and in most cases this load is wasted, since few deletes are ready each time, and that the exact timing of deletes past the delay is often not important.

6-4

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 6: Modules
SyncIQ Replication
NOTE Administrators who set the Delete Propagation Delay (see step 6 above) to never should set this reap interval very high (>1000), since the reap will still happen by default, without any intervention.

12. As the last step in setting up a replication set, click Add A Path to open the Enter a path to add page to choose the directories to replicate. Figure 6.4 Enter a Path to Add

13. In the text box, type the path on which this replication set will work. Paths must be absolute rather than relative: /ifs/main3/dir_0. Administrators may also begin the path with a minus sign. A negative entry indicates a path that you DON'T want replicated: -/ifs/main3/dir_0/tetra. When you are finished, click Submit. 14. Finally, to save the replication set, click Apply at the bottom of the form. The new set is saved and will be displayed in the Replication Sets panel. NOTE After defining replication sets, bandwidth properties and throttle settings for replication jobs may be configured.

6.2.1.2 Modifying Replication Sets


After adding replication sets, you may need to edit them. You can make changes to replication sets through a variation of the Adding Replication Sets procedure. NOTE Changing certain fields WILL result in a full pass to copy everything. These are the Target Cluster, Target Path, Minimum File Size, Maximum File Size, Regular Expression, or Paths to Replicate fields. They should be determined early and left unchanged. All other fields are safe to change at will.

To edit replication sets using WebAdmin: 1. In the Replication Sets panel, select a replication set to modify by selecting the corresponding radio button in the Select column.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

6-5

Chapter 6: Modules
SyncIQ Replication
Figure 6.5 SyncIQ Management Page: Replication Sets Panel

NOTE

The buttons on the display will be either active or disabled, indicating the valid choices available.

2. Click Edit to open the Edit Set page. Figure 6.6 Edit Set Page

3. In the General options area, you may change the Set Name for the set, as well as the Target Cluster and Target Path it will be replicated to. For maximum reliability, it is suggested that a host name pointing to all nodes of the target cluster in round-robin fashion be used. 4. If the Target Password has changed, then modify that. If you now want it to be scheduled as a recurring task, put an interval in the Repeat Interval textbox.

6-6

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 6: Modules
SyncIQ Replication
NOTE Values for the Repeat Interval must consist of whole numbers (i.e., not 1.5 or 1/2) followed by specifiers that represent day, week, hour, sec, or min. All of these specifiers can be abbreviated down to one letter (as in: 1 d, 3 w, etc.), and commas can separate multiple segments (as in: 1 day, 12 hours).

5. Decide whether to change or insert the Delete Propagation Delay parameter. If you need to modify the Logging Level to a different level of detail, then make that change. 6. Continue, and make changes to the Filtering options as needed. 7. Change any Performance parameters if necessary. In the Bandwidth Daemon parameter, for maximum reliability, it is suggested that a host name pointing to all nodes of the target cluster be used. 8. Finally, you may also need to change the Path to Replicate. You can delete the current path or paths and add a new one. 9. When you have finished making changes to the replication set, click Apply to save your edits.

6.2.1.3 Default Replication Set


The default replication set, found at the top of the Replication Sets panel, is different from the other sets you will be creating and using. Rather than being run, it is used to define the standard options for all other sets. Values that are expected to apply to all sets, such as Bandwidth Daemon or Logging Level, can be entered here to simplify the creation of future sets. There is also the added option in this default set of Log File. This option defines the location to which messages will be logged. To configure the default replication set using WebAdmin: 1. In the Replication Sets panel, select the default replication set to modify by selecting the corresponding radio button in the Select column. Figure 6.7 SyncIQ Management Page: Replication Sets Panel

NOTE

The buttons on the display will be either active or disabled, indicating the valid choices available.

2. Click Edit to open the Edit Set page.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

6-7

Chapter 6: Modules
SyncIQ Replication
Figure 6.8 Edit Set Page

3. In the General options area, you may change the Target Cluster and Target Path it will be replicated to. For the Target Cluster field, enter an IP address or host name for the desired cluster to copy files to. For maximum reliability, it is suggested that a host name pointing to all nodes of the target cluster in round-robin fashion be used. 4. If the Target Password needs to be changed, then modify that. If you want replication sets to be scheduled as recurring tasks, put an interval in the Repeat Interval textbox. Decide whether to change or insert the Delete Propagation Delay parameter. 5. For the default set, you have the option of specifying where log messages will be written. Accept the /var/log/replicate.log path and filename in the Log File textbox or choose another. You may also use the | pipe character at the beginning of the path to direct the output to a process. 6. If you need to modify the Logging Level to a different level of detail, then make that change. The info level will report on processes as they are completed, while copy level will also explicitly log the name of every file that is replicated (this can lead to very large logs). 7. Continue, and make changes to the Filtering options as needed. 8. Change any Performance parameters if necessary. 9. When you have finished making changes to the default replication set, click Apply to save your default replication settings.

6-8

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 6: Modules
SyncIQ Replication 6.2.1.4 Starting and Stopping SyncIQ Replication Sets
After replication sets have been added, administrators can directly stop and start the replication process. Note that administrators need not try to schedule their jobs around each other; multiple jobs can coexist. Any combination may be run at the same time. They will share any bandwidth and throttle constraints that have been defined. NOTE The same set may only be run once concurrently. You may not start multiple instances of the coordinator at the same time. An error will be seen in the log file.

To start or stop replication sets using WebAdmin: 1. In the Replication Sets panel, select a replication set to start or stop by selecting the corresponding radio button in the Select column. Figure 6.9 SyncIQ Management Page: Replication Sets Panel

NOTE

The buttons on the display will be either active or disabled, indicating the valid choices available.

2. Click Start to begin the replication process using that particular replication set. The replication daemon will initiate checking the specified source paths, following the parameters and options you have selected. Bandwidth and throttle limits that are in force for the current date and time may place limits on the resources devoted to the replication. NOTE If a job is already running, an administrator will not be able to start it again until it completes.

3. Click Stop if you wish to allow a currently running set to complete its cycle, but to prevent any recurrences of the set that may have been scheduled. NOTE The Stop button has no effect on a set unless it has been scheduled for repetition.

4. Click Kill to end an active replication process immediately. The daemon will NOT finish the current cycle, but will immediately halt.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

6-9

Chapter 6: Modules
SyncIQ Replication
NOTE The Kill method of halting will end replication regardless of which node the coordinator is running on. It will also stop any scheduled repetitions of the set. After using Kill, the replication job would have to be started manually again for a schedule to be activated.

6.2.1.5 Scheduling SyncIQ Replication Sets


SyncIQ replication sets can be scheduled for recurrence at selected intervals. Note that administrators need not try to schedule their jobs around each other; multiple jobs can coexist. Any combination of sets may be run at the same time. They will share any bandwidth and throttle constraints that have been defined (see the Bandwidth and Throttle topics). NOTE The same set may only be run once concurrently. You may not start multiple instances of the coordinator at the same time. An error will be seen in the log file.

To schedule replication sets using WebAdmin: 1. In the Replication Sets panel, select a replication set to schedule by selecting the corresponding radio button in the Select column. Figure 6.10 SyncIQ Management Page: Replication Sets Panel

2. Click Edit to open the Edit Set page.

6-10

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 6: Modules
SyncIQ Replication
Figure 6.11 Edit Set Page

3. In the Repeat Interval text box, enter the value for the time between recurrences of replication for the set. This value can be in minutes, hours, days, or weeks. Note that this Repeat Interval is the time elapsed between one job ending and the next job starting. For example, if a job takes 3 hours, and the repeat interval is 1 hour, it will run 6 times a day, not 24. NOTE Values for the Repeat Interval must consist of whole numbers (i.e., not 1.5 or 1/2) followed by specifiers that represent day, week, hour, sec, or min. All of these specifiers can be abbreviated down to one letter (as in: 1 d, 3 w, etc.), and commas can separate multiple segments (as in: 1 day, 12 hours).

4. If you need to modify any values or parameters of the replication set, make the necessary changes. 5. Click Apply to save your modifications to the set and to establish the schedule. NOTE The schedule you have assigned will not be displayed immediately in the Schedule column of the Replication Sets panel. After the set has been run once, the time that the set will start again will then be shown, and will repeat at the interval you have selected.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

6-11

Chapter 6: Modules
SyncIQ Replication

6.2.2 Bandwidth Limit Rules


Combine date and time criteria with explicit bandwidth usage limits in Kb/sec. This allows you to meet your specific needs for processing and communication, depending on your company's usage patterns and requirements.

6.2.2.1 Configuring Bandwidth Limits for Date and Time


Bandwidth limit rules or settings combine date and time criteria with explicit bandwidth usage limits in Kb/ sec. By specifying a series of different usage rules for different time periods, administrators may accomplish their replication requirements in the most efficient and least intrusive manner. Bandwidth setting rules can be designed to meet your specific needs for processing and communication, depending on your company's usage patterns and requirements. Bandwidth Settings - Principles, Order, and Strategies The Bandwidth Settings panel of the SyncIQ Management page shows existing bandwidth rules and has button links to allow you to create New rules, Edit rules, Delete rules, and also to change the order of the rules (Move Up and Move Down). The order is very important. The last (bottom) rule that matches or includes the current date and time will be the rule that is executed. The general principle is to have the most general rule for bandwidth usage at the top of the list, as an overall limit. More specific rules that define permitted replication dates and times would then be listed. The final rule would be the most specific. You can have as many bandwidth rules as you need. In the example below, the default limit would be 20,000 Kb/s. This cluster usage rule would be in effect unless another rule appearing below it superseded this limit. Below that, the rule for business hours would limit replication to 10,240 Kb/s of the cluster's bandwidth. Finally, for weekend mornings, the replication bandwidth usage is set for unlimited. Figure 6.12 SyncIQ Management Page: Bandwidth Settings Panel

NOTE

A rule ending at midnight may be entered either as 11:55 pm or 12:00 am in the end time fields. Both will be interpreted as meaning that the rule should not end based on time; use whichever is more clear to you.

6.2.2.2 Adding Bandwidth Limit Rules


Bandwidth limit rules or settings combine date and time criteria with explicit bandwidth usage limits. By specifying a series of different usage rules for different time periods, administrators may accomplish the replication requirements in the most efficient and least intrusive manner. Adding bandwidth rules or settings is the first step in this process. To add bandwidth settings using WebAdmin:

6-12

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 6: Modules
SyncIQ Replication
1. In the Bandwidth Settings panel, click New to open the SyncIQ Bandwidth New Rule page. Figure 6.13 SyncIQ Bandwidth New Rule Page

2. Select the Days of the week for the rule to be in effect. Use the drop-down boxes to specify the start time and end time on the days selected. NOTE A rule ending at midnight may be entered either as 11:55 pm or 12:00 am in the end time fields. Both will be interpreted as meaning that the rule should not end based on time; use whichever is more clear to you.

3. In the Limit textbox, enter a limiting value in Kb/s for the cluster bandwidth resources that can be devoted to replication activities. 4. It is recommended that you also enter a brief comment indicating the purpose of the rule, to help remind you or others when you set the order. 5. Click Submit to save the Bandwidth Setting rule and return to the Bandwidth Settings panel of the SyncIQ Management page.

6.2.2.3 Changing Bandwidth Rule Order and Editing Limit Rules


The principle for bandwidth rule ordering is that the last (bottom) rule that matches or includes the current date and time will be the rule that is used. The most general rules should be on the top and the most specific on the bottom. Use the following procedure to change the order of bandwidth rules: To change the order of bandwidth setting rules using WebAdmin: 1. In the Bandwidth Settings panel, select an existing rule by selecting the corresponding radio button in the Select column. Figure 6.14

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

6-13

Chapter 6: Modules
SyncIQ Replication
NOTE The buttons on the display will be either active or disabled, indicating the valid choices available.

2. Click Move Up to assign it a higher precedence or click Move Down to assign a lower priority. Remember, the principle is that the last (bottom) rule that matches or includes the current date and time will be the rule that is used. The most general rules should be on the top and the most specific on the bottom. Editing Bandwidth Rules After adding bandwidth rules, your circumstances or priorities may change. You may need to modify the day, time, or limit value for the rule. Use the following procedure to accomplish this: To edit a bandwidth limit rule using WebAdmin: 1. In the Bandwidth Settings panel, select an existing rule by selecting the corresponding radio button in the Select column. 2. Click Edit to open the SyncIQ Bandwidth page. Figure 6.15 SyncIQ Bandwidth Page

3. Click in the Days boxes to check or uncheck days of the week. Use the dropdown boxes in the Times area to modify the times of the day that the rule will apply. NOTE A rule ending at midnight may be entered either as 11:55 pm or 12:00 am in the end time fields. Both will be interpreted as meaning that the rule should not end based on time; use whichever is more clear to you.

4. In the Limit area, modify the allowed bandwidth value, in Kb/s. 5. Finally, you may want to also modify the Comment to indicate the changes you have made.

6.2.3 File System Throttle Setting Rules


The Throttle Settings value controls how much of the cluster's resources can be devoted to the replication process. Even if files are not being actively transported, the process of walking the file directories tree by the daemon's workers imposes a load on the cluster's file system.

6-14

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 6: Modules
SyncIQ Replication
Figure 6.16 SyncIQ Management Page: Throttle Settings Panel

NOTE

The buttons on the display will be either active or disabled, indicating the valid choices available.

You can create various throttle settings to adapt to overall demands on the cluster during the day and during the week. In this way, you can protect the cluster's ability to handle its usual level of activity while the replication is progressing. Other applications that are accessing the cluster during the replication can still run at full speed, and not have their performance degraded. The throttle settings should be arranged similarly to the bandwidth settings, with the most general rules at the top and the most specific at the bottom. If you study the daily, weekly, and monthly usage patterns of the cluster's normal operations, you can prepare an overall strategy to enable you to adjust this throttle. View the Cluster Network Traffic panel on the Cluster Status page at various scales to get an idea of normal activity. The value you enter is in files/sec. Also, remember that there is a correlation between this value and the value you enter for the performance parameter, Workers per Node. If you have specified several workers per node, each worker will take a percentage of the work. Together, all workers cannot exceed the limits in files/sec that you have established with this throttle setting. If multiple sets are being run at the same time, they will share the limit; the cluster as a whole will not exceed the limit.

6.2.3.1 Adding Throttle Setting Rules


Throttle setting rules combine a date and time period with a throttle usage limit in files/second. By specifying different throttle rules for different time periods, administrators can manage replication in the most efficient and least intrusive manner. Adding throttle setting rules is the first step in this process. After rules are added, they can also be edited or deleted if your requirements change. To add throttle setting rules using WebAdmin: 1. In the Throttle Settings panel, click New to open the SyncIQ Throttling New Rule page.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

6-15

Chapter 6: Modules
SyncIQ Replication
Figure 6.17 SyncIQ Throttling New Rule Page

2. Click in the Days boxes to select days of the week for the rule. Then, use the dropdown boxes in the Times area to pick the time period for the rule. NOTE A rule ending at midnight may be entered either as 11:55 pm or 12:00 am in the end time fields. Both will be interpreted as meaning that the rule should not end based on time; use whichever is more clear to you.

3. In the Limit textbox, enter a limiting value in files/second. 4. It is recommended that you also enter a brief Comment indicating the purpose of the rule, to help remind you or others when you set the order. 5. Click Submit to save the Throttle Setting rule and return to the Throttle Settings panel of the SyncIQ Management page. You will see your new rule displayed, and you can move it up or down in sequence if necessary. (As with bandwidth rules, the more general rules should be first, with more specific rules following.)

6.2.3.2 Changing Throttle Rule Order and Editing Throttle Rules


After adding throttle settings, your circumstances or priorities may change. You may need to change the order in which the current settings are applied. The principle for throttle rule ordering is that the last (bottom) rule that matches or includes the current date and time will be the rule that is used. The most general rules should be on the top and the most specific on the bottom. To change the order of throttle setting rules using WebAdmin: 1. In the Throttle Settings panel, select an existing rule by selecting the corresponding radio button in the Select column. 2. Click Move Up to assign it a higher precedence or click Move Down to assign a lower priority. Remember, the principle is that the last (bottom) rule that matches or includes the current date and time will be the rule that is executed. The most general rules should be on the top and the most specific on the bottom. Editing Throttle Settings If you need to modify throttle settings, use the following procedure to accomplish this: To edit a throttle setting using WebAdmin: 1. In the Throttle Settings panel, select an existing rule by selecting the corresponding radio button in the Select column. 2. Click Edit to open the SyncIQ Throttling New Rule page.

6-16

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 6: Modules
SyncIQ Replication
Figure 6.18 SyncIQ Throttling New Rule Page

3. Click in the Days boxes to check or uncheck days of the week. Use the dropdown boxes in the Times area to modify the times of the day that the rule will apply. NOTE A rule ending at midnight may be entered either as 11:55 pm or 12:00 am in the end time fields. Both will be interpreted as meaning that the rule should not end based on time; use whichever is more clear to you.

4. In the Limit area, modify the throttle value, in files/second. 5. Finally, you may also want to modify the Comment to indicate the changes you have made.

6.2.4 Graphs and Logs


After establishing parameters and options for SyncIQ replication sets, you can also view graphs and logs that provide feedback on the dynamics of the replication process.

6.2.4.1 Viewing Cluster Replication Performance Graphs


The Bandwidth Usage panel on the SyncIQ Management page shows you at a glance the activity level of the replication process at various points in time. It also shows you, in a graphic form, the extent and placement of limits you have established. NOTE A bandwidth daemon needs to be specified, even if no file based or network based bandwidth settings are in place, so that bandwidth usage graphs can have data to display. If no bandwidth throttling is desired, it is preferable to set the bandwidth daemon to the local cluster and simply set no bandwidth rules, so that graphs can still be displayed.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

6-17

Chapter 6: Modules
SyncIQ Replication
Figure 6.19 SyncIQ Maintenance Page: Bandwidth Usage Panel

NOTE

Bandwidth history is maintained for two weeks. A No Data Available notice in this section indicates that no data points exist for the time period selected. This will always be the case before any replication jobs have been run. It can also happen if you select a period where no replication activity occurred. Keep in mind that, by default, the last hour is the initial time period selected. If nothing has been run recently, the No Data Available notice would be seen.

The red line in the graph indicates the Bandwidth Limit. The blue graph line represents Total Bandwidth Usage (i.e. how many Kb/sec the replication process is performing), and other color coded graph lines (seen on the smaller time frame displays) report on all workers within each node as they perform replication tasks. NOTE There may be times when the red line (bandwidth limit) is not displayed. This is because it is not relevant to the data being shown, and its presence would prevent usage information from being shown, due to graph scaling.

To change the time frame for drawing the graph, use the Minutes / Hours / Days / Weeks and the Months / Time drop-down selection boxes. Then, click the Apply button. The graph will be redrawn to reflect your new time period.

6-18

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 6: Modules
SyncIQ Replication
Figure 6.20 SyncIQ Maintenance Page: Bandwidth Usage Panel

You can choose to see long-term patterns or to focus on a very narrow time frame. The graph axis scales and divisions will change dynamically to reflect the time period you've chosen.

6.2.4.2 Viewing Replication Logs


The Isilon SyncIQ module includes monitoring resources to help you evaluate the replication process over time. Both graphs and logging tools are available, and can be valuable as you prepare and refine strategy for ongoing replication needs. The Recent Log Entries panel displays log file entries regarding events as they occur in the replication process. The log entries give you substantial verification and troubleshooting resources, including the date and time, the type of process being tracked, the PID of the process, and a log message indicating the nature of the event. You can define the level of detail presented in this panel through the use of the Logging Level entry in the General area of the Replication Sets page. Entries in this panel can be assessed for their importance at a glance by their type style: normal messages are in normal type, errors appear in bold type, and fatal messages appear in bold/red. To view recent log files using WebAdmin: 1. On any WebAdmin page, click the SyncIQ button on the navigational sidebar. 2. The SyncIQ Management page is shown. The bottom panel is the Recent Log Entries panel. The entries are ordered chronologically, with the most recent at the top.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

6-19

Chapter 6: Modules
SyncIQ Replication
Figure 6.21 SyncIQ Management Page: Recent Log Entries Panel

3. The Process column shows the particular component being recorded. As the replication steps are completed, they are logged. Status changes to limits and other parameters will also be shown. 4. Logging at the Copy level (defined in the Replication Sets page) will show every file that has been replicated as well as Info level entries. However, only the 25 most recent entries to the logs are shown on this logging page. The actual replication log file (if you wish to view all entries) is available at /var/log/replicate.log (unless you have changed it - see Setting the Default Log File topic for more information on setting this log file name and path).

6.2.4.3 Configuring the Default Log File


The Isilon SyncIQ module allows you to define the file where log entries will be written. These log entries show events in the replication process, providing verification and troubleshooting resources. The path and filename for this default log file are configured on the Edit Set page. NOTE The most current log events will be displayed in the Recent Log Entries panel on the SyncIQ Management page. See the Recent Log Entries topic for more information.

To configure the default log file using WebAdmin: 1. In the Replication Sets panel, select the default replication set by selecting the corresponding radio button in the Select column. 2. Click Edit to open the Edit Set page.

6-20

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 6: Modules
SyncIQ Replication
Figure 6.22 Edit Set Page

3. In the Log File text box, you may accept the /var/log/replicate.log path and filename or choose another. 4. Using a string beginning with | will send the log file output to any process you specify. An example of this piping using the cronolog utility is presented next. 5. The cronolog(1m) utility can be used with the pipe to write the log input to a set of output files, the names of which are constructed using a template and the current date and time. The template uses the same format specifiers as the UNIX date(1) command. Therefore, setting the Log File value to: |/usr/bin/cronolog /var/log/%Y/%m/%d/replicate%K.log where Y= year, m = month, d = day and K = Isilon node ID would pipe the log into separate copies of cronolog, which would create new log files each day in a directory hierarchy structured by date. For example, on 30 June 2004, log messages would be written to: /var/log/2004/6/30/replicate[nodeID].log 6. Alternate log paths will not be respected in the WebAdmin log display. However, cronolog has an option (-S) to maintain a symlink to the current path, so using this, as in: |/usr/bin/cronolog -S/var/log/replicate.log /var/log/%Y/%m/%d/ replicate%K.log will allow you to view your cronolog controlled logs in WebAdmin.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

6-21

Chapter 6: Modules
SyncIQ Replication
7. It should be noted that having multiple nodes writing to the same log file is NOT supported. 8. When you have finished making changes to the Log File path and name value, click Apply to save your changes.

6.2.5 Tuning and Performance


After you have established basic replication sets, you may want to learn how to fine-tune the SyncIQ process. There are guidelines and principles that will help you maximize the speed of the synchronization, while minimizing its impact on cluster performance.

6.2.5.1 SyncIQ Tuning and Performance Overview


Once you have created replication sets and bandwidth rules and successfully completed the basic replication process, you may want to learn more about how to optimize performance. This topic is intended to help you understand the factors that affect replication. This page also has links to more specialized topics. They focus on the tools that can help you to fine-tune your ongoing replication requirements. How the process works When you start a replication set, the Isilon SyncIQ daemon begins to walk the file structure you selected for the set. It uses a timestamp of the previous replication (when everything was synchronized) and compares that to the modification time (ctime) of the files in the directories. So, instead of passing file revision dates back and forth over the replication connection, it will only be sending files known to have changed. This pre-processing on the local side creates tremendous efficiencies, particularly in a typical scenario, in which only a small percentage of the files have changed since the last synchronization. As the workers that the daemon coordinates find changes in the designated file system, they are transmitted to the Secondary cluster for integration into that cluster's designated target directory. When the replication process is completed, a new timestamp is generated to act as the benchmark for the next synchronization. Latency and Bandwidth Latency in replication refers to the fixed cost in time for a single operation to be completed. It is the delay between when a command is issued and when it finishes execution. Bandwidth in the context of replication is the total number of operations that can be completed in a given time frame. Different kinds of replication tasks may have varying latency and bandwidth characteristics. Some replication activities are limited by latency and some may be limited by the total bandwidth available. Knowing how to adjust the replication tools and to predict the effects of replication tasks on the cluster is a central part of tuning replication performance. Generally, replications that are full or nearly full (all or most files have changed and will need to be transmitted) will tend to be bandwidth-limited. The time required for them to complete will depend mostly on the size of the available pipe. In contrast, replications in which only a small percentage of the files have changed since the last replication run will tend to be latency-limited. The fixed times associated with walking the file structures and sending and receiving packets will be the largest factors in performance. By learning to use the Coordinator Recurse Depth, Throttle Setting, and Workers per Node tools, you can optimize replication speed and minimize the demand it places on the cluster's overall performance.

6-22

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 6: Modules
SyncIQ Replication
Tracking Performance and Cluster Dynamics The Bandwidth Usage charts that are visible on the third panel of the SyncIQ Management page can provide immediate feedback for you. You can adjust the time frame to show more detail, or set it wider to review how earlier replications compare with the current task. The Bandwidth Usage chart also shows how the Bandwidth Limits that you have specified are affecting the replication task. The graphs will look very different depending on how many files actually changed in the replication. Tools for Optimizing Replication Performance Click on the links below to view more detailed information about these tools for optimizing replication activities.

6.2.5.2 Coordinator Recurse Depth


The Isilon SyncIQ module provides you with several specialized tools to help you tune replication performance and lessen its ongoing effect on cluster operations. One of these tools is the Coordinator Recurse Depth, found in the Performance options of the SyncIQ Modify Set/Create New Set page. Coordinator Recurse Depth is a tool to structure the workflow performed by the replication daemon workers as they survey file directory structures. Depending on the structure of the file tree they are walking, some workers could finish and be idle, while others would have much more work remaining to be done. This tool can help you to customize a particular replication so that the work is distributed more evenly, and therefore can be accomplished more quickly and efficiently. The Coordinator assigns tasks to each pair of workers involved so that all of the workers are busy and so that they will complete their tasks at approximately the same time. When your clusters have more directories than files (many directories may be empty), the time that it takes to examine the tree is considerable. With the recurse depth feature, instead of just assigning workers a path, the coordinator hands them a path and a flag. The flag tells them whether or not to recurse; work items near the top of the tree will consist of one directory only, while those at the recurse depth will include the entire sub-tree rooted at that path. Determining the recurse depth level to choose depends on the point where the file directory structure really begins to branch. In some situations that may be near the top, while in others the top levels are quite slim and only after four or five levels does the major branching begin. In a third case, the branching might be fairly evenly distributed throughout the file system structure. In the first case, the recurse level value would be set to a smaller number, so that the workers would examine the branches at the upper levels. In the second example, the recurse level value would be set to a larger number, so that the workers would concentrate on the lower levels, where most of the branching would be. A tool that can be used to develop recurse depth strategy is find. It may be invoked as: find <path> -type d -maxdepth <depth> | wc -l This will report the number of work items that the specified depth will produce. The user should choose a depth such that the number of work items is reasonably large (1000 - 10,000), and that none will contain either most of the data or most of the changes. To learn about recurse depth through your own experience, you can experiment with smaller test replications. By changing strategies for different kinds of replication jobs, you can customize this recurse depth tool to optimize efficiency for your particular file structures.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

6-23

Chapter 6: Modules
SyncIQ Replication 6.2.5.3 Workers Per Node
Another performance tool is the Workers per Node parameter, found in the Performance options of the Edit Set page. The Workers per Node parameter defines the number of worker-pairs per node-pair that will be created. When multiple workers are engaged simultaneously, the process of examining directories and files for changes can be done in parallel. It will be common for there to be a different number of nodes on the Primary and Secondary. In the case where there are 5 local nodes and 3 remote nodes, there would be 3 node-pairs. With Workers per node set at 1, this would result in three worker-pairs. With Workers per node set to 3, the result would be 9 worker pairs, which should be evenly distributed among all the nodes (i.e., there would be 1.8 worker per node on the Primary, and 3 per node on the Secondary). Increasing the number of workers per node can contribute to greater replication efficiency, particularly in instances where the replication is being limited by latency factors. This would occur where only a small percentage of the files have changed since the last replication. The fixed times associated with walking the file structures can be diminished by having more workers sharing the task. This parameter will also interact dynamically with other performance factors, especially the Throttle, in affecting the speed of replication and the efficiency of the process. Making the Recurse Depth slightly higher (2->3) if the number of workers per node is high is also a good strategy, so that all of the workers can get work.

6-24

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 6: Modules
SnapshotIQ

6.3 SnapshotIQ
SnapshotIQ is a flexible and simple data protection application that is available as an option for the Isilon IQ cluster and OneFS operating system environment. SnapshotIQ can enable administrators to provide a convenient local "insurance policy" for their users with a minimum of administrative effort. Multiple snapshots can be scheduled in advance for hourly, daily, weekly, monthly, and yearly recurring intervals, at the directory, sub-directory, or file system level. Snapshots can also be created manually if necessary. IMPORTANT For information on activating the SnapshotIQ application, see Section 7.6, Licenses.

SnapshotIQ can be used as a standalone feature to provide for user-initiated file restoration and staging of exported content. Snapshots can be the first line of defense for backing up and restoring data against local data corruption, accidental deletion, and general data loss. SnapshotIQ can also be used in conjunction with other OneFS features, such as backup and with the SyncIQ replication module, to enhance the power and flexibility of those applications. The SnapshotIQ discussion contains the following topics: Section 6.3.1, Specifying Dates and Times Section 6.3.2, Configuring SnapshotIQ Settings Section 6.3.3, Configuring SnapshotIQ Schedules Section 6.3.4, Viewing SnapshotIQ Summary Section 6.3.5, Viewing Snapshots Section 6.3.6, Creating a Manual Snaphot Section 6.3.7, Restoring Files and Folders

6.3.1 Specifying Dates and Times


When using the command line interface to configure SnapshotIQ schedules, you will need to construct the date and time expressions that conform to those used with the date/time parsing process. NOTE Administrators who use the WebAdmin interface are not required to construct date and time expressions, since the interface will structure the schedule correctly.

6.3.1.1 Date Expressions


SnapshotIQ supports three types of date expressions: Recurrences a date that happens more than once, such as every day Durations an interval or period of time, such as "2 weeks" or "4 months" Points in time an explicit, fully-specified calendar date, such as "October 2nd, 2006" Recurrences SnapshotIQ supports six (or by use of recurring time, seven) types of recurrences: daily, weekly, monthly by date, monthly by related day, yearly by date, yearly by related day. Hourly recurrences can be scheduled by using a daily recurrence along with a recurring time.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

6-25

Chapter 6: Modules
SnapshotIQ
SnapshotIQ supports the following recurrence forms: Frequency Daily Recurrence By Date every every every every every every every every every every every every every every every every day other day <N>a days weekday other weekday <N> weekdays week other week <N> weeks week on <DAYS>b other week on <DAYS> <N> weeks on <DAYS> <DAYS> <DAYS> [of] every week <DAYS> [of] every other week <DAYS> [of] every <N> weeks the the the the the the the the the the the the the the the <M> <DAY>d [of] every month <M> <DAY> [of] every other month <M> <DAY> [of] every <N> month <M> weekday [of] every month <M> weekday [of] every other month <M> weekday [of] every <N> month last DAY [of] every month last DAY [of] every other month last DAY [of] every <N> month last day [of] every month last day [of] every other month last day [of] every <N> month last weekday [of] every month last weekday [of] every other month last weekday [of] every <N> month on on on on [the] [the] [the] [the] <M> <DAY> of <MONTH> <M> weekday of <MONTH> last <DAY> of <MONTH> last weekday of <MONTH> Recurrence By Relative Day

Weekly

Monthly

every month every other month every <N> months every month on the <M> every other month on the <M> every <N> months on the <M> the <M>c [of] every month the <M> [of] every other month the <M> [of] every <N> months

Yearly

yearly on <MONTH>e <N> yearly on [the] <N> of <MONTH>

yearly yearly yearly yearly

a. Replace the <N> variable with a number of days, weeks, months, or years. Use of an ordinal suffix is optional. b. Replace the <DAYS> variable with a comma-separated list of week days (Monday, Wednesday, Friday), with a range of week days (Monday through Thursday), or a combination of the two (Monday through Thursday, and Saturday). If you specify a range using Monday through Monday, the range will include Mondays only. c. Replace the <M> variable with numbered the day of the month. Use of an ordinal suffix is optional. d. Replace the <DAY> variable with a day of the week (Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, Friday, Saturday, or Sunday). Two letter abbreviations are also supported for days of the week. e. Replace the <MONTH> variable with a month of the year. Three letter abbreviations are also supported for months of the year. Any number of letters above these minimum thresholds are also supported (e.g., "Febr", "Febru", "Februa", "Februar", and "February" are all supported).

6-26

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 6: Modules
SnapshotIQ
Durations SnapshotIQ supports the following interval or time period date expression forms: Duration <X>a hours <X> days <X> weeks <X> months <X> years
a. Replace the <X> variable with an integer number.

Points in Time SnapshotIQ recognizes specifically defined dates and times in the future. It also can fill in missing specifiers, (such as the year, by assuming it is the current year) using a logical extrapolation. SnapshotIQ supports the following point-in-time date expression forms: Point In Time <MONTH>a <D>b <MONTH> <D> <YEAR>c <MONTH> <D>, <YEAR> <MONTH>/<D>/<YEAR> <MONTH>-<D>-<YEAR> today tomorrow <DAY>d this <DAY> next <DAY>
a. Replace the <MONTH> variable with a month of the year. Three letter abbreviations are also supported for months of the year. Any number of letters above these minimum thresholds are also supported (e.g., "Febr", "Febru", "Februa", "Februar", and "February" are all supported). b. Replace the <D> variable with a numbered day of the month. c. Replace the <YEAR> variable with either a two or four digit year value. d. Replace the <DAY> variable a day of the week (Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, Friday, Saturday, or Sunday). Two letter abbreviations are also supported for days of the week.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

6-27

Chapter 6: Modules
SnapshotIQ 6.3.1.2 Time Expressions
SnapshotIQ supports specific time and recurring time strings for use with time expressions. Specific Times Specific times are common points, such as 10:30 am. Construct your specific time expressions using the following conventions: Specific Time <H>a <H> am/pm <H>:<M>b <H>:<M> am/pm <H>:<M>:<S>c <H>:<M>:<S> am/pm
a. Replace the <H> variable with an hours value. b. Replace the <M> variable with a minutes value. c. Replace the <S> variable with a seconds value.

Recurring Times Recurring times are instances over a time interval, such as every 2 hours between 8 am and 10 pm. Construct your recurring time expression using the following conventions: Recurring Time every every every every <TUNIT>a from <TIME>b until/to <TIME> <TUNIT> between <TIME> and <TIME> <N>c <TUNIT> from <TIME> until/to <TIME> <N> <TUNIT> between <TIME> and <TIME>

a. Replace the <TUNIT> variable with either hours or minutes. b. Replace the <TIME> variable with a specific time. c. Replace the <N> variable with an integer value.

6.3.2 Configuring SnapshotIQ Settings


Once you have activated SnapshotIQ , you can configure the application using either the WebAdmin interface or the command line. NOTE When the SnapshotIQ application is activated through the Licensing process, the application is automatically enabled.

6.3.2.1 Configuring SnapshotIQ Using the WebAdmin Interface


When SnapshotIQ has been activated, the application must be enabled and configured. IMPORTANT Be aware that whenever any SnapshotIQ setting change is made (including changing the reserve level), Windows connections will be reset, even if no change has been made to the SMB configuration parameters. There may be a delay of up to two minutes for this restart of SMB to occur.

6-28

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 6: Modules
SnapshotIQ
Perform the following steps to configure the SnapshotIQ application using the WebAdmin interface: 1. On the Modules menu, point to SnapshotIQ and click Configure Settings to open the SnapshotIQ Settings page. Figure 6.23 SnapshotIQ Settings Page

IMPORTANT

Changes made on the SnapshotIQ Settings page do not take effect until you click Submit.

2. To enable or disable the functionality of the SnapshotIQ application, select Enable or Disable in the Current Status list. NOTE If the Current Status is changed from Enabled to Disabled, all scheduled generation of snapshots and deletion of snapshots will not occur. However, all existing snapshots and configured snapshot schedules will be retained, and any snapshot schedules will still be shown in the View Schedule list. Snapshots can still be manually modified and deleted.

3. To enable or disable the scheduled generation of snapshots, select On or Off in the Auto Create list. NOTE The ability to create manual snapshots is not affected by the Auto Create setting.

4. To enable or disable the automatic deletion of generated snapshots, select On or Off in the Auto Delete list. 5. To reserve disk space for storing generated snapshots in the Isilon IQ cluster, enter a percentage value in the Reserve text box.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

6-29

Chapter 6: Modules
SnapshotIQ
IMPORTANT The default value for the Reserve setting is 0% (i.e., there is no space exclusively set aside for snapshots). Any time that the SnapshotIQ Reserve value is set to a non-zero value (1%, 5%, 10%, etc.), it applies and diminishes general storage availability, even if the snapshots feature is currently disabled. Therefore, setting reserve values should be done carefully, since it will directly affect your total cluster storage capacity.

6. To display the advanced settings on the SnapshotIQ Settings page, click Advanced Settings. Figure 6.24 SnapshotIQ Settings: Advanced Page

6-30

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 6: Modules
SnapshotIQ
7. To enable or disable the visibility and accessibility, select On or Off in the Visibility & Accessibility list. NOTE If the Global setting is set to Off, it disables automatic deletion and automatic creation, and prevents users from seeing or accessing (and therefore restoring) snapshots. It also will inactivate all of the option boxes below it for NFS, Windows, and Local user accessibility and visibility.

8. To configure the SnapshotIQ NFS Settings: a. In the Root Directory Accessible list, select On or Off to enable or disable. b. In the Root Directory Visible list, select On or Off to enable or disable. c. In the Subdirectories Accessible list, select On or Off to enable or disable. NOTE The Root Directory Visible option for NFS, Windows, and Local users, if set to On, means that snapshots will be displayed for users in the /ifs/.snapshot subdirectory; if Off, then they will not be visible. The Root Directory Accessible and Subdirectories Accessible options work in a similar fashion, turning On or Off user access.

9. To configure the SnapshotIQ Windows Settings: a. In the Root Directory Accessible list, select On or Off to enable or disable. b. In the Root Directory Visible list, select On or Off to enable or disable. c. In the Subdirectories Accessible list, select On or Off to enable or disable. 10. To configure the SnapshotIQ Local Settings: a. In the Root Directory Accessible list, select On or Off to enable or disable. b. In the Root Directory Visible list, select On or Off to enable or disable. c. In the Subdirectories Accessible list, select On or Off to enable or disable. NOTE To reset the values on the SnapshotIQ Settings page before you have clicked Submit, click Reset. To cancel changes made on the SnapshotIQ Settings page before you have clicked Submit, click Cancel.

11. Click Submit to save changes. NOTE Administrators should be aware that whenever any SnapshotIQ setting change is made (including changing the reserve level), Windows connections will be reset, even if no change has been made to the SMB configuration parameters. There may be a delay of up to two minutes for this restart of SMB to occur.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

6-31

Chapter 6: Modules
SnapshotIQ 6.3.2.2 Configuring SnapshotIQ Using the Command Line Interface
When the SnapshotIQ application is activated through the Licensing process, the application is enable and will remain in that state indefinitely unless it is disabled. Enabling or disabling SnapshotIQ is a very simple on/off process. NOTE When the SnapshotIQ application is activated through the Licensing process, the application is automatically enabled.

Perform the following steps to configure the SnapshotIQ application using the command line interface: 1. Open a secure shell connection with any node in the cluster and log into the cluster using the root account. 2. To enable or disable the functionality of the SnapshotIQ application: a. Enter the isi snapshot enable command to enable. clusternode-1# isi snapshot enable b. To disable the functionality of the SnapshotIQ application: i. Enter the isi snapshot disable command. clusternode-1# isi snapshot disable In response, the system prompts to confirm that you want to disable SnapshotIQ: Disabling Snapshot will also disable all automatically scheduled creations Continue ['yes', 'no'] ? ii. Enter yes to confirm or enter no to cancel the command. Continue ['yes', 'no'] ? yes

NOTE

Disabling SnapshotIQ only disables snapshot creation, not deletion or modification.

3. To enable or disable the scheduled automatic generation of snapshots: a. Enter the isi snapshot autocreate true command to enable the scheduled generation of snapshots. clusternode-1# isi snapshot autocreate true b. Enter the isi snapshot autocreate true command to enable the scheduled generation of snapshots. clusternode-1# isi snapshot autocreate false

6-32

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 6: Modules
SnapshotIQ
4. To enable or disable the scheduled automatic deletion of snapshots: a. Enter the isi snapshot autodelete true command to enable the scheduled generation of snapshots. clusternode-1# isi snapshot autodelete true b. Enter the isi snapshot autodelete true command to enable the scheduled generation of snapshots. clusternode-1# isi snapshot autodelete false

NOTE

The isi snapshot autodelete command responds to expiration dates and durations specified by isi snapshot schedule create command when automatically deleting snapshot files.

5. To reserve disk space for storing generated snapshots in the Isilon IQ cluster, enter the isi snapshot reserve --value <%>, isi snapshot reserve -v <%>, or isi snapshot reserve <%> command. clusternode-1# isi snapshot reserve <%> Replace the <%> variable with the percentage of the storage space you wish to reserve for snapshots. IMPORTANT The default value for the Reserve setting is 0% (i.e., there is no space exclusively set aside for snapshots). Any time that the SnapshotIQ Reserve value is set to a non-zero value (1%, 5%, 10%, etc.), it applies and diminishes general storage availability, even if the snapshots feature is currently disabled. Therefore, setting reserve values should be done carefully, since it will directly affect your total cluster storage capacity. Usage issues relating to snapshot storage and deletion are somewhat complicated. Deleting a snapshot (either manually or through expiration/duration settings) in order to free up space on the cluster may or may not result in recovering the same amount used by the snapshot. Deleting the oldest snapshot will generally free up the amount of space it was using, but deleting other snapshots may result in some or all of those disk blocks simply being transferred to another active snapshot. For more information, please refer to the SnapshotIQ Best Practices guide. 6. To configure the SnapshotIQ NFS, Windows (CIFS), and Local settings: a. Enter the isi snapshot setting ls command. clusternode-1# isi snapshot setting ls

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

6-33

Chapter 6: Modules
SnapshotIQ
In response, the system returns a list of the current snapshot parameter settings: Setting Value -----------------------------------------------------------Global_visible_accessible True NFS_root_accessible True NFS_root_visible True NFS_sub_accessible True CIFS_root_accessible True CIFS_root_visible True CIFS_child_accessible True LOCAL_root_accessible True LOCAL_root_visible True LOCAL_sub_accessible True b. To modify a snapshot parameter setting, enter the isi snapshot setting set <parameter> <value> command. Replace the <parameter> variable with the parameter name and the <value> variable with true or false. clusternode-1# isi snapshot setting set <parameter> <value>

SnapshotIQ Parameter Settings Descriptions Global_visible_accessible (Default value = True) Enables and disables all snapshot creation. If this parameter is set to False, you are prevented from seeing or accessing (and therefore restoring) snapshots in the file system. NFS_root_accessible (Default value = True) If set to True, snapshots can be accessed by NFS users from the /ifs/.snapshot subdirectory. If set to False, the snapshots cannot be accessed. NFS_root_visible (Default value = True) If set to True, the snapshots are displayed for NFS users in the /ifs/.snapshot subdirectory. if set to False, the snapshots will not be visible. NFS_sub_accessible (Default value = True) If set to True, snapshots can be accessed by NFS users from subdirectories under /ifs, such as /ifs/foo/.snapshot. If set to False, the snapshots cannot be accessed. CIFS_root_accessible (Default value = True) If set to True, the snapshots are accessed by CIFS/Windows users from the /ifs/.snapshot subdirectory. If set to False, the snapshots cannot be accessed. CIFS_root_visible (Default value = True) If set to True, the snapshots are displayed for CIFS/Windows users in the /ifs/.snapshot subdirectory. If set to False, the snapshots are not be visible. CIFS_child_accessible (Default value = True) If set to True, the snapshots are accessed by CIFS/Windows users from subdirectories under /ifs, such as /ifs/foo/.snapshot. If set to False, the snapshots cannot be accessed. LOCAL_root_accessible (Default value = True) If set to True, the snapshots are accessed by local users from the /ifs/.snapshot subdirectory. If set to False, the snapshots cannot be accessed. LOCAL_root_visible (Default value = True) If set to True, the snapshots are displayed for local users in the /ifs/.snapshot subdirectory. If set to False, the snapshots are not visible.

6-34

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 6: Modules
SnapshotIQ

LOCAL_sub_accessible (Default value = True) If set to True, the snapshots are accessed by local users from subdirectories under /ifs, such as /ifs/foo/.snapshot. If set to False, the snapshots cannot be accessed.

6.3.3 Configuring SnapshotIQ Schedules


With SnapshotIQ, you can establish multiple snapshot schedules for generating automatic snapshots at various recurring intervals. SnapshotIQ schedules are quite flexible, and schedules can be configured for daily, weekly, monthly, and yearly frequencies. In addition, schedules can have user-specified naming patterns, durations, and expiration dates. Schedules may be configured via WebAdmin or via the command line interface. NOTE Snapshot schedules, once added, will remain in the system and continue to generate snapshots (based on their recurrence patterns) until they are removed.

6.3.3.1 Configuring SnapshotIQ Schedules Using the WebAdmin Interface


Perform the following steps to configure SnapshotIQ schedules using the WebAdmin interface: 1. On the Modules menu, point to SnapshotIQ and click Configure Schedules to open the SnapshotIQ: Configure Schedule page. Figure 6.25 SnapshotIQ: Configure Schedule Page

2. Click Create New ShapshotIQ Schedule to open the Snaphot Schedule Wizard: Basic Details page. Figure 6.26 Snapshot Schedule Wizard: Basic Details Page

3. In the Schedule Name textbox, enter the schedule name.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

6-35

Chapter 6: Modules
SnapshotIQ
Snapshot names can be any valid file name that is not all numeric in nature. Valid file names can contain a period/decimal point. However, a period/decimal point (.) or a forward slash (/) by themselves are not valid names. 4. In the Snapshot Pattern textbox, enter the snapshot naming pattern for automatically generated snapshots. The Snapshot Pattern is the template for naming generated snapshots. In Figure 6.26, the entered pattern indicates that the month and day will be appended to the sched3 snapshot name (as in sched3_11_27). A pattern can be any string, but there are specific parsing rules that apply to the pattern. It is worthwhile to spend a bit of time configuring the pattern so that non-unique snapshot names will be avoided. For instance, a pattern of sched_%d would generate conflicting names after the first month of usage. 5. In the Path textbox, enter the path enter the file path. The path where the snapshot will be saved can be anywhere in /ifs directory. The full path is required when creating schedules from WebAdmin. 6. In the Alias Name textbox, optionally enter an alias name. An alias name is an alternative name that is usually shorter or easier to enter. Alias names have the same restrictions as the schedule names. For schedules, the alias points to the latest shapshot created by the schedule. 7. Click Next to open the Snapshot Schedule Wizard: Scheduling Details page. Figure 6.27 Snapshot Schedule Wizard: Scheduling Details

6-36

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 6: Modules
SnapshotIQ
8. To specify snapshot frequency in the Snapshot Frequency panel: a. To specify a daily frequency: i. Select Daily. When you select Daily, the lower portion of the Snapshot Frequency panel dynamically updates to display the following options:

ii. In the Every text box, enter the frequency interval in days. iii. In the second field, select Days or Weekdays. b. To specify a weekly frequency: i. Select Weekly. When you select Weekly, the lower portion of the Snapshot Frequency panel dynamically updates to display the following options:

ii. Select the frequency interval in weeks. iii. Select the day of the week for the snapshot occurrence. c. To specify a monthly by day frequency: i. Select Monthly By Day. When you select Monthly By Day, the lower portion of the Snapshot Frequency panel dynamically updates to display the following options:

ii. Select the frequency interval in months. iii. Select the instance and day of the week for the snapshot occurrence. d. To specify a monthly by day frequency: i. Select Monthly By Relative Date. When you select Monthly By Relative Date, the lower portion of the Snapshot Frequency panel dynamically updates to display the following options:

ii. Select the frequency interval in months.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

6-37

Chapter 6: Modules
SnapshotIQ
iii. Select the relative day of the month for the snapshot occurrence. iv. Specify Days or Weekdays. e. To specify a monthly by day frequency: i. Select Monthly By Date. When you select Monthly By Date, the lower portion of the Snapshot Frequency panel dynamically updates to display the following options:

ii. Select the frequency in months. iii. Specify the day of the month for the snapshot occurrence. f. To specify a monthly by date frequency: i. Select Yearly By Day. When you select Yearly By Day, the lower portion of the Snapshot Frequency panel dynamically updates to display the following options:

ii. Select the snapshot month. iii. Select the instance and day of the week for the snapshot occurrence. g. To specify a yearly by day frequency: i. Select Yearly By Date. When you select Yearly By Date, the lower portion of the Snapshot Frequency panel dynamically updates to display the following options:

ii. Select the day of the month for the snapshot occurrence. iii. Select the month. h. To specify a yearly by ordinal day frequency: i. Select Yearly By Ordinal Day. When you select Yearly By Ordinal Day, the lower portion of the Snapshot Frequency panel dynamically updates to display the following options:

ii. Select the day of the month for the snapshot occurrence.

6-38

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 6: Modules
SnapshotIQ
iii. Specify Days or Weekdays. iv. Select the month of the year. 9. To specify hourly frequency in the Hourly Frequency panel: a. To specify a single occurrence: i. Select Once. When you select Once, the lower portion of the Hourly Frequency panel dynamically updates to display the following options:

ii. Specify the hour, minute, and whether AM or PM. b. To specify multiple occurrences: i. Select Multiple Times. When you select Multiple Times, the lower portion of the Hourly Frequency panel dynamically updates to display the following options:

ii. Specify the instance frequency in Minutes or Hours for the snapshot occurrence. iii. Specify the beginning time and the stop time. 10. To specify expiration frequency in the Expiration Frequency panel: a. To specify that the snapshots generated by this schedule never expire, select Never. b. To specify the expiration frequency for the snapshots generated by this schedule: i. Select By elapsed age of snapshots. When you select By elapsed age of snapshots, the lower portion of the Expiration Frequency panel dynamically updates to display the following options:

ii. In the Retain snapshot for text box, enter the frequency interval for the selected time iii. Select the time frequency interval. The options included in the time frequency interval list include: Hours, Days, Weeks, Months, and Years.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

6-39

Chapter 6: Modules
SnapshotIQ
11. Click Next to open the Snapshot Schedule Wizard: Confirmation page. Figure 6.28 Snapshot Schedule Wizard: Confirmation Page

12. Click Submit to save the newly created snapshot schedule.

6.3.3.2 Configuring SnapshotIQ Schedules Using the Command Line Interface


Perform the following steps to create a new snapshot schedule or modify and existing schedule using the command line interface: 1. Open a secure shell connection with any node in the cluster and log into the cluster using the 'root' account. 2. To create a new snapshot schedule, enter the isi snapshot schedule create command, appended with the (required) schedule name, the (required) recurring date/time, the (optional) expiration/duration date, the (required) naming pattern for snapshots generated by the schedule, and the (required) path to be captured: isi snapshot schedule create --name="<sched_name>" --when="<recurring_date/ time>" [(--expiration="<date/time>")|(--duration="<period_of_time>")] --pattern="<pattern>" [--alias="<alias_name>"] --path="<path>" When the command is entered, a snapshot schedule will be created with the name specified by the --name attribute. The frequency of the scheduled snapshots is specified by the --when attribute. The expiration or duration of the created snapshots is specified by the --expiration attribute or the --duration attribute. The naming of the created schedules is specified by the --pattern attribute. The inclusion of the optional --alias attribute provides a means for a backup application to point to the latest snapshot created by the schedule (the backup path for the most recent generated snapshot is/ifs/.snapshot/<alias_name>). The path of the targeted snapshot directory is specified by the --path attribute. isi snapshot schedule create Command Syntax There are several variations available for entering the isi snapshot schedule create command: The create key word can be abbreviated as cre or can be replaced by the key word add. The long forms of the command options can be replaced with a shorthand flag version; you can replace --name with -n, --when with -w, --expiration with -x, --duration with -d, --pattern with -t, --alias with -a, and --path with -p.

6-40

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 6: Modules
SnapshotIQ

isi snapshot schedule create -n="<sched_name>" -w="<recurring_date/time>" [(-x="<date/time>")|(-d="<period_of_time>")] -p="<pattern>" [-a="<alias_name>"] -p="<path>" A snapshot name (--name) can be any valid filename that is not all-numeric. Invalid filenames are those containing one or more periods (.) or filenames containing a forward-slash( /). The when (--when) attribute schedules the recurring date and time for the snapshot creations. For information about configuring date and time expressions, see Section 6.3.1, Specifying Dates and Times, on page 6-25. The command options --expiration and --duration each specify when the autodeletion of a snapshot will occur. If BOTH --expiration and --duration are entered, and if they are in conflict, the --expiration date/time will be the value that is used. For information about configuring date and time expressions, see Section 6.3.1, Specifying Dates and Times, on page 6-25. Patterns (--pattern) are based on the strftime function that converts dates and times to a string. Some common conversions include %d for day of the month (01-31), %m for month (0112), %A for weekday name, %T for hour, minute second. For detailed information, view the man pages for strftime. Alias names (--alias) are convenience names that act as proxies for the formal file name. Aliases follow the same naming rules as snapshot names. For schedules, the alias points to the latest shapshot created by the schedule. This is useful for backup. All paths that are inside /ifs are allowed. Example Snapshot Schedule: isi snapshot schedule create -n="backup_sched" -w="every weekday at 10 pm" -d="8 weeks" -p="temp5_%d_%m" -a="daily_backup" -p="/ifs/data" The --name, --when, --pattern, and --path command options can also be inferred by their positional arguments, taking their significance from the order they appear without the inclusion of an explicit flag. isi snapshot schedule create "<sched_name>" "<recurring_date/time>" [(-x="<date/time>")|(-d="<period_of_time>")] "<pattern>" [-a="<alias_name>"] "<path>" 3. To edit an existing snapshot schedule policy, enter the isi snapshot schedule modify command, appended with the (optional) new modified schedule name, the (optional) recurring date/ time, the (optional) expiration/duration date, the (optional) naming pattern for snapshots generated by the schedule, the (optional) path to be captured, the (optional) alias name, and the (required) current schedule policy name or identifier of the schedule policy: isi snapshot schedule modify [--name="<new_sched_name>"] [--when="<recurring_date/time>"] [(--expiration="<date/time>")| (--duration="<period_of_time>")] [--pattern="<pattern>"] [--path="<path>"] [--alias="<alias_name>"] --schedule="<sched_name>"

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

6-41

Chapter 6: Modules
SnapshotIQ
When the command is entered, the snapshot schedule policy is modified with the changes specified by the options . isi snapshot schedule modify Command Syntax There are several variations available for entering the isi snapshot schedule modify command: The create key word can be abbreviated as mod or can be replaced by the key word change. The long forms of the command options can be replaced with a shorthand flag version; you can replace --name with -n, --when with -w, --expiration with -x, --duration with -d, --pattern with -t, --path with -p, --alias with -a, and --schedule with -s. isi snapshot schedule modify [-n="<sched_name>"] [-w="<recurring_date/ time>"] [(-x="<date/time>")|(-d="<period_of_time>")] [-p="<pattern>"] [-p="<path>"] [-a="<alias_name>"] -s="<sched_name>" A snapshot name (--name) can be any valid filename that is not all-numeric. Invalid filenames are those containing one or more periods (.) or filenames containing a forward-slash( /). The when (--when) attribute schedules the recurring date and time for the snapshot creations. For information about configuring date and time expressions, see Section 6.3.1, Specifying Dates and Times, on page 6-25. The command options --expiration and --duration each specify when the autodeletion of a snapshot will occur. If BOTH --expiration and --duration are entered, and if they are in conflict, the --expiration date/time will be the value that is used. For information about configuring date and time expressions, see Section 6.3.1, Specifying Dates and Times, on page 6-25. Patterns (--pattern) are based on the strftime function that converts dates and times to a string. Some common conversions include %d for day of the month (01-31), %m for month (0112), %A for weekday name, %T for hour, minute second. For detailed information, view the man pages for strftime. All paths that are inside /ifs are allowed. Alias names (--alias) are convenience names that act as proxies for the formal file name. Aliases follow the same naming rules as snapshot names. The --schedule command option can also be inferred by their positional arguments, taking their significance from the order they appear without the inclusion of an explicit flag. isi snapshot schedule modify [--name="<new_sched_name>"] [--when="<recurring_date/time>"] [(--expiration="<date/time>")| (--duration="<period_of_time>")] [--pattern="<pattern>"] [--path="<path>"] [--alias="<alias_name>"] "<sched_name>"

6-42

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 6: Modules
SnapshotIQ

6.3.4 Viewing SnapshotIQ Summary


After snapshots have been created, you may need to find an individual snapshot and retrieve details about it, such as the directory that it captured, or its expiration date. Either the WebAdmin interface or the command line can be used for these tasks.

6.3.4.1 Viewing SnapshotIQ Summary Using the WebAdmin Interface


The SnapshotIQ Summary page provides an overall view of the SnapshotIQ application. From this page, you can easily review SnapshotIQ status and file system usage and reserve, monitor recently completed and upcoming snapshots, and navigate to the Configure Schedule page to view, add, and modify schedules. Perform the following steps to access the status details of SnapshotIQ: 1. On the Modules menu, point to SnapshotIQ and click View Summary to open the SnapshotIQ Summary page. Figure 6.29 SnapshotIQ Summary Page

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

6-43

Chapter 6: Modules
SnapshotIQ

Snapshot Summary Page The SnapshotIQ Summary page provides an overall view of the SnapshotIQ application. The page contains five panels: The Current Status panel displays the status of the SnapshotIQ application (either Enabled or Disabled), a link to the SnapshotIQ Settings page (see Section 6.3.2.1 on page 6-28 for details), the percentage of the file system space allocated for snapshots, the percentage of the allocated space used, and a bar graph displaying the allocated space usage. The 5 Latest Shapshots panel displays the five most recent snapshots and the total number of shapshots currently saved in the allocated space. The Snapshot Schedules panel provides a link to the SnapshotIQ: Configure Schedule page (see Section 6.3.3.1 on page 6-35 for details). The Next 5 Scheduled Snapshots panel shows upcoming snapshots, including the schedule name, the snapshot name that will be applied, and the date/time the shots will be generated. 2. To access the SnapshotIQ Settings page, click SnapshotIQ Settings in the Current Status panel (see Section 6.3.2.1 on page 6-28 for details). 3. To view all of the currently saved snapshots, click Click here to view all existing snapshots in the 5 Latest Shapshots panel to open the SnapshotIQ: List of Snapshots page (see Section 6.3.5.1 on page 6-50 for details). Figure 6.30 SnapshotIQ: List of Snapshots Page

6-44

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 6: Modules
SnapshotIQ
4. To view details of a specific snapshot: a. Click the snapshot name in the Snapshot Name list in the 5 Latest Shapshots panel to open the SnapshotIQ: Detail for Snapshot page. Figure 6.31 SnapshotIQ: Detail for Snapshot Page

b. To rename the snapshot: i. Click Rename Snapshot to open the SnapshotIQ: Rename Snapshot page. Figure 6.32 SnapshotIQ: Rename Snapshot Page

ii. In the New Snapshot Name text box, enter the new snapshot name. iii. Click Submit.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

6-45

Chapter 6: Modules
SnapshotIQ
c. To change the snapshot expiration date: i. Click Change Expiration Date to open the SnapshotIQ: Change Expiration Date page. Figure 6.33 SnapshotIQ: Change Expiration Date Page

ii. In the Set expiration area, select the date row and modify the expiration date or select Never. iii. Click Submit. d. To edit the percent of the file system space allocated for snapshots, click Edit Reserves to open the SnapshotIQ Settings page (see Section 6.3.2.1 on page 6-28 for details). e. To delete the snapshot: i. Click Delete This Snapshot to open the Delete Snapshot Confirmation page. Figure 6.34 Delete Snapshot Confirmation Page

6-46

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 6: Modules
SnapshotIQ
ii. Click Confirm. 5. To add schedules and to edit existing snapshot schedules, click Click here to manage snapshot schedules to open the SnapshotIQ: Configure Schedule page (see Section 6.3.3.1 on page 6-35 for details). 6. To view upcoming snapshots beyond the five that are listed: a. Click Click here to view all scheduled snaphsots to open the SnapshotIQ: Scheduled Snapshots page. Figure 6.35 SnapshotIQ: Scheduled Snapshots Page

The Policy Name ( the schedule generating the snapshot), the Anticipated Snapshot Name, and Creation Date when the snapshot would be generated are shown. b. To change time period of the displayed snapshots, select a different interval from the snapshot interval selection list. Figure 6.36 Snapshot Interval Selection List

NOTE

Anticipated snapshot names that conflict with existing snapshot names are highlighted in red. Upcoming shots that conflict with earlier anticipated shots are highlighted in orange.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

6-47

Chapter 6: Modules
SnapshotIQ 6.3.4.2 Viewing SnapshotIQ Summary Using the Command Line Interface
Perform the following steps to view a snapshot summary using the command line interface: 1. Open a secure shell connection with any node in the cluster and log into the cluster using the root account. 2. To view the details for the currently stored snapshots, enter the isi snapshot ls command followed by any optional flags. isi snapshot ls -i -l -s -x In response, the system will return the details for the currently stored snapshots: Id Snapshot Lck Size Creation Date Path ------------------------------------------------------------------------17 14alias -> er14 20 Miner-06_09 0 2006-09-06 13:35 /ifs/data 21 Miner14 -> Miner-06_09 16 er14 0 2006-09-06 13:28 /ifs/data 18 la 0 2006-09-06 13:27 /ifs/data 19 oMonthLastWkday_08-31-06_ 0 2006-09-06 13:33 /ifs/data 14 patt11:19 0 2006-09-06 11:19 /ifs/data 3. To view the details for a specific named snapshot, enter the isi snapshot ls command followed by any optional flags and the snapshot name. isi snapshot ls -i -l -s -x oMonthLastWkday_08-31-06_00:00 In response, the system will return the details for the specific snapshot: Id Snapshot Lck Size Creation Date Path ------------------------------------------------------------------------19 oMonthLastWkday_08-31-06_ 0 2006-09-06 13:33 /ifs/data The WebAdmin Snapshot Summary page contains several additional functions. The command line equivalents for these are listed below: To configure SnapshotIQ using the command line, see Section 6.3.2.2 on page 6-32 for details. To view all of the currently stored snapshots, see Section 6.3.5.2 on page 6-51 for details. To rename a snapshot, enter the isi snapshot rename command. isi snapshot rename --snapshot <snapshot_name> --name <new_name> The remove command word can be replaced by the mv or move command words. The --name command option long form can be replaced with the shorthand flag -n. The isi snapshot rename command can also be specified using positional arguments (isi snapshot rename <snapshot_name> <new_name>) without the use of explicit flags. To change the expiration of a snapshot, enter the isi snapshot modify command. isi snapshot modify --name <snapshot_name> --expiration <date>

6-48

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 6: Modules
SnapshotIQ
The modify command word can be replaced by the change command word. The --name command option long form can be replaced with the shorthand flag -n. The --expiration command option long form can be replaced with the shorthand flag -x. The isi snapshot modify command can also be specified using positional arguments (isi snapshot modify <snapshot_name> <date>) without the use of explicit flags. For information about configuring date and time expressions, see Section 6.3.1 on page 6-25. To edit the percentage or the file space allocated for snapshots, see Section 6.3.2.2 starting on page 6-32 for details. To delete a snapshot, enter the isi snapshot delete command. isi snapshot delete --force --snapshot <snapshot_name> The delete command word can be replaced by the rm or remove command words. The --force command option long form can be replaced with the shorthand flag -f. The isi snapshot delete command can also be specified using positional arguments (isi snapshot delete <snapshot_name> <new_name>) without the use of explicit flags. To add schedules and to edit existing snapshot schedules, see Section 6.3.3.2, Configuring SnapshotIQ Schedules Using the Command Line Interface, on page 6-40. To view the schedule of pending snapshots, enter the isi snapshot schedule pending command. isi snapshot schedule pending --end-date="<end_date>" --start-date="<start_date>" The pending command word can be replaced by the todo command word. If the start-date is omitted, it is automatically assumed to be the current date/time. For information about configuring date and time expressions, see Section 6.3.1 on page 6-25.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

6-49

Chapter 6: Modules
SnapshotIQ

6.3.5 Viewing Snapshots


After snapshots have been created, you may need to find an individual snapshot and review its properties. In the SnapshotIQ application, you can view a list of the latest snapshots that have been generated, and select individual snapshots to review in detail, via the command line or through the WebAdmin interface.

6.3.5.1 Viewing Snapshots Using the WebAdmin Interface


Perform the following steps to 1. On the Modules menu, point to SnapshotIQ and click View Snapshots to open the SnapshotIQ: List of Snapshots page. Figure 6.37 SnapshotIQ: List of Snapshots

2. To change time period of the displayed snapshots, select a different interval from the snapshot interval selection list. Figure 6.38 Snapshot Interval Selection List

6-50

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 6: Modules
SnapshotIQ
3. To review individual snapshot details, click a Snapshot Name on to open the corresponding SnapshotIQ: Detail for Snapshot page (see step 4. on page 6-45 for information about this page). Figure 6.39 SnapshotIQ: Detail for Snapshot Page

6.3.5.2 Viewing Snapshots Using the Command Line Interface


Using the command line, you can view a summary of the latest snapshots that have been generated and also review detailed information about individual snapshots, such as creation date, path, size, and expiration date. Perform the following steps to view snapshots using the command line interface: 1. Open a secure shell connection with any node in the cluster and log into the cluster using the root account. 2. At the Isilon IQ command prompt, enter the isi snapshot list command, appended with the (optional) show ID and name, (optional) detailed snapshot list, (optional) detailed snapshot list with schedule names, (optional) expiration date, and (optional) snapshot name command options. isi snapshot list [--showid] [--long] [--schedule] [--expiration="<date>"] [--snapshot=<snapshot_name>] When the command is entered, a summary list of snapshots is displayed. isi snapshot list Command Syntax There are several variations available for entering the isi snapshot list command: The list key word can be abbreviated as ls. The isi snapshot list command without any optional attributes appended returns a simple list of current snapshots. The --showid attribute returns the snapshot IDs and names in the summary list. The --long attribute returns the ID number, snapshot name, a designation of a locked (L) snapshot, the size of each snapshot, the creation date/time, and the path that has been captured.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

6-51

Chapter 6: Modules
SnapshotIQ

The --schedule attribute returns the snapshot name, a designation of a locked (L) snapshot, the schedule that created the snapshot, the creation date/time, and the path that has been captured. The --expiration attribute returns the snapshot name, a designation of a locked (L) snapshot, the creation date/time, the expiration date/time, and the path that has been captured. The --snapshot attribute returns the snapshot name, a designation of a locked (L) snapshot, the creation date/time, the expiration date/time, and the path that has been captured for a specified snapshot. The long forms of several command options can be replaced with a shorthand flag version; you can replace --showid with -i, --long with -l, --schedule with -s, and --expiration with -e

6.3.6 Creating a Manual Snaphot


SnapshotIQ provides several methods for performing captures of cluster data and cluster state information. In many cases, an administator will configure SnapshotIQ to automatically take snapshots according to a schedule. However, snapshots can also be taken manually when necessary using either the WebAdmin interface or the command line. This may be convenient for ensuring that a snapshot of the system, or of a directory or subdirectory, is immediately generated.

6.3.6.1 Creating a Manual Snapshot Using the WebAdmin Interface


Perform the following steps to create a manual snapshot using the WebAdmin interface: 1. On the Modules menu, point to SnapshotIQ and click Take Snapshot to open the SnapshotIQ: Create Snapshot Immediately page. Figure 6.40 SnapshotIQ: Create Snapshot Immediately Page

2. In the Snapshot Name textbox, enter the snaphot name. Snapshot names can be any valid file name that is not all numeric in nature. Valid file names can contain a period/decimal point. However, a period/decimal point (.) or a forward slash (/) by themselves are not valid names. 3. In the Path textbox, enter the location of the folder to be capture. The path of the folder to be captured can be anywhere in /ifs directory. The full path is required when creating sanpshots from WebAdmin.

6-52

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 6: Modules
SnapshotIQ
4. In the Alias Name textbox, optionally enter an alias name. An alias name is an alternative name that is usually shorter or easier to enter. Alias names have the same restrictions as the snapshot names. 5. In the Set expiration to: area, select an expiration option: a. To specify an expiration date and time, select the first option and then set the date and time. b. To keep the snapshot indefinitely and not specify an expiration date and time, select Never. 6. Click Submit to immediately take the snapshot and open the List of Snapshots page.

6.3.6.2 Creating a Manual Snapshot Using the Command Line Interface


Perform the following steps to create a manual snapshot using the command line interface: 1. Open a secure shell connection with any node in the cluster and log into the cluster using the 'root' account. 2. At the Isilon IQ command prompt, enter the isi snapshot create command appended with an (optional) expiration/duration date, (optional) alias name, (required) snapshot name, and (required) path: isi snapshot create [--expiration="<date>" | --duration="<date>"] [--alias=<alias_name>] --name=<snapshot_name> --path=<path> When this command is entered, a snapshot of the directory specified by the --path attribute will immediately be created with the name specified by the --name attribute. If an optional expiration date was specified by the --expiration attribute, the shapshot will be removed at the end of the time duration entered. If an optional alias name was specified, the alias name would point to the snapshot name. isi snapshot create Command Syntax There are several variations available for entering the isi snapshot create command: The create key word can be abbreviated as cre or can be replaced by the key word add. The long forms of the command options can be replaced with a shorthand flag version; you can replace --expiration with -x, --duration with -d, --alias with -a, --name with -n, and --path with -p. isi snapshot create [-x="<date>"] [-a=<alias_name>] -n=<snapshot_name> -p=<path> The command options --expiration and --duration each specify when the autodeletion of a snapshot will occur. If BOTH --expiration and --duration are entered, and if they are in conflict, the --expiration date/time will be the value that is used. For information about configuring date and time expressions, see Section 6.3.1, Specifying Dates and Times. Alias names (--alias) are convenience names that act as proxies for the formal file name. Aliases follow the same naming rules as snapshot names. A snapshot name (--name) can be any valid filename that is not all-numeric. Invalid filenames are those containing one or more periods (.) or filenames containing a forward-slash( /). All paths that are inside /ifs are allowed. The --name and --path command options can also be inferred by their positional arguments, taking their significance from the order they appear without the inclusion of an explicit flag.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

6-53

Chapter 6: Modules
SnapshotIQ

isi snapshot create -x="<date>" -a=<alias_name> <snapshot_name> <path> 3. To verify that the snapshot has been taken, enter the isi snapshot ls command: clusternode-1# isi snapshot ls --long In response, the system returns a list of snapshots that includes the id number, name, and alias (if any), size, date, and path details of the manual snapshot.

6.3.7 Restoring Files and Folders


The SnapshotIQ application enables you to create snapshots of the data and state information in a directory for safekeeping. If data is accidentally erased, lost, or otherwise corrupted or compromised, you can use the snapshot files to restore the data. There are two methods for recovering of data: Section 6.3.7.1, Restoring Files and Folders Using Shadow Copy Emulation Section 6.3.7.2, Restoring Files and Folders from Snapshots via Command Line

6.3.7.1 Restoring Files and Folders Using Shadow Copy Emulation


Windows Shadow Copy and Shadow Copy Emulation must be enabled and configured before it can be used. Once this has been done, Windows users who have the Shadow Copy Client on their local machine can find snapshots by way of a Previous Versions tab on the properties of a directory. Installing the Windows Shadow Copy Client In order to use the enabled shadow copy emulation to view and to restore files and folders that have been captured by SnapshotIQ, it may be necessary to also download and install interface enhancements for Windows clients. Windows XP SP2, Windows 2003 Server, and Windows Vista versions already include the shadow copy client feature; XP versions prior to SP2 do not. NOTE Be aware that the shadow copy operation is limited to 64 previous versions; exceeding that number means that you may not be able to access them all. This is true even though OneFS itself can support many more than 64 versions.

6-54

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 6: Modules
SnapshotIQ
Enable Shadow Copy Emulation on Isilon IQ Clusters Perform the following steps to enable shadow copy emulation on the Isilon IQ cluster: 1. On the File System menu, point to Directory Services, and then click Configure Windows Networking to open the Microsoft Windows Networking Support page. Figure 6.41 Microsoft Windows Networking Support Page

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

6-55

Chapter 6: Modules
SnapshotIQ
2. Click the Advanced button to open the Modify Windows File Sharing Configuration page. Figure 6.42 Modify Windows File Sharing Configuration Page

3. In the vfs_objects text box, change the value from stream to shadow_copy stream. 4. Click Submit. IMPORTANT You should be aware that changes to Advanced parameters will cause all Windows connections will be reset.

6-56

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 6: Modules
SnapshotIQ
Restoring a Deleted File Using Shadow Copy Perform the following steps to restore a deleted file using the Shadow Copy Emulation: 1. In Windows Explorer, navigate to the folder where the deleted file was stored. 2. Position the cursor over a blank space in the folder, right-click to display the options menu, and select the Properties option to open the Properties dialog box. NOTE If the cursor hovers over a file, that file will be selected, rather than the folder. For this procedure, you want to select the folder, not a file.

3. Select the Previous Versions tab. Figure 6.43 Properties Dialog Box

4. Select the folder version that contains the file before it was deleted and click View. 5. Select the the deleted file and drag-and-drop or cut-and-paste the shadow copy file to the folder that it was deleted from or to another location you want it to be available. Restoring a Corrupted or Overwritten File Using Shadow Copy Perform the following steps to restore a corrupted or overwritten file using shadow copy 1. In Windows Explorer, navigate to the folder that contains the corrupted or overwritten file. 2. Right-click on the file and select Properties to open the Properties dialog box. NOTE Restoring a corrupted or overwritten file is easier than recovering a deleted file, because the file itself can be right-clicked instead of the folder.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

6-57

Chapter 6: Modules
SnapshotIQ
3. Select the Previous Versions tab. 4. Select one of the existing previous versions of the file. NOTE To view the old version of the file, click View.

5. To copy the old version to another location, click Copy... and then select the location. 6. To replace the current version with the older version, click Restore. Restoring a Folder Using Shadow Copy Perform the following steps to restore a folder using shadow copy: 1. In Windows Explorer, navigate to the folder where the deleted file was stored. 2. Position the cursor over a blank space in the folder, right-click to display the options menu, and select the Properties option to open the Properties dialog box. NOTE If the cursor hovers over a file, that file will be selected, rather than the folder. For this procedure, you want to select the folder, not a file.

3. Select the Previous Versions tab. Figure 6.44 Properties Dialog Box

NOTE

To examine a previous version, select the folder, and then click View. The folder contents will be displayed.

4. To recover everything in that folder as well as all subfolders, click Restore.

6-58

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 6: Modules
SnapshotIQ
5. To copy the old version of the foloder to another location, click Copy... and then select the location. NOTE Users of this feature should be aware that the shadow copy operation is limited to 64 previous versions, so exceeding that number means that you may not be able to access them all. This is true even though OneFS itself can support many more than 64 versions.

6.3.7.2 Restoring Files and Folders from Snapshots via Command Line
This topic describes the process of restoring data from a snapshot. The method depends on a manual restoration of data from a snapshot directory, by simply moving or copying the snapshot data back to the original location. This method works in most user environments, whether UNIX, Windows, or Mac. NOTE The rules that govern visibility and access to the .snapshot directories that hold SnapshotIQ data are partly determines by the isi snapshot setting command. Within that command, the root_visible option for different users (NFS_root_visible, CIFS_root_visible, and local_root_visible), if set to True, means that snapshots will appear in the /ifs/.snapshot subdirectory. The subdir_visible option (such as NFS_subdir_visible), if set to True, means that snapshots will appear in directories under /ifs, such as /ifs/foo/.snapshot. The .snapshot directory is a mirror of the real directory structure, but limited to what directories have actually been captured in a snapshot.

Perform the following steps to restore data via a SnapshotIQ snapshot. 1. From your Windows, UNIX, or Mac file system, find the .snapshot directory where a snapshot of the data is stored. The .snapshot directory is found as a folder in the /ifs folder or in a subdirectory. 2. Ensure that the date and time that the snapshot was created is before the date/time that the data was deleted or corrupted. 3. Copy the snapshot file back over to the original directory where the data existed. NOTE For Windows clients, folder path lengths must be less than or equal to 231 characters in order to copy or restore snapshots. This is due to a limitation in CIFS. Paths exceeding this length will generate an error message indicating that: "The source file name(s) are larger than is supported by the file system. Try moving to a location which has a shorter path name, or try renaming to shorter name(s) before attempting this operation."

4. Verify that the data has been recovered. NOTE Snapshots of folders that contain char or block special files or pipes may present restoration problems for SnapshotIQ users. Restoration of a snapshot back to the original folder via cp will not restore these files, since cp does not support copying these files directly. A workaround for this situation is to tar files of this type first, and then create the snapshot. If restoration becomes necessary, users can then restore the snapshot that contains the tar file, and untar them on recovery.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

6-59

Chapter 6: Modules
SmartQuotas

6.4 SmartQuotas
SmartQuotas is an optional quota management module that logs warning messages to the cluster and issues alerts when configured soft disk space quota limits are exceeded. NOTE For additional information about the SmartQuotas module, or to activate the module for your system, contact your Isilon Systems representative.

6.4.1 Configuring SmartQuotas


The SmartQuotas module can be configured using either the WebAdmin interface or command line interface. Configuring SmartQuotas Using WebAdmin Perform the following steps to configure the SmartQuotas module using the WebAdmin interface: 1. On the Modules menu, point to SmartQuotas, and then click Configure Quotas to open the Configure SmartQuotas page. Figure 6.45 Configure SmartQuotas Page

6-60

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 6: Modules
SmartQuotas
2. To add a new quota configuration: a. In the Quotas area of the Configure SmartQuotas page, click Add Quota to open the Add Quota page. Figure 6.46 Add Quota Page The Quota Type selection dynamically updates the second row target field.

About Default User and Default Group The Default User and Default Group quota types allow you to define a generic soft disk space quota limit for users and groups that do not have an explicit quota defined. b. In the Quota Type list, select a quota type. The selection of a quota type dynamically updates the second row target field. If you select User or Group in the Quota Type list, enter a username or an alphanumeric user ID target value in the target field text box. NOTE The user ID value entered into the target field text box may be an LDAP, NIS, ASP, ADS, other user ID value, or username from a system that you have in place.

If you select Default User or Default Group in the Quota Type list, the target field will appear shaded and no input is required. If you select Directory in the Quota Type list, enter the full directory path for the directory being configured in the target field. c. In the Soft Limit text box, enter an advisory quota value. NOTE The Soft Limit value is an advisory quota threshold that, when exceeded, results in a violation alert email being sent to selected recipients when the next quotas report is generated. See Section 7.2.2, Configure Email Alerts, or Section 7.2.3, Configure SNMP Alerts, for email notification configuration instructions.

d. In the Soft Limit unit designation list, select a unit of measure. The available options include KB (kilobyte), MB (megabyte), GB (gigabyte), and TB (terabyte). e. In the Comment text box, optionally enter a comment. f. Click Submit to save the quota entry and to return to the Configure SmartQuotas page.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

6-61

Chapter 6: Modules
SmartQuotas
3. To edit an existing quota configuration: a. In the Quotas area of the Configure SmartQuotas page, click Edit following a selected quota entry to open the corresponding Edit Quota page. Figure 6.47 Edit Quota Page

b. To edit the quota advisory limit value, modify the value in the Soft Limit text box. c. In the Soft Limit unit designation list, modify the unit of measure selection as required. The available options include KB (kilobyte), MB (megabyte), GB (gigabyte), and TB (terabyte). d. In the Comment text box, modify the comment text as required. e. Click Submit to save your changes and to return to the Configure SmartQuotas page. 4. To delete an existing quota: a. In the Quotas area, click Edit following a selected quota entry to open the corresponding Edit Quota page. b. Click Delete to remove the quota entry and open the Delete Quota Entry Confirmation page. Figure 6.48 Delete Quota Entry Confirmation Page

c. Click Yes to confirm the deletion and to return to the Configure SmartQuotas page. 5. To schedule when quota reports are generated: a. In the Quota Report Schedule area of the Configure SmartQuotas page, click Edit Report Schedule to open the Edit Quota Schedule page.

6-62

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 6: Modules
SmartQuotas
Figure 6.49 Scheduling Reports Page

b. In the Report Directory text box, enter the directory path where the reports will be saved. c. In the Number of Reports to Retain text box, enter zero to retain all reports or a value for the number of report sets to be retained. d. In the Report Frequency area, select Daily, Weekly, or Monthly to specify the frequency of the report generation. If you select the Daily option, select the hour, minute, and either AM or PM.

If you select the Weekly option, select the week day, hour, minute, and either AM or PM.

If you select the Monthly option, select the day, hour, minute, and either AM or PM.

e. Click Submit to save your changes and to return to the Configure SmartQuotas page. 6. To delete an existing quota report schedule: a. In the Quota Report Schedule area of the Configure SmartQuotas page, click Edit Report Schedule to open the Edit Quota Schedule page. Figure 6.50 Scheduling Reports Page

b. Click Delete Schedule to open the Quota Schedule Delete Confirmation page. Figure 6.51 Quota Schedule Delete Confirmation Page

c. Click Yes to confirm the deletion of the current Quota Report Schedule details and return to the Configure SmartQuotas page.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

6-63

Chapter 6: Modules
SmartQuotas

Understanding File Throttling Rules The function of file throttling rules is to manage the performance impact on the cluster as the file scanning process walks through the file directory tree structure. When creating your throttling rules, consider the following: The file scanning rate is limited by the number of files per second specified in the throttling rules. Implementing multiple rules, based on the usage patterns of your cluster's normal operation, allows you to manage the activity level of the tree walking process. File throttling rules implemented for SmartQuotas also apply to the SyncIQ module. Similarly, if the SyncIQ module is activated, any file throttle rules configured in the SyncIQ module also apply to SmartQuotas and will appear in the File Throttle Settings list. The last (bottom) rule in the File Throttle Settings list that matches or includes the current date and time will be the rule that is used. Therefore, position your general rules at the top of the list and your specific rules at the bottom of the list. 7. To create a new throttling rule: a. In the File Throttle Settings area of the Configure SmartQuotas page, click New Throttle Rule to open the File Throttling Rules page. Figure 6.52 File Throttling Rules Page

b. In the Days row, select the days of the week that the throttling rule will apply. c. In the Times row, select the time of day the throttling rule will apply. d. In the Limit text box, enter the number of files per second that will be allowed. NOTE If the throttling rule being created will allow an unlimited number of files to be scanned, type Unlimited in the Limit text box.

e. In the Comment text box, optionally enter a comment. Consider using the Comment field to identify the purpose of the rule. f. Click Submit to save the throttling rule and to return to the Configure SmartQuotas page.

6-64

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 6: Modules
SmartQuotas
8. To edit the settings of a throttling rule: a. In the File Throttle Settings area of the Configure SmartQuotas page, click edit following the selected throttling rule to open the corresponding File Throttling Rules page. Figure 6.53 File Throttling Rules Page

b. Modify the throttling rule settings as required. c. Click Submit to save your throttling rule edits and to return to the Configure SmartQuotas page. 9. To delete a throttling rule: a. In the File Throttle Settings area of the Configure SmartQuotas page, click edit following the selected throttling rule to open the corresponding File Throttling Rules page. b. Click Delete Rule to delete the throttling rule and to return to the Configure SmartQuotas page 10. To change the order of the throttling rules, either click raise to move a selected rule upward or click lower to move a selected rule downward. 11. To send an email notification to selected recipients when a quotas report is generated, see Section 7.2.2, Configure Email Alerts, or Section 7.2.3, Configure SNMP Alerts, for configuration instructions. NOTE The email notification to selected recipients function is enabled when the Quotas event on the Set Alerts Recipient Properties for Email page or on the Set Alerts Recipient Properties for SNMP page is selected.

Configuring Quotas Using the LCD Control Panel Quotas cannot be configured using the LCD control panel.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

6-65

Chapter 6: Modules
SmartQuotas
Configuring Quotas Using the Command Line Perform the following steps to configure the Quotas module using the command line: 1. Open a secure shell connection with any node in the cluster, and log into the cluster using the root account. 2. At the Isilon IQ command prompt: NOTE The isi_edquota command line examples include several variables. When entering the command, replace the variable with the appropriate name, value, or text string. <quota-value> Replace the variable with a Soft Limit integer value and a unit (examples: 3kb, 7gb, or 1tb). Setting a quota to zero indicates that no Quota is being imposed. <comment> Replace the variable with a Comment text string. Note that the text string must be nested in either single or double quotes. The examples displayed in this step show the use of single quotes. <username> Replace the variable with a User name. <groupname> Replace the variable with a Group name. <directory-path> Replace the variable with one or more directory paths. For additional information concerning the isi_edquota utility, enter the man isi_edquota command to open the corresponding man page. To add a new User configuration or to modify an existing User configuration, enter the following command: isi_edquota -u -e <quota-value> -c <comment> <username> To modify the configuration for the Default User, enter the following command: isi_edquota -u -p -e <quota-value> -c <comment> To add a new Group configuration or to modify an existing Group configuration, enter the following command: isi_edquota -g -e <quota-value> -c <comment> <groupname> To modify the configuration for the Default Group, enter the following command: isi_edquota -g -p -e <quota-value> -c <comment> To add a new Directory configuration or to modify an existing Directory configuration, enter the following command: isi_edquota -d -e <quota-value> -c <comment> <directory-path>

6-66

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 6: Modules
SmartQuotas
3. Using the isi_quota throttle command: NOTE The isi_quota command line examples include several variables. When entering the command, replace the variables with the appropriate name, value, or text string. <fps> Replace the variable with the number of files per second, in the file directory tree structure, the quota process will walk through. To specify unlimited files per second, enter -1. <days_of_week> Replace the variable with a text string that can contain one or more of the following: [ Sun | Mon | Tues | Wed | Thurs | Fri | Sat ]. This association means that the fps will only apply on the days specified. <stime> Replace the variable with the starting time in the format HH:MM followed by the keyword AM or PM <etime> Replace the variable with the starting time in the format HH:MM followed by the keyword AM or PM <comment> Replace the variable with a Comment text string. Note that the text string must be nested in either single or double quotes. The examples displayed in this step show the use of single quotes. For additional information concerning the isi_quota utility, enter the man isi_quota command to open the corresponding man page. To configure a throttling rule, enter the following command: isi_quota throttle -t <fps> -w <days_of_week> -s <stime> -e <etime> -c <comment> To display all currently defined throttling rules, enter the following command:. isi_quota throttle -l To display all currently defined throttling rules and prompt the user to specify which entry should be removed, enter the following command: isi_quota throttle -d The system will return a numbered list of the current throttle rules and prompt you to enter the number of the rule to delete.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

6-67

Chapter 6: Modules
SmartQuotas
4. Using the isi_schedquota command: NOTE The isi_schedquota command line examples include several variables. When entering the command, replace the variables with the appropriate name, value, or text string. <time> Replace the variable with the starting time in the format HH:MM followed by the keyword AM or PM. <days_of_week> Replace the variable with a text string that can contain one or more of the following: [ Sun | Mon | Tues | Wed | Thurs | Fri | Sat ]. This association means that the fps will only apply on the days specified. <day_of_month> Replace the variable with the numeric day of the month. <copies> Replace the variable with the number of report sets to retain. <path> Replace the variable with the directory path where the reports will be saved. Generation of the Quota reports can be scheduled on a daily, weekly, or monthly basis only. Configuring multiple-mixed reporting frequencies is not allowed. For additional information concerning the isi_schedquota utility, enter the man isi_schedquota command to open the corresponding man page. To schedule a daily Quota report, enter the following command: isi_schedquota schedule daily <time> To schedule a weekly Quota report, enter the following command: isi_schedquota schedule weekly <days_of_week> <time> To schedule a monthly Quota report, enter the following command: isi_schedquota schedule monthly <day_of_month> <time> To delete a Quota report schedule, enter the following command: isi_schedquota schedule delete To specify the number of report sets to retain, enter the following command: isi_schedquota retain number_of_copies <copies> To specify the path where the Quota reports will be placed, enter the following command: isi_schedquota directory <path>

NOTE

The Quota report directory must be specified before generating a report. If the directory is not specified, no report will be generated.

6-68

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 6: Modules
SmartQuotas

6.4.2 Viewing SmartQuotas Reports


NOTE SmartQuotas reports are generated as Comma Separated Value (CSV) files. The frequency of the generation is specified by the module configuration. SmartQuotas reports may also be generated by entering the following command using the command line interface: isi_repquota run report The file output for the reports are placed in the directory specified by the module configuration. To view the details of the reports, either open the CSV files or export the data into an compatible program.

SmartQuotas Reports If data is available, the following set of reports are generated: Raw User and Group Data Report File Name: RawDataUserGroup_<YYYYMMDD_HHMM>.csv Description: List of users and groups and their disk block (512 bytes) usage. Raw Directory Data Report File Name: RawDataDirectory_<YYYYMMDD_HHMM>.csv Description: List of directories and their disk block (512 bytes) usage. Quota Violators by User or Groups Report File Name: QuotaViolationsByUserGroup_<YYYYMMDD_HHMM>.csv Description: List of users or groups that have exceeded their configured quota limit. Quota Violators by Directory Report File Name: QuotaViolationsByDirectory_<YYYYMMDD_HHMM>.csv Description: List of directories that have exceeded their configured quota limit. Disk Usage by User or Group Report File Name: DiskSpaceUsageByUserGroup_<YYYYMMDD_HHMM>.csv Description: Comprehensive disk usage report, listed by user and group identifiers. Disk Usage by Directory Report File Name: DiskSpaceUsageByDirectory_<YYYYMMDD_HHMM>.csv Description: Comprehensive disk usage report, listed by the directories. In the file names listed above, the variable <YYYYMMDD_HHMM> is replaced by the year, month, day, hour, and minute (example: 20060313_1145). Viewing SmartQuotas Reports Using WebAdmin In addition to opening the CSV files or export the data into an compatible program, details of the reports may be viewed using the WebAdmin interface. Perform the following steps to view the SmartQuotas Reports using WebAdmin: 1. On the Modules menu, point to SmartQuotas and then click View Reports to open the SmartQuotas Reports page.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

6-69

Chapter 6: Modules
SmartQuotas
Figure 6.54 SmartQuotas Reports Page

2. To view all Quota types, click view all to open the Quota Report: View All page. Figure 6.55 Quota Report: View All Page

3. To view only Quota types with quota violations, click view violations to open the Quota Report: View Violations page. Figure 6.56 Quota Report: View Violations Page

Viewing SmartQuotas Reports Using the LCD Control Panel SmartQuotas Reports cannot be viewed using the LCD control panel. Viewing SmartQuotas Reports Using the Command Line SmartQuota Reports cannot be viewed using the command line interface.

6-70

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 6: Modules
SmartConnect

6.5 SmartConnect
SmartConnect is a client connection balancing management application. The application enables client and application connections to be load-balanced across all nodes within an Isilon IQ cluster or across selected nodes. SmartConnect is available in two versions: The SmartConnect Basic version of the application manages client connections using a simple round robin client connection balancing policy within a single management zone. The basic version is included with Isilon IQs OneFS operating system as a standard feature. The SmartConnect Advanced version of the application offers CPU utilization, connection counting, and aggregate throughput client connection balancing policies in addition to the simple round robin policy. The advanced version allows multiple management zones to be defined to support multiple subnets and supports NFS failover. In the event that a node is unavailable, NFS failover redistributes the nodes client connections across the remaining nodes in the cluster. NFS connections can also be rebalanced (reshuffled) on demand or on a schedule. To activate SmartConnect Advanced, a license key must be entered. To a client system, the cluster appears as a single network element. Both cluster and client performance can be enhanced when connections are more evenly distributed. SmartConnect provides intelligent connection balancing that does not require extensive configuration by users. Even in its minimum implementation, it can remove nodes that have gone offline from the request queue, and prevent new clients from mounting a down node. In addition, SmartConnect can be configured so new nodes are automatically added to the connection balancing pool. NOTE See Section 7.6, Licenses, for information on activating the SmartConnect Advanced application

The SmartConnect discussion contains the following topics: Section 6.5.1, Modifying DNS Infrastructure for SmartConnect Section 6.5.2, SmartConnect Basic Section 6.5.3, SmartConnect Advanced SmartConnect and SSh Host Key Mismatches Administrators should be aware that there is an SSh Host Key ID mismatch issue that can affect SmartConnect usage and generate user warning messages. The zone name/IP address/host key is stored by SmartConnect in the ~/.ssh/known_hosts file. The default behavior for SSh will cause it to refuse to connect if users are connecting to multiple nodes (different IP addresses and host keys) within the same SmartConnect zone. Different SSh implementations handle this mismatch differently. With PuTTY in Windows, you can choose to ignore the mismatch and continue to log in, by clicking Yes: In Linux, you must remove the conflicting hostname/ip address/host key from ~/.ssh/ known_hosts file or add the following to the /etc/ssh/ssh_config file: Host 10.13.* StrictHostKeyChecking no CheckHostIP no This workaround assumes a user remains in the 10.13.* network, and that there are no hostile or malicious computers/users within this 10.13.X.X network. If a user establishes an SSh connection to a computer outside the 10.13.X.X network, the host key and IP checking won't be done. This could potentially result in a security risk.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

6-71

Chapter 6: Modules
SmartConnect

6.5.1 Modifying DNS Infrastructure for SmartConnect


SmartConnect requires that a new name server (NS) record be added to the existing authoritative DNS zone that contains the cluster. In the Microsoft Windows DNS Management utility, this type of record is called a New Delegation..., which is just an NS record. NOTE The procedure in this subsection details the use of the Microsoft Windows DNS Management utility to add a new NS record to an existing authoritative DNS zone. Alternately, in an UNIX or Linux environment, a new NS record can be added using BIND.

Perform the following steps to modify the DNS infrastructure using the Microsoft Windows DNS Management utility: 1. On the taskbar, click Start, point to All Programs, select Administrative Tools, and then click DNS to open the DNS Management utility. Figure 6.57 Starting the DNS Management Utility

6-72

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 6: Modules
SmartConnect
2. In the left navigation pane of the DNS Management utility, expand the Forward Lookup Zones folder. Figure 6.58 DNS Management Utility

3. In the list of domain names in the Forward Lookup Zones folder, click to select your domain. 4. On the Action menu, click New Delegation... to open the New Delegation wizard. Figure 6.59 Microsoft Windows DNS Server Interface

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

6-73

Chapter 6: Modules
SmartConnect
5. On the New Delegation wizard Welcome view, click Next to open the Delegated Domain Name view. Figure 6.60 New Delegation Wizard: Welcome View

6. In the Delegated domain text box, enter an authoritative DNS domain name. Figure 6.61 New Delegation Wizard: Delegated Domain Name View

If you enter isilon in the Delegated domain text box, the fully qualified domain name will appear as isilon.yourcompany.com.

NOTE

The authoritative DNS domain name you enter in the Delegated domain text box is responsible for answering host name requests in that namespace.

6-74

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 6: Modules
SmartConnect
7. Click Next to open the Name Servers view. Figure 6.62 New Delegation Wizard: Name Servers View

8. Click Add to open the New Resource Record dialog box. Figure 6.63 New Resource Record Dialog

9. In the Server fully qualified domain name (FQDN) text box, enter the FQDN that appeared in Figure 6.61.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

6-75

Chapter 6: Modules
SmartConnect
10. In the IP_address text box, enter a virtual IP address. Virtual IP Address The IP address that you enter in the IP_address text box is the virtual IP address used by SmartConnect to answer all DNS requests sent to its zone. In selecting a virtual IP address, the IP address must be on the same subnet as the clusters external interface(s) and not in the range of IP addresses reserved for nodes in the cluster.

NOTE

The virtual IP address entered in the IP_address text box in step 10 must match the virtual IP address entered in Section 3.3.2, Manage External Networks, in step 4c on page 3-33.

11. Click Add to add the name server to the list. Figure 6.64 New Resource Record Dialog - Updated

6-76

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 6: Modules
SmartConnect
12. Click OK to return to the Name Servers view. Figure 6.65 New Delegation Wizard: Name Servers View

13. Click Next. Figure 6.66 New Delegation Wizard: Finish View

14. Click Finish.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

6-77

Chapter 6: Modules
SmartConnect

6.5.2 SmartConnect Basic


The SmartConnect Basic version of the application manages the client connections using a simple round robin client connection balancing policy within a single management zone. The basic version is included with Isilon IQs OneFS operating system as a standard feature. Simple Round Robin Client Connection Balancing Policy Simple round robin client connection balancing works on a rotating basis, so that, as one server IP address is handed out, it moves to the back of the list; the next server IP address is handed out, and then it moves to the end of the list; and so on, depending on the number of servers being used. This insures that an orderly sequence occurs. The SmartConnect Basic discussion contains the following sections: Section 6.5.2.1, Initial Configuration of SmartConnect Basic Section 6.5.2.2, Editing the SmartConnect Basic Configuration Section 6.5.2.3, Creating a FlexNet Profile Section 6.5.2.4, Disabling SmartConnect Basic

6.5.2.1 Initial Configuration of SmartConnect Basic


Before using SmartConnect Basic, the application must be configured. Initial Configuration of SmartConnect Basic Using the WebAdmin Interface Perform the following steps to configure SmartConnect Basic using the WebAdmin interface: 1. On the Modules menu, click SmartConnect to open the SmartConnect Basic page. Figure 6.67 SmartConnect Basic Page

2. Click Add New Zone to open the SmartConnect Basic: Zone Name page. Figure 6.68 SmartConnect Basic: Zone Name Page

6-78

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 6: Modules
SmartConnect
3. In the Zone Name text box on the SmartConnect Basic: Zone Name page, enter the zone name. 4. Click Next to open the SmartConnect Basic: Zone Profiles page. Figure 6.69 SmartConnect Basic: Zone Profiles Page

NOTE

You must configure a SmartConnect VIP in order to select a profile for a zone. At least one profile with a working VIP must be selected in order for a zone to work. VIPs marked in red are configured for loopback and cannot be used by SmartConnect. For information on editing a profile, see Section 6.5.2.2, Editing the SmartConnect Basic Configuration.

5. From the Profile Name list, select one or more profiles to be applied to the SmartConnect zone. NOTE You can create additional profiles by clicking Create New Profile. For information on creating a new profile, see Section 6.5.2.3, Creating a FlexNet Profile.

6. Click Next to open the SmartConnect Basic: Zone Accept page. Figure 6.70 SmartConnect Basic: Zone Accept Page

7. Click Finish to complete the configuration of the SmartConnect zone.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

6-79

Chapter 6: Modules
SmartConnect
Initial Configuration of SmartConnect Basic Using the Command Line Interface Perform the following steps to configure SmartConnect Basic using the command line interface: To initially configure SmartConnect Basic using the command line interface: 1. Open a secure shell connection with any node in the cluster and log into the cluster using the 'root' account. 2. At the Isilon IQ command line prompt, execute the isi smartconnect command to open the SmartConnect Basic configuration utility. isi smartconnect In response, the system returns the following messaging and options: SmartConnect Basic enforces a global setting that uses simple round robin for load balancing purposes. SmartConnect Basic is currently not configured. Please select one of the following options: [1] Configure SmartConnect Basic zone. [2] Edit a FlexNet profile. [3] Create new FlexNet profile. [4] Save changes and quit. [5] Quit without saving changes (changes made to zones & profiles will NOT be saved). Please select an action [1-5]: 3. Enter 1 to configure the SmartConnect Basic zone. Please select an action [1-5]: 1 In response, the system prompts for a new zone name. Type a new zone name: 4. Enter the zone name. Type a new zone name: <zone_name> In response, the system returns a list of currently configured profiles along with a prompt to select a profile for the SmartConnect Basic zone.. Type a new zone name: <zone_name> Available FlexNet profiles: [1] auto-ext1: Netmask = 255.255.252.0, SmartConnect VIP = 172.161.111.230 [2] auto-ext2: Netmask = 255.255.252.10, SmartConnect VIP = unconfigured [3] auto-ext3: Netmask = 255.255.252.10, SmartConnect VIP = load balancing Please select a FlexNet profile you would like to add to this zone:

6-80

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 6: Modules
SmartConnect
5. Enter a corresponding profile number from the Available FlexNet profiles listing. Please select a FlexNet profile you would like to add to this zone: 1 In response, the system returns one of the following options: If the entered profile includes a SmartConnect VIP, the system will display the following confirmation message and prompt: FlexNet profile <profile_name> will be added to this zone. Add another FlexNet profile to this zone (yes/no)? If the entered profile does not include a SmartConnect VIP, the following prompt will appear: Type a SmartConnect VIP: When you enter a valid SmartConnect VIP address, the system will display the following confirmation message and prompt: SmartConnect VIP: <SmartConnect VIP address> FlexNet profile <profile_name> will be added to this zone. Add another FlexNet profile to this zone (yes/no)? If the entered profile includes a VIP used for external load balancing, the following prompt will appear: Changing this VIP will affect existing external load balancers. Do you wish to change this VIP to be a SmartConnect VIP (yes/no [no])?

NOTE

If you do not want to change the profile VIP to a SmartConnect VIP, enter no. The system will return to the prompt to select a profile for the SmartConnect Basic zone.

To change the VIP address to a SmartConnect VIP address, enter yes. Changing this VIP will affect existing external load balancers. Do you wish to change this VIP to be a SmartConnect VIP (yes/no [no])? yes In response, the system prompts for a SmartConnect VIP. Type a SmartConnect VIP: When you enter a valid SmartConnect VIP address, the system will display the following confirmation message and prompt: SmartConnect VIP: <SmartConnect VIP address> FlexNet profile <profile_name> will be added to this zone. Add another FlexNet profile to this zone (yes/no)?

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

6-81

Chapter 6: Modules
SmartConnect
6. To add an additional profile to the zone, enter yes in response to the 'Add another FlexNet profile to this zone (yes/no)?' prompt and then enter the corresponding profile number from the Available FlexNet profiles listing. Repeat this sequence for each additional profile you want to add. 7. To continue configuring SmartConnect Basic application without adding another zone, enter no in response to the 'Add another FlexNet profile to this zone (yes/no)?' prompt. When you have completed adding profiles to the SmartConnect Basis zone, the system returns the following confirmation prompt: The SmartConnect Basic zone will be created with these configurations: Zone name: <zone name> FlexNet profiles: auto-ext1 Is this correct (yes/no [yes])? 8. Enter yes or press ENTER. In response, the system returns to the SmartConnect Basic options: Please select one of the following options: [1] Configure SmartConnect Basic zone. [2] Edit a FlexNet profile. [3] Create new FlexNet profile. [4] Save changes and quit. [5] Quit without saving changes (changes made to zones & profiles will NOT be saved). Please select an action [1-5]: 9. Enter 4 to save changes and quit the configuration utility.

6.5.2.2 Editing the SmartConnect Basic Configuration


Editing the SmartConnect Basic configuration can be accomplished with either the WebAdmin interface or the command line interface. Editing the SmartConnect Basic Configuration Using the WebAdmin Interface Perform the following steps to edit the SmartConnect Basic configuration using the WebAdmin interface: 1. On the Modules menu, click SmartConnect to open the SmartConnect Basic page. Figure 6.71 SmartConnect Basic Page

6-82

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 6: Modules
SmartConnect
2. Click Edit Zone to open the SmartConnect Basic: Zone Name page. Figure 6.72 SmartConnect Basic: Zone Name Page

3. Click Next to open the SmartConnect Basic: Zone Profiles page. Figure 6.73 SmartConnect Basic: Zone Profiles Page

4. To modify which profiles are attached to the SmartConnect Basic zone, select or unselect the profiles in the Profile Name list. NOTE You must configure a SmartConnect VIP in order to select a profile for a zone. At least one profile with a working VIP must be selected in order for a zone to work. VIPs marked in red are configured for loopback and cannot be used by SmartConnect.

NOTE

To create a new FlexNet profile, click Create New Profile to open the SmartConnect Basic: FlexNet Profile page. See Section 6.5.2.3, Creating a FlexNet Profile, for additional information about creating a new profile.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

6-83

Chapter 6: Modules
SmartConnect
5. Click [edit profile] to open the SmartConnect Basic: Flexnet Profile page. Figure 6.74 SmartConnect Basic: FlexNet Profile Page

6. Modify the profile attributes as required. NOTE Fields with an *on the SmartConnect Basic: FlexNet page are required fields.

SmartConnect Basic: FlexNet Profile Attributes Profile Name Network profile designation. Description Optional reminder of profile purpose. Netmask Value that defines the subnet for the profile. Gateway IP address for the Gateway server to be used. Note that changes to the Gateway requires all nodes in the cluster be rebooted to implement the change. Virtual IP To establish a virtual IP to provide access, enter an IP address. The IP address must match the virtual IP address entered in Section 6.5.1, Modifying DNS Infrastructure for SmartConnect, in step 10 on page 6-76. Virtual IP Binding Specifies whether the Virtual IP address applies to External (for SmartConnect - DNS balancing) or Loopback (for hardware client connection balancing). Primary DNS Resolver Primary DNS Resolver server IP address. Secondary DNS Resolver Secondary DNS Resolver server IP address if available. MTU Choose the MTU packet size, either 1500 or 9000 jumbo. Interface Specifies the interface for the profile.

6-84

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 6: Modules
SmartConnect
NOTE If you change the MTU setting, the cluster must be rebooted to establish new TCP and UDP connections.

7. Click Next to open the SmartConnect Basic: FlexNet Profile IP Ranges page Figure 6.75 SmartConnect Basic: FlexNet Profile IP Ranges Page

8. To add IP addresses to the currently defined profile IP range, enter the low IP address in the range to be added in the Low IP text box, enter the high IP address in the range to be added in the High IP text box, and then click Add Range. 9. To delete IP addresses from the currently defined profile IP range, enter the low IP address in the range to be deleted in the Low IP text box, enter the high IP address in the range to be deleted in the High IP text box, and then click Delete Range. 10. Click Next to open the SmartConnect Basic: FlexNet Profile IP Nodes page. Figure 6.76 SmartConnect Basic: FlexNet Profile IP Nodes Page

11. From the Node list, select the nodes to be included in this profile.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

6-85

Chapter 6: Modules
SmartConnect
12. Click Next to open the SmartConnect Basic: FlexNet Profile Confirm page. Figure 6.77 SmartConnect Basic: FlexNet Profile Confirm Page

13. Click Submit to save changes and to return to the SmartConnect Basic: Zone Profiles page.

6-86

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 6: Modules
SmartConnect
Editing the SmartConnect Basic Configuration Using the Command Line Interface To edit a SmartConnect Basic FlexNet profile using the command line interface: 1. Open a secure shell connection with any node in the cluster and log into the cluster using the 'root' account. 2. At the Isilon IQ command line prompt, execute the isi smartconnect command to open the SmartConnect Basic configuration utility. isi smartconnect In response, the system returns the following configuration information and options menu: SmartConnect Basic enforces a global setting that uses round robin for load balancing purposes. The current SmartConnect Basic has this configuration: Zone name: Isilon.com FlexNet profiles: auto-ext1 Please select one of the following options: [1] Modify zone name. [2] Add existing FlexNet profiles to zone. [3] Delete existing FlexNet profiles from zone. [4] Delete SmartConnect Basic zone. [5] Edit a FlexNet profile. [6] Create new FlexNet profile. [7] Save changes and quit. [8] Quit without saving changes (changes made to zones & profiles will NOT be saved). Please select a action [1-8]: 3. Enter an option number to edit an aspect of the SmartConnect Basic configuration. Please select a action [1-8]:

NOTE

When you enter an option, the configuration utility will present one or more prompts to guide you through the process of editing the SmartConnect configuration.

4. Enter 7 to save changes and quit the SmartConnect Basic editing utility. Please select a action [1-8]: 7 5. Enter 8 to quit the SmartConnect Basic editing utility without saving changes. Please select a action [1-8]: 8 6. To close the isi config utility, execute either the exit command or the quit command. >>> quit

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

6-87

Chapter 6: Modules
SmartConnect 6.5.2.3 Creating a FlexNet Profile
Creating a FlexNet profile can be accomplished with either the WebAdmin interface of the command line interface. Creating a FlexNet Profile Using the WebAdmin Interface Perform the following steps to create a FlexNet profile the using the WebAdmin interface: 1. On the Modules menu, click SmartConnect to open the SmartConnect Basic page. Figure 6.78 SmartConnect Basic Page

2. Click Edit Zone to open the SmartConnect Basic: Zone Name page. Figure 6.79 SmartConnect Basic: Zone Name Page

3. Click Next to open the SmartConnect Basic: Zone Profiles page. Figure 6.80 SmartConnect Basic: Zone Profiles Page

4. Click Create New Profile to open the SmartConnect Basic: FlexNet Profile page.

6-88

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 6: Modules
SmartConnect
Figure 6.81 SmartConnect Basic: FlexNet Profile Page

5. Enter the required profile attributes. NOTE Fields with an *on the SmartConnect Basic: FlexNet page are required fields.

SmartConnect Basic: FlexNet Profile Attributes Profile Name Network profile designation. Description Optional reminder of profile purpose. Netmask Value that defines the subnet for the profile. Gateway IP address for the Gateway server to be used. Note that changes to the Gateway requires all nodes in the cluster be rebooted to implement the change. Virtual IP To establish a virtual IP to provide access, enter an IP address. The IP address must match the virtual IP address entered in Section 6.5.1, Modifying DNS Infrastructure for SmartConnect, in step 10 on page 6-76. Virtual IP Binding Specifies whether the Virtual IP address applies to External (for SmartConnect - DNS balancing) or Loopback (for hardware client connection balancing). Primary DNS Resolver Primary DNS Resolver server IP address. Secondary DNS Resolver Secondary DNS Resolver server IP address if available. MTU Choose the MTU packet size, either 1500 or 9000 jumbo. Interface Specifies the interface for the profile.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

6-89

Chapter 6: Modules
SmartConnect
6. Click Next to open the SmartConnect Basic: FlexNet Profile IP Ranges page Figure 6.82 SmartConnect Basic: FlexNet Profile IP Ranges

7. To add IP addresses to the currently defined profile IP range, enter the low IP address in the range to be added in the Low IP text box, enter the high IP address in the range to be added in the High IP text box, and then click Add Range. 8. To delete IP addresses from the currently defined profile IP range, enter the low IP address in the range to be deleted in the Low IP text box, enter the high IP address in the range to be deleted in the High IP text box, and then click Delete Range. 9. Click Next to open the SmartConnect Basic: FlexNet Profile IP Nodes page. Figure 6.83 SmartConnect Basic: FlexNet Profile IP Nodes Page

10. Select the nodes to include in this profile.

6-90

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 6: Modules
SmartConnect
11. Click Next to open the SmartConnect Basic: FlexNet Profile Confirm page. Figure 6.84 SmartConnect Basic: FlexNet Profile Confirm Page

12. Click Submit to save changes and to return to the SmartConnect Basic: Zone Profiles page. Creating a FlexNet Profile Using the Command Line Interface To create FlexNet profile using the command line interface: 1. Open a secure shell connection with any node in the cluster and log into the cluster using the 'root' account. 2. At the Isilon IQ command line prompt, execute the isi smartconnect command to open the SmartConnect Basic configuration utility. isi smartconnect

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

6-91

Chapter 6: Modules
SmartConnect
In response, the system returns the following options: SmartConnect Basic enforces a global setting that uses round robin for load balancing purposes. The current SmartConnect Basic has this configuration: Zone name: Isilon.com FlexNet profiles: auto-ext1 Please select one of the following options: [1] Modify zone name. [2] Add existing FlexNet profiles to zone. [3] Delete existing FlexNet profiles from zone. [4] Delete SmartConnect Basic zone. [5] Edit a FlexNet profile. [6] Create new FlexNet profile. [7] Save changes and quit. [8] Quit without saving changes (changes made to zones & profiles will NOT be saved). Please select a action [1-8]: 3. At the select a action prompt, enter 6 to create a new FlexNet profile. Please select an action [1-8]: 6 In response, the system returns the External Network Configuration menu: External Network Configuration Menu [ 1] Create an external network configuration [ 2] Save and Exit [ 3] Cancel and Exit External Network Configuration Menu >>> 4. Enter 1 to create an external network configuration. External Network Configuration Menu >>> 1 In response, the system prompts for a new external network name. Create an external network configuration Existing network configurations: auto-ext1 Enter new External Network Name: >>> 5. Enter the new External Network name. >>> profile-2

6-92

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 6: Modules
SmartConnect
The system prompts for the selection of an external network interface. Select Interface [ 1] External-1 [ 2] External-2 [ 3] External-Redundant Select Interface for External Network >>> 6. Enter 1 to select the External-1 option. Select Interface for External Network >>> 1 The system returns the configure interface External-1 menu and prompts for an option selection. Configure Interface External-1 [ 1] Configure Netmask [ 2] Configure MTU [ 3] Modify IP Ranges [Enter] Keep the current configuration: Netmask: unset MTU: 1500 IP Ranges: No ranges set Configure Interface External-1 >>> 7. To configure the netmask: a. Enter 1. Configure Interface External-1 >>> 1 The system prompts for a new netmask value. Configure Netmask for External-1 Type the netmask: External-1 netmask >>> b. Enter a new netmask value. External-1 netmask >>> 255.255.0.0

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

6-93

Chapter 6: Modules
SmartConnect
The system returns the Configure Interface External-1 menu. Configure Interface External-1 [ 1] Configure Netmask [ 2] Configure MTU [ 3] Modify IP Ranges [Enter] Keep the current configuration: Netmask: 255.255.0.0 MTU: 1500 IP Ranges: No ranges set Configure Interface External-1 >>> 8. To configure the MTU: a. Enter 2. Configure Interface External-1 >>> 2 The system returns the Configure MTU menu: Configure MTU [ 1] 1500 [ 2] 9000 [Enter] Keep current: '1500' Configure MTU for External-1 >>> b. Enter 1 to specify 1500 or enter 2 to specify 9000. Configure MTU for External-1 >>> 1 The system returns the updated Configure Interface External-1 menu: Configure Interface External-1 [ 1] Configure Netmask [ 2] Configure MTU [ 3] Modify IP Ranges [Enter] Keep the current configuration: Netmask: 255.255.0.0 MTU: 1500 IP Ranges: No ranges set Configure Interface External-1 >>> 9. To modify the IP ranges: a. Enter 3. Configure Interface External-1 >>> 3

6-94

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 6: Modules
SmartConnect
The system returns the Modify IP Ranges menu: Modify IP Ranges [ 1] Add an IP range [ 2] Delete an IP range [Enter] Keep current IP ranges: No ranges set Modify IP Ranges for External-1 >>> b. Enter 1 to add an IP range. Modify IP Ranges for External-1 >>> 1 The system prompts for a new low IP address. Add an IP range Type the low IP address of the range to add: >>> c. Enter the new low IP address for the range. Type the low IP address of the range to add: >>> 10.54.129.92 The system prompts for a new high IP address. Type the high IP address of the range to add: >>> d. Enter the new high IP address for the range. Type the high IP address of the range to add: >>> 10.54.129.94 The system returns the Modify IP Ranges menu: Modify IP Ranges [ 1] Add an IP range [ 2] Delete an IP range [Enter] Keep current IP ranges: 10.54.129.92 - 10.54.129.94 Modify IP Ranges for External-1 >>> e. Press Enter to exit the Modify IP Ranges menu.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

6-95

Chapter 6: Modules
SmartConnect
The system returns the Configure Interface External-1 menu: Configure Interface External-1 [ 1] Configure Netmask [ 2] Configure MTU [ 3] Modify IP Ranges [Enter] Keep the current configuration: Netmask: 255.255.0.0 MTU: 1500 IP Ranges: 10.54.129.92 - 10.54.129.94 Configure Interface External-1 >>> 10. Press Enter to exit the Configure Interface External-1 menu. The system returns the Manage gateway machine for External-1 menu: Manage gateway machine for External-1 [ 1] Designate a new gateway machine [Enter] Keep current gateway machine: 'not set' Manage gateway machine for External-1 >>> 11. To designate a new gateway machine: a. Enter 1. Manage gateway machine for External-1 >>> 1 The system prompts for a new gateway: Designate a new gateway machine for External-1 Type the new gateway: External-1 gateway >>> b. Enter a new gateway value: External-1 gateway >>> 10.54.0.1 The system returns the Manage gateway machine for External-1 menu: Manage gateway machine for External-1 [ 1] Designate a new gateway machine [Enter] Keep current gateway machine: 'n10.54.0.1' Manage gateway machine for External-1 >>> 12. Press Enter to exit the Manage gateway machine for External-1 menu.

6-96

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 6: Modules
SmartConnect
The system returns the Manage Virtual IP settings for External Network menu: Manage Virtual IP settings for External Network [ 1] Configure Virtual IP address [ 2] Select Interface to Bind to Virtual IP [Enter] Keep current Virtual IP setting: Virtual IP Address: 'not set' Virtual IP Interface: 'Loopback Manage Virtual IP settings for External Network >>> 13. To configure the SmartConnect Basic Virtual IP address: a. Enter 1. Manage Virtual IP settings for External Network >>> 1 The system prompts for a external network Virtual IP address: Configure Virtual IP address for External Network Type the Virtual IP address: External Network Virtual IP address >>> b. Enter the virtual IP address. Type the Virtual IP address: External Network Virtual IP address >>> 10.54.152.201 The system returns the updated Manage Virtual IP settings for External Network menu: Manage Virtual IP settings for External Network [ 1] Configure Virtual IP address [ 2] Select Interface to Bind to Virtual IP [Enter] Keep current Virtual IP setting: Virtual IP Address: '10.54.152.201' Virtual IP Interface: 'Loopback' Manage Virtual IP settings for External Network >>> c. Enter 2. Manage Virtual IP settings for External Network >>> 2 The system returns the Select Interface to Bind to Virtual IP menu: Select Interface to Bind to Virtual IP [ 1] Primary External Interface (for SmartConnect) [ 2] Loopback Interface (for HW Load Balancer) [Enter] Keep current setting: Loopback Select Interface to Bind to Virtual IP >>> d. Enter 1. Select Interface to Bind to Virtual IP >>> 1

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

6-97

Chapter 6: Modules
SmartConnect
The system returns the updated Manage Virtual IP settings for External Network menu: Manage Virtual IP settings for External Network [ 1] Configure Virtual IP address [ 2] Select Interface to Bind to Virtual IP [Enter] Keep current Virtual IP setting: Virtual IP Address: '10.54.152.201' Virtual IP Interface: 'External' Manage Virtual IP settings for External Network >>> 14. Press Enter to exit the Manage Virtual IP settings for External Network menu. The system returns the Manage DNS Settings for External-1 menu: Manage DNS [ 1] [ 2] [ 3] [Enter] Settings for External-1 Primary DNS server Secondary DNS server DNS Domain Keep current DNS settings: Primary DNS Server: 'not set' Secondary DNS Server: 'not set' DNS Domain Name: 'isilon.com' Manage DNS Settings for External-1 >>> 15. To enter a primary DNS server IP address for External-1: a. Enter 1 Manage DNS Settings for External-1 >>> 1 The system prompts you for the new primary DNS server IP address: Type the new Primary DNS server: >>>> b. Enter the primary DNS server IP address: >>>> 10.10.2.21 The system returns the Manage DNS Settings for External-1 menu: Manage DNS [ 1] [ 2] [ 3] [Enter] Settings for External-1 Primary DNS server Secondary DNS server DNS Domain Keep current DNS settings: Primary DNS Server: '10.10.2.21' Secondary DNS Server: 'not set' DNS Domain Name: 'isilon.com' Manage DNS Settings for External-1 >>>

6-98

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 6: Modules
SmartConnect
16. To enter a secondary DNS server IP address for External-1: a. Enter 2. Manage DNS Settings for External-1 >>> 2 The system prompts you for the new secondary DNS server IP address: Type the new Secondary DNS server: >>>> The system prompts you for the new secondary DNS server IP address: Type the new Secondary DNS server: >>>> b. Enter the secondary DNS server IP address: >>>> 10.10.2.22 The system returns the Manage DNS Settings for External-1 menu: Manage DNS [ 1] [ 2] [ 3] [Enter] Settings for External-1 Primary DNS server Secondary DNS server DNS Domain Keep current DNS settings: Primary DNS Server: '10.10.2.21' Secondary DNS Server: '10.10.2.22' DNS Domain Name: 'isilon.com' Manage DNS Settings for External-1 >>> 17. Press Enter to keep the current DNS settings. The system returns the Manage Node Membership menu: Manage Node Membership [ 1] Explicit Node LNN list (0 for none) [ 2] Current Accelerator Nodes only [ 3] Current Storage Nodes only [ 4] All Current Nodes [Enter] Keep current node membership: no members Manage Node Membership >>> 18. Enter the node membership that meets your requirements. Manage Node Membership >>> 3 The system returns the Configure Default Settings menu: Configure Default Settings [ 1] Apply this profile when adding nodes to the cluster [Enter] Keep current Default Settings: 'none' Configure Default Settings >>>

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

6-99

Chapter 6: Modules
SmartConnect
19. Enter the default setting that meets your requirements. Configure Default Settings >>> 1 The system returns the Node Membership menu: Apply this [ 1] [ 2] [ 3] [ 4] [Enter] Apply this profile when adding nodes to the cluster All Nodes Storage Nodes Accelerator Nodes No Default Keep current node membership: no members profile when adding nodes to the cluster >>>

20. Enter the setting that meets your requirements. Apply this profile when adding nodes to the cluster >>> 2 The system returns the Configure Default Settings menu: Configure Default Settings [ 1] Apply this profile when adding nodes to the cluster [Enter] Keep current Default Settings: 'Storage Nodes' Configure Default Settings >>> 21. Press Enter to keep the current default settings and exit the Configure Default Settings menu. The system returns the External Network Configuration menu: External Network Configuration Menu [ 1] Create an external network configuration [ 2] Save and Exit [ 3] Cancel and Exit External Network Configuration Menu >>> 22. Enter 2 to save and exit. External Network Configuration Menu >>> 2 The system returns the SmartConnect Basic option menu: Please select one of the following options: [1] Modify zone name. [2] Add existing FlexNet profiles to zone. [3] Delete existing FlexNet profiles from zone. [4] Delete SmartConnect Basic zone. [5] Edit a FlexNet profile. [6] Create new FlexNet profile. [7] Save changes and quit. [8] Quit without saving changes (changes made to zones & profiles will NOT be saved). Please select a action [1-8]:

6-100

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 6: Modules
SmartConnect
23. Enter 7 to save changes and quit. Please select a action [1-8]: 7 24. To close the isi config utility, execute either the exit command or the quit command. >>> quit

6.5.2.4 Disabling SmartConnect Basic


Disabling SmartConnect Basic can be accomplished with either the WebAdmin interface or the command line interface. Disabling SmartConnect Basic Using the WebAdmin Interface Perform the following steps to create a FlexNet profile the using the WebAdmin interface: 1. On the Modules menu, click SmartConnect to open the SmartConnect Basic page. Figure 6.85 SmartConnect Basic Page

2. Click Delete Zone to open the Delete Zone Confirmation page. Figure 6.86 Delete Zone Confirmation Page

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

6-101

Chapter 6: Modules
SmartConnect
3. Click Confirm to disable SmartConnect Basic and return to the SmartConnect Basic page. Figure 6.87 SmartConnect Basic Page

Disabling SmartConnect Basic Using the Command Line Interface To disable the SmartConnect Basic application using the command line interface: 1. Open a secure shell connection with any node in the cluster and log into the cluster using the 'root' account. 2. At the Isilon IQ command line prompt, execute the isi smartconnect command to open the SmartConnect Basic configuration utility. isi smartconnect In response, the system returns the following options: SmartConnect Basic enforces a global setting that uses round robin for load balancing purposes. The current SmartConnect Basic has this configuration: Zone name: Isilon.com FlexNet profiles: auto-ext1 Please select one of the following options: [1] Modify zone name. [2] Add existing FlexNet profiles to zone. [3] Delete existing FlexNet profiles from zone. [4] Delete SmartConnect Basic zone. [5] Edit a FlexNet profile. [6] Create new FlexNet profile. [7] Save changes and quit. [8] Quit without saving changes (changes made to zones & profiles will NOT be saved). Please select a action [1-8]: 3. Enter 4 to delete the SmartConnect Basic zone. Please select an action [1-8]: 4 4. Enter 7 to save changes and quit the SmartConnect Basic editing utility. Please select a action [1-8]: 7

6-102

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 6: Modules
SmartConnect

6.5.3 SmartConnect Advanced


The SmartConnect Advanced version of the application offers CPU utilization, connection counting, and aggregate throughput client connection balancing policies in addition to the simple round robin policy. The advanced version allows multiple management zones to be defined to support multiple subnets and supports NFS failover. In the event that a node is unavailable, NFS failover redistributes the nodes client connections across the remaining nodes in the cluster. NFS connections can also be rebalanced (reshuffled) on demand or on a schedule. NOTE Activation of the SmartConnect Advanced application requires that you enter a license key using the WebAdmin interface or the command line interface. See Section 7.6, Licenses, on page 7-16 for additional information.

Client Connection Policies The following are the available SmartConnect DNS client connection balancing policies: Round Robin Simple round robin works on a rotating basis, so that, as one server IP address is handed out, it moves to the back of the list; the next server IP address is handed out, and then it moves to the end of the list; and so on, depending on the number of servers being used. This insures that an orderly sequence occurs. CPU Utilization This method examines CPU use in each node, and then attempts to distribute the connections so as to balance the workload evenly across all nodes in the cluster. Connection Counting In this algorithm, the number of established TCP connections is determined, and then an attempt is made to balance these connections evenly per node. Aggregate Throughput This method relies on an evaluation of the overall throughput volume, and then client connection balancing policies are set based on optimizing this volume. The SmartConnect Advanced discussion contains the following sections: Section 6.5.3.1, Initial Configuration of SmartConnect Advanced Section 6.5.3.2, Editing the SmartConnect Advanced Configuration Section 6.5.3.3, Creating a FlexNet Profile Section 6.5.3.4, Disabling SmartConnect Advanced

6.5.3.1 Initial Configuration of SmartConnect Advanced


Before using SmartConnect Advanced, the application must be configured using the WebAdmin interface or the command line interface. Initial Configuration of SmartConnect Advanced Using the WebAdmin Interface Perform the following steps to configure SmartConnect Advanced: 1. On the Modules menu, click SmartConnect to open the SmartConnect Advanced page. Figure 6.88 SmartConnect Advanced Page

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

6-103

Chapter 6: Modules
SmartConnect
2. Click Add New Zone to open the SmartConnect Advanced: Zone Name page. Figure 6.89 SmartConnect Advanced: Zone Name Page

3. In the Zone Name text box on the SmartConnect Advanced: Zone Name page, enter the zone name. 4. Click Next to open the SmartConnect Advanced: Zone Profiles page. Figure 6.90 SmartConnect Advanced: Zone Profiles Page

NOTE

You must configure a SmartConnect VIP in order to select a profile for a zone. At least one profile with a working VIP must be selected in order for a zone to work. VIPs marked in red are configured for loopback and cannot be used by Smartconnect. For information on editing a profile, see Section 6.5.3.2, Editing the SmartConnect Advanced Configuration.

5. From the Profile Name list, select one or more profiles to be applied to the SmartConnect zone. NOTE You can create additional profiles by clicking Create New Profile. For information on creating a new profile, see Section 6.5.3.3, Creating a FlexNet Profile.

6-104

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 6: Modules
SmartConnect
6. Click Next to open the SmartConnect Advanced: Load Balancing Policy page. Figure 6.91 SmartConnect Advanced: Load Balancing Policy Page

7. Select a client connection load balancing policy. 8. Click Next to open the SmartConnect Advanced: Select Nodes page. Figure 6.92 SmartConnect Advanced: Select Nodes Page

9. From the Node list, select the nodes to include in the profile. NOTE The nodes displayed in the Node list on the SmartConnect Advanced: Select Nodes page included only those nodes specified in the profiles applied to the SmartConnect Advanced zone.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

6-105

Chapter 6: Modules
SmartConnect
10. Click Next to open the SmartConnect Advanced: NFS Failover Selection page. Figure 6.93 SmartConnect Advanced: NFS Failover Selection Page

IMPORTANT

All NFS connections to the cluster must be through the SmartConnect dynamic IP range. NFS connections through a nodes external IP will conflict with SmartConnect NFS Failover.

11. To specify that NFS Failover applies to this zone: a. Select Yes. b. Click Next to open the SmartConnect Advanced: Configure NFS Ranges page. Figure 6.94 SmartConnect Advanced: Configure NFS Ranges

6-106

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 6: Modules
SmartConnect
c. To edit the current NFS failover IP ranges or NFS failover policy setting: i. Click [edit] to open the SmartConnect Advanced: Configure NFS Ranges - Edit Ranges page. Figure 6.95 SmartConnect Advanced: Configure NFS Range - Enter Range

ii. In the Low IP text box, enter the low IP address to add. iii. In the High IP text box, enter the high IP address to add. iv. Click Add Ranges. NOTE To add additional IP addresses to range, repeat steps ii, iii, and iv.

v. When you have entered the NFS IP range, click Next to open the SmartConnect Advanced: Configure IP Failover Policy page. Figure 6.96

vi. Select the policy to use for the IP failover.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

6-107

Chapter 6: Modules
SmartConnect
vii. Click Next to return to the updated SmartConnect Advanced: Configure NFS Ranges page. Figure 6.97 SmartConnect Advanced: Configure NFS Ranges

d. Click Next to open the SmartConnect Advanced Zone Accept page. Figure 6.98 SmartConnect Advanced: Zone Accept Page

12. To specify that NFS Failover does not apply to this zone: a. Select No. b. Click Next to open the SmartConnect Advanced: Zone Accept page. Figure 6.99 SmartConnect Advanced: Zone Accept Page

6-108

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 6: Modules
SmartConnect
13. On the SmartConnect Advanced: Zone Accept page, click Finish to complete the configuration of the SmartConnect zone. Initial Configuration of SmartConnect Advanced Using the Command Line Interface To initially configure SmartConnect Advanced using the command line interface: 1. Open a secure shell connection with any node in the cluster and log into the cluster using the 'root' account. 2. At the Isilon IQ command line prompt, execute the isi smartconnect command to open the SmartConnect Advanced configuration utility. isi smartconnect In response, the system returns the following messaging and options: SmartConnect Advance provides a choice of round robin, CPU utilization, connection counting or aggregate throughput policies for client connection load balancing. SmartConnect Advanced is currently not configured. Please select one of the following options: [1] Add a SmartConnect zone. [2] Modify an existing SmartConnect zone. [3] Delete an existing SmartConnect zone. [4] Edit a FlexNet profile. [5] Create new FlexNet profile. [6] Save changes and quit. [7] Quit without saving changes (changes made to zones & profiles will NOT be saved). Please select an action [1-7]: 3. Enter 1 to configure the SmartConnect Advanced zone. Please select an action [1-7]: 1 In response, the system prompts for a new zone name. Type a new zone name: 4. Enter the zone name. Type a new zone name: <zone_name> In response, the system returns a list of currently configured profiles along with a prompt to select a profile for the SmartConnect Advanced zone. Zone name: <zone_name>

Available FlexNet profiles: [1] auto-ext1: Netmask = 255.255.252.0, SmartConnect VIP = 172.161.111.230 Please select a FlexNet profile you would like to add to this zone [1]:

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

6-109

Chapter 6: Modules
SmartConnect
5. Enter a corresponding profile number from the Available FlexNet profiles listing. Please select a FlexNet profile you would like to add to this zone: 1 In response, the system returns one of the following options: If the entered profile includes a SmartConnect VIP, the system will display the following confirmation message and prompt: FlexNet profile <profile_name> will be added to this zone. Add another FlexNet profile to this zone (yes/no)? If the entered profile does not include a SmartConnect VIP, the following prompt will appear: Type a SmartConnect VIP: When you enter a valid SmartConnect VIP address, the system will display the following confirmation message and prompt: SmartConnect VIP: <SmartConnect VIP address> FlexNet profile <profile_name> will be added to this zone. Add another FlexNet profile to this zone (yes/no)? If the entered profile includes a VIP used for external load balancing, the following prompt will appear: Changing this VIP will affect existing external load balancers. Do you wish to change this VIP to be a SmartConnect VIP (yes/no [no])?

NOTE

If you do not want to change the profile VIP to a SmartConnect VIP, enter no. The system will return to the prompt to select a profile for the SmartConnect Advanced zone.

To change the VIP address to a SmartConnect VIP address, enter yes. Changing this VIP will affect existing external load balancers. Do you wish to change this VIP to be a SmartConnect VIP (yes/no [no])? yes In response, the system prompts for a SmartConnect VIP. Type a SmartConnect VIP: When you enter a valid SmartConnect VIP address, the system will display the following confirmation message and prompt: SmartConnect VIP: <SmartConnect VIP address> FlexNet profile <profile_name> will be added to this zone. Add another FlexNet profile to this zone (yes/no)?

6-110

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 6: Modules
SmartConnect
6. To add an additional profile to the zone, enter yes in response to the 'Add another FlexNet profile to this zone (yes/no)?' prompt and then enter the corresponding profile number from the Available FlexNet profiles listing. Repeat this sequence for each additional profile you want to add. 7. To continue configuring SmartConnect Advanced application without adding another zone, enter no in response to the 'Add another FlexNet profile to this zone (yes/no)?' prompt. When you have completed adding profiles to the SmartConnect Advanced zone, the system returns the following confirmation prompt: Client connection load balancing policies: [1] Round robin [2] Connection counting [3] CPU utilization [4] Aggregate throughput Select a client load balancing policy [1-4]: 8. Enter the client connection load balancing policy that meets your requirements. Select a client load balancing policy [1-4]: 1 The system returns a confirmation message and a prompt to specify which nodes to include in this zone: Load balancing policy: Round robin Nodes available for inclusion in this zone: Type Nodes ----------------------------Storage 2 Accelerator N/A Enter nodes to be included in this zone (e.g. 1, 2, 4, 1-3, or all): 9. Enter the nodes to include in the zone. Enter nodes to be included in this zone (e.g. 1, 2, 4, 1-3, or all): all The system prompts whether to include all new nodes in the zone. Include all new nodes automatically to zone (yes/no)? 10. Enter yes to include all new nodes or no not to include all new nodes in the zone. Include all new nodes automatically to zone (yes/no)? yes

NOTE

If the nodes in your cluster are Isilon IQ Classic, the remaining steps in the initial configuration of SmartConnect Advanced do not apply. Instead, the system will present a summary of your configuration and ask you to confirm that it is correct.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

6-111

Chapter 6: Modules
SmartConnect
For non Isilon IQ Classic clusters, the system prompts whether to enable NFS failover for the zone. Enable NFS failover for the zone (yes/no)? 11. To enable NFS failover for the zone: a. Enter yes. Enable NFS failover for the zone (yes/no)? yes

NOTE

If you enter no and do not enable NFS failover, the system will present a summary of your configuration and ask you to confirm that it is correct.

In response, the system returns a summary of the profile and the dynamic access IP ranges menu: To enable NFS failover, all profiles within this zone require dynamic access IP ranges and a IP failover policy. Profile name: auto-ext1 Netmask: 255.255.0.0 Gateway: 10.54.0.1 Current static IP ranges: 10.54.129.90 - 10.54.129.95 Current profile IP failover policy: Current dynamic access IP ranges:

Configure dynamic access IP ranges: [1] Add an IP range. [2] Delete an IP range. [Enter] Keep current dynamic access IP ranges. Please select a action [1-2]:

IMPORTANT

All NFS connections to the cluster must be through the SmartConnect dynamic IP range. NFS connections through a nodes external IP will conflict with SmartConnect NFS Failover.

b. Enter 1 to add an IP range. Please select a action [1-2]: 1 The system prompts for the low IP address for the dynamic access (NFS Failover) IP range: Add a dymanic access IP range: Low IP: c. Enter the low IP address for the range. Low IP: 10.54.129.200

6-112

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 6: Modules
SmartConnect
The system next prompts for the high IP address: High IP: d. Enter the high IP address for the range. High IP: 10.54.129.208 The system prompts if you want to add another dynamic access (NFS Failover) IP range: Add another dynamic access IP range (yes/no)?

NOTE

To add another dynamic access (NFS Failover) IP range, enter yes and repeat the input of the IP addresses.

e. Enter no. Add another dynamic access IP range (yes/no)? no The system returns the dynamic access IP ranges menu: Configure dynamic access IP ranges: [1] Add an IP range. [2] Delete an IP range. [Enter] Keep current dynamic access IP ranges. Please select a action [1-2]: f. Press Enter to exit the dynamic access IP ranges menu. The system the IP failover policies menu: IP failover policies: [1] Simple Round Robin [2] CPU Utilization [3] Aggregate Throughput [4] Connection Counting [Enter] Keep current IP failover policy: Simple Round Robin Select an IP failover policy for this profile: 12. Enter the IP failover policy that meets your requirements. Select an IP failover policy for this profile: 1

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

6-113

Chapter 6: Modules
SmartConnect
When the profile configuration(s) are complete, the system returns the following summary and prompt: The SmartConnect Advanced zone will be created with these configurations:

Zone name: <zone name> FlexNet profiles: auto-ext1 Client connection load balancing policy: Nodes in zone: NFS failover: Enabled Is this correct (yes/no [yes])?
.

SmartConnect NFS Rebalance Over time, NFS connections across the cluster can become unbalanced based on client activity. The isi smartconnect nfs rebalance command allows you to manually rebalance or reshuffle the NFS connections within their respective SmartConnect zones. This will not affect the static node IPs that non-NFS clients are mounted to (i.e. CIFS). The NFS rebalance process can also be scheduled through a simple crontab adjustment. For additional information , see the "SmartConnect Best Practices Guide" in the Isilon Insight knowledgebase. 13. Enter yes or press ENTER if information is correct. In response, the system returns to the SmartConnect Advanced options: Please select one of the following options: [1] Add a SmartConnect zone. [2] Modify an existing SmartConnect zone. [3] Delete an existing SmartConnect zone. [4] Edit a FlexNet profile. [5] Create new FlexNet profile. [6] Save changes and quit. [7] Quit without saving changes (changes made to zones & profiles will NOT be saved). Please select an action [1-7]: 14. Enter 6 to save changes and quit the configuration utility. 15. To close the isi configuration utility, execute either the exit command or the quit command. >>> quit

6-114

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 6: Modules
SmartConnect 6.5.3.2 Editing the SmartConnect Advanced Configuration
Editing the SmartConnect Advanced configuration can be accomplished with either the WebAdmin interface or the command line interface. Editing the SmartConnect Advanced Configuration Using the WebAdmin Interface Perform the following steps to edit the SmartConnect Advanced configuration using the WebAdmin interface: 1. On the Modules menu, click SmartConnect to open the SmartConnect Advanced page. Figure 6.100 SmartConnect Advanced Page

2. Click Edit Zone to open the SmartConnect Advanced: Zone Name page. Figure 6.101 SmartConnect Advanced: Zone Name Page

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

6-115

Chapter 6: Modules
SmartConnect
3. Click Next to open the SmartConnect Advanced: Zone Profiles page. Figure 6.102 SmartConnect Advanced: Zone Profiles Page

4. To create a new FlexNet profile, click Create New Profile to open the SmartConnect Advanced: Flexnet Profile page. NOTE You can create additional profiles by clicking Create New Profile. See Section 6.5.3.3, Creating a FlexNet Profile, on page 6-127 for additional information.

5. Click [edit profile] to open the SmartConnect Advanced: Flexnet Profile page.

6-116

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 6: Modules
SmartConnect
Figure 6.103 SmartConnect Advanced: FlexNet Profile Page

6. Modify the profile attributes as required. NOTE Fields marked with an *on the SmartConnect Advanced: FlexNet page are required fields.

SmartConnect Advanced: FlexNet Profile Attributes Profile Name Network profile designation. Description Optional reminder of profile purpose. Netmask Value that defines the subnet for the profile. Gateway IP address for the Gateway server to be used. Note that changes to the Gateway requires all nodes in the cluster be rebooted to implement the change. Virtual IP To establish a virtual IP to provide access, enter an IP address. The IP address must match the virtual IP address entered in Section 6.5.1, Modifying DNS Infrastructure for SmartConnect, in step 10 on page 6-76. Virtual IP Binding Specifies whether the Virtual IP address applies to External (for SmartConnect - DNS balancing) or Loopback (for hardware client connection balancing). Primary DNS Resolver Primary DNS Resolver server IP address. Secondary DNS Resolver Secondary DNS Resolver server IP address if available. MTU Choose the MTU packet size, either 1500 or 9000 jumbo. Interface Specifies the interface for the profile.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

6-117

Chapter 6: Modules
SmartConnect
NOTE If you change the MTU setting, the cluster must be rebooted to establish new TCP and UDP connections.

7. Click Next to open the SmartConnect Advanced: FlexNet Profile IP Ranges page Figure 6.104 SmartConnect Advanced: FlexNet Profile IP Ranges Page

8. To add IP addresses to the currently defined profile IP range, enter the low IP address in the range to be added in the Low IP text box, enter the high IP address in the range to be added in the High IP text box, and then click Add Range. 9. To delete IP addresses from the currently defined profile IP range, enter the low IP address in the range to be deleted in the Low IP text box, enter the high IP address in the range to be deleted in the High IP text box, and then click Delete Range. 10. Click Next to open the SmartConnect Advanced: FlexNet Profile IP Nodes page. Figure 6.105 SmartConnect Advanced: FlexNet Profile IP Nodes Page

11. From the Node list, select the nodes to be included in this profile.

6-118

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 6: Modules
SmartConnect
12. Click Next to open the SmartConnect Advanced: FlexNet Profile Confirm page. Figure 6.106 SmartConnect Advanced: FlexNet Profile Confirm Page

13.Click Submit to save changes and to return to the SmartConnect Advanced: Zone Profiles page. Editing the SmartConnect Advanced Configuration Using the Command Line Interface To edit a SmartConnect Advanced using the command line interface: 1. Open a secure shell connection with any node in the cluster and log into the cluster using the 'root' account. 2. At the Isilon IQ command line prompt, execute the isi smartconnect command to open the SmartConnect Advanced configuration utility. isi smartconnect

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

6-119

Chapter 6: Modules
SmartConnect
In response, the system returns the following configuration information and options menu: SmartConnect Advance provides a choice of round robin, CPU utilization, connection counting or aggregate throughput policies for client connection load balancing. Zone Name Policy Nodes in Zone New Nodes FlexNet Profiles ------------------------------------------------------------------------engineering.isil... Round... All Add auto-ext1 Please select one of the following options: [1] Add a SmartConnect zone. [2] Modify an existing SmartConnect zone. [3] Delete an existing SmartConnect zone. [4] Edit a FlexNet profile. [5] Create new FlexNet profile. [6] Save changes and quit. [7] Quit without saving changes (changes made to zones & profiles will NOT be saved). Please select a action [1-7]: 3. At the select an action prompt, enter 2. Please select an action [1-7]: 2 In response, the system prompts to select a zone to modify. Available SmartConnect zones: [1] engineering.isilon.com Select the zone to modify [1]: 4. Enter the number of the zone to modify. Select the zone to modify [1]: 1 The system returns the following configuration information and options menu: Zone name: engineering.isilon.com FlexNet profiles: auto-ext1 Client connection load balancing policy: Round robin Nodes in zone: ALL Add new nodes to zone?: Add NFS failover: Enabled Please select one of the following options: [1] Configure zone name. [2] Add existing FlexNet profiles to zone. [3] Delete existing FlexNet profiles from zone. [4] Configure load balancing policy. [5] Configure node list. [6] Configure NFS failover. [Enter] Finished with zone configuration - return to main menu. Please select a action [1-6]:

6-120

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 6: Modules
SmartConnect
5. To modify the SmartConnect Advanced zone name: a. At the select an action prompt, enter 1. Please select a action [1-6]: 1 In response, the system prompts for a new zone name. Type a new zone name, or press [Enter] to keep current name (engineering.isilon.com): b. Enter the new zone name. Type a new zone name, or press [Enter] to keep current name (engineering.isilon.com): dev.engineering.isilon.com When the new zone name is entered, the system displays a confirmation of the change and the options menu. New zone name: dev.engineering.isilon.com1 Please select one of the following options: [1] Configure zone name. [2] Add existing FlexNet profiles to zone. [3] Delete existing FlexNet profiles from zone. [4] Configure load balancing policy. [5] Configure node list. [6] Configure NFS failover. [Enter] Finished with zone configuration - return to main menu. Please select a action [1-6]: 6. To add an existing FlexNet profile to the SmartConnect Advanced zone: a. At the select an action prompt, enter 2. Please select an action [1-8]: 2 In response, the system prompts to select a listed FlexNet profile. Available FlexNet profiles: [1] auto-ext1: Netmask = 255.255.0.0, SmartConnect VIP = 10.54.152.201 [Enter] Keep current profile list: auto-ext1. Please select a FlexNet profile you would like to add to this zone [1]: b. Enter the FlexNet profile to be added to the SmartConnect Advanced zone. When you add a profile to the SmartConnect zone, the system prompts whether you want to add another profile. Add another FlexNet profile to this zone (yes/no)?

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

6-121

Chapter 6: Modules
SmartConnect
NOTE To add another FlexNet profile to the SmartConnect zone, enter yes. You will then be presented FlexNet profile selection list.

c. Enter no to complete the FlexNet profile add process. Add another FlexNet profile to this zone (yes/no)? no When the add process is completed, the system displays a confirmation of the change and the options menu. The SmartConnect zone was successfully modified. Please select one of the following options: [1] Configure zone name. [2] Add existing FlexNet profiles to zone. [3] Delete existing FlexNet profiles from zone. [4] Configure load balancing policy. [5] Configure node list. [6] Configure NFS failover. [Enter] Finished with zone configuration - return to main menu. Please select a action [1-6]: 7. To delete an existing FlexNet profile from a SmartConnect Advanced zone: a. At the select an action prompt, enter 3. Please select an action [1-6]: 3 In response, the system returns the following list and prompt: Current FlexNet profiles in this zone: [1] auto-ext1: Netmask = 255.255.0.0, SmartConnect VIP = 10.54.129.98 [2] test: Netmask = 255.255.0.0, SmartConnect VIP = 10.54.152.201 [Enter] Keep current profile list: auto-ext1. Please select a FlexNet profile you would like to remove from this zone [12]: b. Enter the number of the FlexNet profile to delete. Please select a FlexNet profile you would like to remove from this zone [12]: 2

6-122

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 6: Modules
SmartConnect
In response, the system displays a confirmation of the change and the options menu. FlexNet profile 'test' will be removed from this zone. Please select one of the following options: [1] Configure zone name. [2] Add existing FlexNet profiles to zone. [3] Delete existing FlexNet profiles from zone. [4] Configure load balancing policy. [5] Configure node list. [6] Configure NFS failover. [Enter] Finished with zone configuration - return to main menu. Please select a action [1-6]: 8. To modify the configuration of the load balancing policy for the zone: a. At the select an action prompt, enter 4. Please select an action [1-6]: 4 In response, the system returns the following list and prompt: Client connection load balancing policies: [1] Round robin [2] Connection counting [3] CPU utilization [4] Aggregate throughput [Enter] Keep current policy: Round robin Select a client load balancing policy [1-4]: b. Enter the new client connection load balancing policy. Select a client load balancing policy [1-4]: 3 The system returns a confirmation message and the options menu: Load balancing policy: CPU utilization Please select one of the following options: [1] Configure zone name. [2] Add existing FlexNet profiles to zone. [3] Delete existing FlexNet profiles from zone. [4] Configure load balancing policy. [5] Configure node list. [6] Configure NFS failover. [Enter] Finished with zone configuration - return to main menu. Please select a action [1-6]: 9. To configure the node list for the zone: a. At the select an action prompt, enter 5. Please select an action [1-6]: 5

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

6-123

Chapter 6: Modules
SmartConnect
In response, the system returns the following list and prompt: Nodes available for inclusion in this zone: Type Nodes ---------------------------Storage 2 Accelerator N/A [Enter] Keep current node list: ALL Enter nodes to be included in this zone (e.g. 1,2, 4, 1-3, or all): b. Enter the nodes to be included in this zone. Enter nodes to be included in this zone (e.g. 1,2, 4, 1-3, or all): 2 The system returns the following prompt: Include all new nodes automatically to zone (yes/no)? c. Enter yes to include all new nodes or no not to include all new nodes in the zone. Include all new nodes automatically to zone (yes/no)? yes The system returns the options menu: Please select one of the following options: [1] Configure zone name. [2] Add existing FlexNet profiles to zone. [3] Delete existing FlexNet profiles from zone. [4] Configure load balancing policy. [5] Configure node list. [6] Configure NFS failover. [Enter] Finished with zone configuration - return to main menu. Please select a action [1-6]: 10. To configure NFS failover for the zone: a. At the select an action prompt, enter 6. Please select an action [1-8]: 6 In response, the system returns the NFS options and prompt to select a NFS failover policy: Please select one of the following options: [1] Enable NFS failover for this zone. [2] Disable NFS failover for this zone. [Enter] Keep current policy: NFS failover enabled. Select NFS failover policy [1-2]: b. Enter a NFS failover policy that meets your requirements. Select NFS failover policy [1-2]: 1

6-124

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 6: Modules
SmartConnect
NOTE If you enter 2 to disable NFS failover for this zone, the system presents a summary of your configuration and asks you to confirm that it is correct.

If you enable NFS failover for this zone, the system return the zone configuration summary and menu to configure the dynamic access IP ranges. To enable NFS failover, all profiles within this zone require access IP rangers and an IP failover policy. Profile name: auto-ext1 Netmask: 255.255.0.0 Gateway: 10.54.0.1 Current static IP ranges: 10.54.152.111- 10.54.152.119 Current profile IP failover policy Round robin (default) Current dynamic access IP ranges: No dynamic access IP ranges have been specified. You must configure dynamic access IP ranges in order to enable NFS failover. Configure dynamic access IP ranges: [1] Add an IP range. [2] Delete an IP range. [Enter] Keep current dynamic access IP ranges. Please select a action [1-2]: c. Enter 1 to add an IP range or enter 2 to delete an IP range. Please select a action [1-2]: 1

NOTE

If you entered 2 to delete an IP range, the system displays a confirmation message that NFS failover is disabled and returns to configuration options menu.

If you select to add a dynamic access IP range, the system prompts to enter a low dynamic access IP address: Add a dynamic access IP range: Low IP: d. Enter a low dynamic access IP address. Low IP: 10.54.153.10 The system prompts for a high dynamic access IP address: High IP: e. Enter a high dynamic access IP address. High IP: 10.54.153.14

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

6-125

Chapter 6: Modules
SmartConnect
The system prompts to add another dynamic access IP range: Add another dynamic access IP range (yes/no)? f. Enter yes to add another IP range or enter no to continue. Add another dynamic access IP range (yes/no)? no

NOTE

If you enter yes, the system prompts you to add a dynamic access IP range.

When you enter no, the system returns the following profile summary and the configure dynamic access IP ranges menu: Profile name: auto-ext1 Netmask: 255.255.0.0 Gateway: 10.54.0.1 Current static IP ranges: 10.54.152.111 - 10.54.452.119 Current profile IP failover policy: Round robin Current dynamic access IP ranges: 10.54.153.10 - 10.54.153.14 Configure dynamic access IP ranges: [1] Add an IP range. [2] Delete an IP range. [Enter] Keep current dynamic access IP ranges. Please select a action [1-2]: g. Press Enter to exit the configure dynamic access IP ranges menu. In response, the system returns the IP failover policies menu: IP failover policies: [1] Round robin [2] Connection counting [3] CPU utilization [4] Aggregate throughput [Enter] Keep current IP failover policy: Round robin Select an IP failover policy for this profile [1-4]: h. Enter the IP failover policy that meets your requirements. Select an IP failover policy for this profile [1-4]: 1

6-126

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 6: Modules
SmartConnect
In response, the system returns the options menu: Please select one of the following options: [1] Configure zone name. [2] Add existing FlexNet profiles to zone. [3] Delete existing FlexNet profiles from zone. [4] Configure load balancing policy. [5] Configure node list. [6] Configure NFS failover. [Enter] Finished with zone configuration - return to main menu. Please select a action [1-6]: 11. Press Enter to finish the zone configuration and to return to the main option menu. Please select one of the following options: [1] Add a SmartConnect zone. [2] Modify an existing SmartConnect zone. [3] Delete an existing SmartConnect zone. [4] Edit a FlexNet profile. [5] Create new FlexNet profile. [6] Save changes and quit. [7] Quit without saving changes (changes made to zones & profiles will NOT be saved). Please select a action [1-7]: 12. Enter 6 to save changes and quit. Please select a action [1-7]: 6

6.5.3.3 Creating a FlexNet Profile


Creating a FlexNet profile can be accomplished with either the WebAdmin interface of the command line interface. Creating a FlexNet Profile Using the WebAdmin Interface Perform the following steps to create a FlexNet profile the using the WebAdmin interface: 1. On the Modules menu, click SmartConnect to open the SmartConnect Advanced page. Figure 6.107 SmartConnect Advanced Page

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

6-127

Chapter 6: Modules
SmartConnect
2. Click Edit Zone to open the SmartConnect Advanced: Zone Name page. Figure 6.108 SmartConnect Advanced: Zone Name Page

3. Click Next to open the SmartConnect Advanced: Zone Profiles page. Figure 6.109 SmartConnect Advanced: Zone Profiles Page

6-128

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 6: Modules
SmartConnect
4. Click Create New Profile to open the SmartConnect Advanced: FlexNet Profile page. Figure 6.110 SmartConnect Advanced: FlexNet Profile Page

5. Enter the required profile attributes. NOTE Fields with an *on the SmartConnect Advanced: FlexNet page are required.

SmartConnect Advanced: FlexNet Profile Attributes Profile Name Network profile designation. Description Optional reminder of profile purpose. Netmask Value that defines the subnet for the profile. Gateway IP address for the Gateway server to be used. Note that changes to the Gateway requires all nodes in the cluster be rebooted to implement the change. Virtual IP To establish a virtual IP to provide access, enter an IP address. The IP address must match the virtual IP address entered in Section 6.5.1, Modifying DNS Infrastructure for SmartConnect, in step 10 on page 6-76. Virtual IP Binding Specifies whether the Virtual IP address applies to External (for SmartConnect - DNS balancing) or Loopback (for hardware client connection balancing). Primary DNS Resolver Primary DNS Resolver server IP address. Secondary DNS Resolver Secondary DNS Resolver server IP address if available. MTU Choose the MTU packet size, either 1500 or 9000 jumbo. Interface Specifies the interface for the profile.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

6-129

Chapter 6: Modules
SmartConnect
6. Click Next to open the SmartConnect Advanced: FlexNet Profile IP Ranges page Figure 6.111 SmartConnect Advanced: FlexNet Profile IP Ranges Page

7. To add IP addresses to the currently defined profile IP range, enter the low IP address in the range to be added in the Low IP text box, enter the high IP address in the range to be added in the High IP text box, and then click Add Range. 8. To delete IP addresses from the currently defined profile IP range, enter the low IP address in the range to be deleted in the Low IP text box, enter the high IP address in the range to be deleted in the High IP text box, and then click Delete Range. 9. Click Next to open the SmartConnect Advanced: FlexNet Profile IP Nodes page. Figure 6.112 SmartConnect Advanced: FlexNet Profile IP Nodes Page

10. From the Node list, select the nodes to include in this profile.

6-130

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 6: Modules
SmartConnect
11. Click Next to open the SmartConnect Advanced: FlexNet Profile Confirm page. Figure 6.113 SmartConnect Advanced: FlexNet Profile Confirm Page

12.Click Submit to save changes and to return to the SmartConnect Advanced: Zone Profiles page. Creating a FlexNet Profile Using the Command Line Interface To create FlexNet profile using the command line interface: 1. Open a secure shell connection with any node in the cluster and log into the cluster using the 'root' account. 2. At the Isilon IQ command line prompt, execute the isi smartconnect command to open the SmartConnect Advanced configuration utility. isi smartconnect

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

6-131

Chapter 6: Modules
SmartConnect
In response, the system returns the following options: SmartConnect Advance provides a choice of round robin, CPU utilization, connection counting or aggregate throughput policies for client connection load balancing. Zone Name Policy Nodes in Zone New Nodes FlexNet Profiles ------------------------------------------------------------------------dev.isilon.com CPU Util 1-3 Dont Add auto-ext1 pubs.isilon.com Conn Count All Add auto-ext1 Please select one of the following options: [1] Add a SmartConnect zone. [2] Modify an existing SmartConnect zone. [3] Delete existing SmartConnect zone. [4] Edit a FlexNet profile. [5] Create new FlexNet profile. [6] Save changes and quit. [7] Quit without saving changes (changes made to zones & profiles will NOT be saved). Please select a action [1-7]: 3. At the select a action prompt, enter 5 to create a new FlexNet profile. Please select an action [1-8]: 5 In response, the system returns the External Network Configuration menu: External Network Configuration Menu [ 1] Create an external network configuration [ 2] Save and Exit [ 3] Cancel and Exit External Network Configuration Menu >>> 4. Enter 1 to create an external network configuration. External Network Configuration Menu >>> 1 In response, the system prompts for a new external network name. Create an external network configuration Existing network configurations: auto-ext1 Enter new External Network Name: >>> 5. Enter the new External Network name. >>> profile-2

6-132

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 6: Modules
SmartConnect
The system prompts for the selection of an external network interface. Select Interface [ 1] External-1 [ 2] External-2 [ 3] External-Redundant Select Interface for External Network >>> 6. Enter 1 to select the External-1 option. Select Interface for External Network >>> 1 The system returns the configure interface External-1 menu and prompts for an option selection. Configure Interface External-1 [ 1] Configure Netmask [ 2] Configure MTU [ 3] Modify IP Ranges [Enter] Keep the current configuration: Netmask: unset MTU: 1500 IP Ranges: No ranges set Configure Interface External-1 >>> 7. To configure the netmask: a. Enter 1. Configure Interface External-1 >>> 1 The system prompts for a new netmask value. Configure Netmask for External-` Type the netmask: External-1 netmask >>> b. Enter a new netmask value. External-1 netmask >>> 255.255.0.0

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

6-133

Chapter 6: Modules
SmartConnect
The system returns the Configure Interface External-1 menu. Configure Interface External-1 [ 1] Configure Netmask [ 2] Configure MTU [ 3] Modify IP Ranges [Enter] Keep the current configuration: Netmask: 255.255.0.0 MTU: 1500 IP Ranges: No ranges set Configure Interface External-1 >>> 8. To configure the MTU: a. Enter 2. Configure Interface External-1 >>> 2 The system returns the Configure MTU menu: Configure MTU [ 1] 1500 [ 2] 9000 [Enter] Keep current: '1500' Configure MTU for External-1 >>> b. Enter 1 to specify 1500 or enter 2 to specify 9000. Configure MTU for External-1 >>> 1 The system returns the updated Configure Interface External-1 menu: Configure Interface External-1 [ 1] Configure Netmask [ 2] Configure MTU [ 3] Modify IP Ranges [Enter] Keep the current configuration: Netmask: 255.255.0.0 MTU: 1500 IP Ranges: No ranges set Configure Interface External-1 >>> 9. To modify the IP ranges: a. Enter 3. Configure Interface External-1 >>> 3

6-134

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 6: Modules
SmartConnect
The system returns the Modify IP Ranges menu: Modify IP Ranges [ 1] Add an IP range [ 2] Delete an IP range [Enter] Keep current IP ranges: No ranges set Modify IP Ranges for External-1 >>> b. Enter 1 to add an IP range. Modify IP Ranges for External-1 >>> 1 The system prompts for a new low IP address. Add an IP range Type the low IP address of the range to add: >>> c. Enter the new low IP address for the range. Type the low IP address of the range to add: >>> 10.54.129.92 The system prompts for a new high IP address. Type the high IP address of the range to add: >>> d. Enter the new high IP address for the range. Type the high IP address of the range to add: >>> 10.54.129.94 The system returns the Modify IP Ranges menu: Modify IP Ranges [ 1] Add an IP range [ 2] Delete an IP range [Enter] Keep current IP ranges: 10.54.129.92 - 10.54.129.94 Modify IP Ranges for External-1 >>> e. Press Enter to exit the Modify IP Ranges menu.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

6-135

Chapter 6: Modules
SmartConnect
The system returns the Configure Interface External-1 menu: Configure Interface External-1 [ 1] Configure Netmask [ 2] Configure MTU [ 3] Modify IP Ranges [Enter] Keep the current configuration: Netmask: 255.255.0.0 MTU: 1500 IP Ranges: 10.54.129.92 - 10.54.129.94 Configure Interface External-1 >>> 10. Press Enter to exit the Configure Interface External-1 menu. The system returns the Manage gateway machine for External-1 menu: Manage gateway machine for External-1 [ 1] Designate a new gateway machine [Enter] Keep current gateway machine: 'not set' Manage gateway machine for External-1 >>> 11. To designate a new gateway machine: a. Enter 1. Manage gateway machine for External-1 >>> 1 The system prompts for a new gateway: Designate a new gateway machine for External-1 Type the new gateway: External-1 gateway >>> b. Enter a new gateway value: External-1 gateway >>> 10.54.0.1 The system returns the Manage gateway machine for External-1 menu: Manage gateway machine for External-1 [ 1] Designate a new gateway machine [Enter] Keep current gateway machine: '10.54.0.1' Manage gateway machine for External-1 >>> 12. Press Enter to exit the Manage gateway machine for External-1 menu.

6-136

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 6: Modules
SmartConnect
The system returns the Manage Virtual IP settings for External Network menu: Manage Virtual IP settings for External Network [ 1] Configure Virtual IP address [ 2] Select Interface to Bind to Virtual IP [Enter] Keep current Virtual IP setting: Virtual IP Address: 'not set' Virtual IP Interface: Loopback Manage Virtual IP settings for External Network >>> 13. To configure the SmartConnect Basic Virtual IP address: a. Enter 1. Manage Virtual IP settings for External Network >>> 1 The system prompts for a external network Virtual IP address: Configure Virtual IP address for External Network Type the Virtual IP address: External Network Virtual IP address >>> b. Enter the virtual IP address. Type the Virtual IP address: External Network Virtual IP address >>> 10.54.152.201 The system returns the updated Manage Virtual IP settings for External Network menu: Manage Virtual IP settings for External Network [ 1] Configure Virtual IP address [ 2] Select Interface to Bind to Virtual IP [Enter] Keep current Virtual IP setting: Virtual IP Address: '10.54.152.201' Virtual IP Interface: 'Loopback' Manage Virtual IP settings for External Network >>> c. Enter 2. Manage Virtual IP settings for External Network >>> 2 The system returns the Select Interface to Bind to Virtual IP menu: Select Interface to Bind to Virtual IP [ 1] Primary External Interface (for SmartConnect) [ 2] Loopback Interface (for HW Load Balancer) [Enter] Keep current setting: Loopback Select Interface to Bind to Virtual IP >>> d. Enter 1. Select Interface to Bind to Virtual IP >>> 1

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

6-137

Chapter 6: Modules
SmartConnect
The system returns the updated Manage Virtual IP settings for External Network menu: Manage Virtual IP settings for External Network [ 1] Configure Virtual IP address [ 2] Select Interface to Bind to Virtual IP [Enter] Keep current Virtual IP setting: Virtual IP Address: '10.54.152.201' Virtual IP Interface: 'External' Manage Virtual IP settings for External Network >>> 14. Press Enter to exit the Manage Virtual IP settings for External Network menu. The system returns the Manage DNS Settings for External-1 menu: Manage DNS [ 1] [ 2] [ 3] [Enter] Settings for External-1 Primary DNS server Secondary DNS server DNS Domain Keep current DNS settings: Primary DNS Server: 'not set' Secondary DNS Server: 'not set' DNS Domain Name: 'isilon.com' Manage DNS Settings for External-1 >>> 15. To enter a primary DNS server IP address for External-1: a. Enter 1. Manage DNS Settings for External-1 >>> 1 The system prompts you for the new primary DNS server IP address: Type the new Primary DNS server: >>>> b. Enter the primary DNS server IP address: >>>> 10.10.2.21 The system returns the Manage DNS Settings for External-1 menu: Manage DNS [ 1] [ 2] [ 3] [Enter] Settings for External-1 Primary DNS server Secondary DNS server DNS Domain Keep current DNS settings: Primary DNS Server: '10.10.2.21' Secondary DNS Server: 'not set' DNS Domain Name: 'isilon.com' Manage DNS Settings for External-1 >>>

6-138

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 6: Modules
SmartConnect
16. To enter a secondary DNS server IP address for External-1: a. Enter 2: Manage DNS Settings for External-1 >>> 2 The system prompts you for the new secondary DNS server IP address: Type the new Secondary DNS server: >>>> b. Enter the secondary DNS server IP address: >>>> 10.10.2.22 The system returns the Manage DNS Settings for External-1 menu: Manage DNS [ 1] [ 2] [ 3] [Enter] Settings for External-1 Primary DNS server Secondary DNS server DNS Domain Keep current DNS settings: Primary DNS Server: '10.10.2.21' Secondary DNS Server: '10.10.2.22' DNS Domain Name: 'isilon.com' Manage DNS Settings for External-1 >>> 17. Press Enter to keep the current DNS settings. The system returns the Manage Node Membership menu: Manage Node Membership [ 1] Explicit Node LNN list (0 for none) [ 2] Current Accelerator Nodes only [ 3] Current Storage Nodes only [ 4] All Current Nodes [Enter] Keep current node membership: no members Manage Node Membership >>> 18. Enter the node membership that meets your requirements. Manage Node Membership >>> 3 The system returns the Configure Default Settings menu: Configure Default Settings [ 1] Apply this profile when adding nodes to the cluster [Enter] Keep current Default Settings: 'none' Configure Default Settings >>> 19. Enter the default setting that meets your requirements. Configure Default Settings >>> 1

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

6-139

Chapter 6: Modules
SmartConnect
The system returns the Node Membership menu: Apply this [ 1] [ 2] [ 3] [ 4] [Enter] Apply this profile when adding nodes to the cluster All Nodes Storage Nodes Accelerator Nodes No Default Keep current node membership: no members profile when adding nodes to the cluster >>>

20. Enter the setting that meets your requirements. Apply this profile when adding nodes to the cluster >>> 2 The system returns the Default Settings menu: Configure Default Settings [ 1] Apply this profile when adding nodes to the cluster [Enter] Keep current Default Settings: 'Storage Nodes' Configure Default Settings >>> 21. Press Enter to keep the current default settings and exit the Configure Default Settings menu. The system returns the External Network Configuration menu: External Network Configuration Menu [ 1] Create an external network configuration [ 2] Save and Exit [ 3] Cancel and Exit External Network Configuration Menu >>> 22. Enter 2 to save and exit. External Network Configuration Menu >>> 2 The system returns the SmartConnect Advanced option menu: Please select one of the following options: [1] Modify zone name. [2] Add existing FlexNet profiles to zone. [3] Delete existing FlexNet profiles from zone. [4] Delete SmartConnect Basic zone. [5] Edit a FlexNet profile. [6] Create new FlexNet profile. [7] Save changes and quit. [8] Quit without saving changes (changes made to zones & profiles will NOT be saved). Please select a action [1-8]: 23. Enter 7 to save changes and quit. Please select a action [1-8]: 7

6-140

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 6: Modules
SmartConnect
24. To close the isi config utility, execute either the exit command or the quit command. >>> quit

6.5.3.4 Disabling SmartConnect Advanced


Disabling SmartConnect Advanced can be accomplished with either the WebAdmin interface or the command line interface. Disabling SmartConnect Advanced Using the WebAdmin Interface Perform the following steps to create a FlexNet profile the using the WebAdmin interface: 1. On the Modules menu, click SmartConnect to open the SmartConnect Advanced page. Figure 6.114 SmartConnect Advanced Page

2. Click Delete Zone to delete the zone and open the Delete Zone Confirmation page. NOTE If multiple zones have been defined, you will need to delete each of them to disable the SmartConnect Advanced application.

Figure 6.115 Delete Zone Confirmation Page

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

6-141

Chapter 6: Modules
SmartConnect
3. Click Confirm to disable SmartConnect Advanced and return to the SmartConnect Advanced page. Figure 6.116 SmartConnect Advanced Page

Disabling SmartConnect Advanced Using the Command Line Interface To disable the SmartConnect Advanced application using the command line interface: 1. Open a secure shell connection with any node in the cluster and log into the cluster using the 'root' account. 2. At the Isilon IQ command line prompt, execute the isi smartconnect command to open the SmartConnect Advanced configuration utility. isi smartconnect In response, the system returns the following options: SmartConnect Advance provides a choice of round robin, CPU utilization, connection counting or aggregate throughput policies for client connection load balancing. Zone Name Policy Nodes in Zone New Nodes FlexNet Profiles ------------------------------------------------------------------------dev.isilon.com CPU Util 1-3 Dont Add auto-ext1 pubs.isilon.com Conn Count All Add auto-ext1 Please select one of the following options: [1] Add a SmartConnect zone. [2] Modify an existing SmartConnect zone. [3] Delete existing SmartConnect zone. [4] Edit a FlexNet profile. [5] Create new FlexNet profile. [6] Save changes and quit. [7] Quit without saving changes (changes made to zones & profiles will NOT be saved). Please select a action [1-7]: 3. Enter 3 to delete the SmartConnect zone. Please select an action [1-7]: 3 The system returns the Available SmartConnect zones menu: Available SmartConnect zones: [1] dev.isilon.com [2] pubs.isilon.com Select the zone to delete [1-2]:

6-142

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 6: Modules
SmartConnect
4. Enter the number of the a zone to delete. Available SmartConnect zones: [1] dev.isilon.com [2] pubs.isilon.com Select the zone to delete [1-2]: 2 The system returns a confirmation that the zone will be deleted when the changes are saved and the configuration utility is exited. Zone pubs.isilon.com will be deleted. Please select one of the following options: [1] Add a SmartConnect zone. [2] Modify an existing SmartConnect zone. [3] Delete existing SmartConnect zone. [4] Edit a FlexNet profile. [5] Create new FlexNet profile. [6] Save changes and quit. [7] Quit without saving changes (changes made to zones & profiles will NOT be saved). Please select a action [1-7]: 5. Repeat step 4. to delete each zone listed. 6. Enter 6 to save changes and quit the configuration utility.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

6-143

Chapter 6: Modules
SmartConnect

6-144

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

CHAPTER

7
Tools
This chapter of the Isilon IQ User Guide provides information about alerts, cluster logs, backup, and cluster services. The chapter contains the following sections: Section 7.1, Introduction Section 7.2, Alerts Section 7.3, Cluster Logs Section 7.4, Backup Section 7.5, Cluster Services Section 7.6, Licenses Section 7.7, Site Map

7.1 Introduction
To open the WebAdmin interface, enter either the IP address of any Isilon IQ node in the cluster or the cluster name (if the name is listed on a DNS server) in the address bar of a Web browser. When the WebAdmin interface opens, select one of the Tools menu commands to open the corresponding WebAdmin page. Figure 7.1 Tools Menu Commands

7.2 Alerts
Isilon IQ monitors nearly every aspect of its health and performance. Any time the cluster operates outside of the normal cluster operation, the system will generate an event. The Alerts system will send this event information, via email or SNMP, to users who are enabled as alert recipients. The Alerts mechanism can be highly customized by specific event and severity level, as well as by specific individual recipient of the alert notifications.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

7-1

Chapter 7: Tools
Alerts
The monitoring system distinguishes between Active Alerts and those that are Historical. You can also acknowledge individual alerts and Quiet them so that they are not continually re-sent. Each individual alert is given a unique ID number. Alerts are framed in terms of a software or hardware component, and a priority or level of severity. Each of these levels is defined by a different threshold value or duration in order to trigger an alert. For example, the CPU facility will generate alerts on three different priority or severity levels: Informational CPU usage exceeding 70% for over 8 hours will generate an Informational-level alert. Warning CPU usage exceeding 80% for over 7 hours will generate a Warning-level alert. Critical CPU usage exceeding 90% for over 6 hours will generate a Critical-level alert. Alerts are re-sent after a certain period of time. The length of the re-send interval depends on the alert. The more important the alert condition, the smaller the re-send interval.

7.2.1 View Alert Activity


Viewing alert activity can be accomplished either using the WebAdmin interface or the command line. Viewing Alert Activity Using WebAdmin The Active Alerts page displays both active alerts and a list of the historical alerts that are no longer occurring. Each alert entry displays: date and time of the event priority level of the alert a brief message a unique identification number for tracking. NOTE An alert is active if its alert condition still exists, whether it is quieted or not.

Perform the following steps to view and quiet active alerts: 1. On the Tools menu, point to Alerts and then click View Alert Activity to open the Active Alerts page.

7-2

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 7: Tools
Alerts
Figure 7.2 Active Alerts Page

2. To quiet an alert: NOTE You can choose to acknowledge and silence individual events in the Alert Activity panel so that they will not continue to resend notifications via email or SNMP.

a. In the Quiet column, select the alert to quiet. b. Click Save Changes. 3. To un-quiet an alert: a. In the Quiet column, deselect the quieted alert b. Click Save Changes. 4. To sort the alert list, click the heading at the top of the column. Viewing Alert Activity Using the LCD Control Panel The LCD control panel does not allow you to view alert details. However, the LCD panel will display the number of current outstanding alerts. Perform the following steps to view the number of current outstanding alerts: 1. From the Main Menu on the LCD screen of a node in the cluster, scroll down to select the Status command, and then press the right control button to display the Status menu.

Isilon-1: OK Main Menu: Attach Status

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

7-3

Chapter 7: Tools
Alerts
2. On the Status menu, select the Alerts command and press the right control button.

Isilon-1: OK Status Menu: Alerts Cluster

The LCD panel will then display the number of current outstanding alerts.

Outstanding Alerts Critical : 2 Warning : 1 Informational : 1

Viewing Alert Activity Using the Command Line The isi alerts command provides access to active and historical alerts on the cluster, and the ability to quiet, unquiet, or cancel any active alerts. To view a list of all currently active alerts, enter the isi alerts command. >>> isi alerts The system will return text similar to the following: IsilonInc-2# isi alerts ALERT TIME S Q 196609 07/27 22:47 W 65538 07/27 22:47 W 131075 07/27 23:07 W 196612 07/30 15:22 W 65541 07/30 15:59 W 131077 07/30 16:09 I 196613 07/30 16:09 I 1376258 08/05 12:40 C

MESSAGE Node IsilonInc2-1 had a hardware monitoring fail... Node IsilonInc2-2 had a hardware monitoring fail... Node IsilonInc-3 had a hardware monitoring failu... Node IsilonInc-4 had a hardware monitoring failu... Node IsilonInc-5 had a hardware monitoring failu... Node IsilonInc-2 is online. Node IsilonInc-3 is online. Node IsilonInc-5 is offline.

NOTE

Adding the -w flag to the command, isi alerts -w, results in the list being displayed in a wide view, showing all aspects of the message. The severity levels in the S column include W for Warning, I for Informational, and C for Critical.

To view a historical list of alerts, enter the isi alerts history command. >>> isi alerts history To quiet an alert, enter the isi alerts quiet <alert ID> command, using the specific alert ID in place of <alert ID>. >>> isi alerts quiet 131075

7-4

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 7: Tools
Alerts
To un-quiet an alert, enter the isi alerts unquiet <alert ID> command. >>> isi alerts unquiet 131075 To cancel an alert, enter the isi alerts cancel <alert ID> command. >>> isi alerts cancel 131075

IMPORTANT

Typically, you will only want to quiet an alert. Cancelling an alert will not prevent it from being re-created if the outstanding condition still exits. It is recommended to cancel an alert only when there is a software problem in which the alert is not automatically cancelled.

7.2.2 Configure Email Alerts


You can configure the Isilon Alerts system to send email messages to as many recipients as you like when a system event triggers an alert. The Email Alerts Recipients page allows you to maintain a list of email addresses to which alerts are sent. Alerts can be disabled globally, for all recipients, or individually, for specific recipients. NOTE Email Alerts cannot be configured using either the command line or the LCD control panel.

The Alerts process enables you to configure severity levels for sending email alerts to all recipients or to customize the threshold trigger levels for specific individuals. As an added monitor for the health of your cluster, you can elect to automatically email all critical-level alerts to Isilon Technical Support (supportalert@isilon.com). To test the email sending system, you can generate a Test Alert message from this page. Perform the following steps to configure email alerts: 1. On the Tools menu, point to Alerts and then click Configure Email Alerts to open the Configure Email Alerts page.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

7-5

Chapter 7: Tools
Alerts
Figure 7.3 Configure Email Alerts Page

2. In the Configure Email Alerts area: a. Select either Turn on email alerts to enable recipients to enable email alerts or Turn off email alerts to disable email alerts. b. In the Alert SMTP Server text box, enter the correct location of the SMTP (Simple Mail Transfer Protocol) server. c. In the Append Email Text text box, enter a brief general subject that will be the subject line of the email alerts. 3. In the Customer Information For Alerts area: a. In the Company Information section: i. In the Name text box, enter the company name. ii. In the Location text box, enter the location. b. In the Primary Contact section: i. In the Name text box, enter the primary contact name. ii. In the Email text box, enter the primary contact email address. iii. In the Phone 1 text box, enter the phone number for the primary contact. iv. In the Phone 2 text box, optionally enter a second phone number for the primary contact.

7-6

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 7: Tools
Alerts
c. In the Secondary Contact section: i. In the Name text box, optionally enter a secondary contact name. ii. In the Email text box, optionally enter a secondary contact email address. iii. In the Phone 1 text box, optionally enter the phone number for the secondary contact. iv. In the Phone 2 text box, optionally enter a second phone number for the secondary contact. 4. To enable alerts to be sent to a listed recipient, select the recipient in the Enable column. 5. To add an email alert recipient: a. Click Add User to open the Set Alerts Recipient Properties for Email page. Figure 7.4 Set Alerts Recipient Properties for Email Page

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

7-7

Chapter 7: Tools
Alerts
b. In the Email Address text box, enter the recipients email address. c. In the Comment text box, enter the recipients name or other information. d. In the list of events, select the severity level (Info, Warn, or Crit) of an event that will generate an email notification to the named recipient. NOTE At the bottom of the three severity level columns are shortcuts used to Select all or Clear all of the event selections for the associated column.

e. On the Set Alerts Recipient Properties for Email page, click Submit. 6. To remove an email recipient, select the recipient in the Delete column. The recipient will be removed when Submit is clicked in step 8. 7. To test the alert system, click Send Test Alert to send a test alert message to all enabled recipients. 8. Click Submit to apply changes.

7.2.3 Configure SNMP Alerts


The SNMP Alerts Recipients page allows you to configure the SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol) service to send SNMP alerts (traps) to external network management stations. NOTE The network management station that the Alerts (traps) are sent to must be configured separately.

Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) SNMP is an application layer protocol that provides a means to exchange management information between network devices. If you use third-party SNMP network management software to monitor other hardware on your network, consider using Isilon's SNMP service to monitor the health and performance of your Isilon IQ cluster as well. The following MIB files are located on your cluster in the OneFS /usr/local/share/snmp/mibs/ file directory and can also be found in Isilon Insight knowledgebase (available to customers through the Isilon Customer Service site, see article 1450). ISILON-MIB - The Isilon MIB (Management Information Base) contains Isilons registered enterprise OID. IFS-SNAPSHOT-MIB - This is an SNMP agent that respond to queries from a Network Management Station (NMS) called the OneFS Statistics Snapshot agent. As the name implies, the agent takes a snapshot of the state of the OneFS file system at the time it receives a request and reports this information back to the NMS. IFS-TRAP-MIB - The Isilon Trap MIB defines the SNMP traps sent by SNMP alerts.

NOTE

As with most WebAdmin pages, changing options is a two-part process. First, make any changes that are necessary. Then, click Submit to apply your changes.

7-8

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 7: Tools
Alerts
Perform the following steps to configure SNMP alerts: 1. On the Tools menu, point to Alerts and then click Configure SNMP Alerts to open the SNMP Alerts Recipients page. Figure 7.5 SNMP Alerts Recipients Page

2. In the SNMP Alerts Recipients area: a. Select either Turn on email alerts to enable recipients to enable alerts or Turn off email alerts to disable alerts. b. To enable alerts to be sent to a listed recipient, select the recipient in the Enable column. c. To add an email alert recipient: i. Click Add User to open the Set Alerts Recipient Properties for SNMP page.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

7-9

Chapter 7: Tools
Alerts
Figure 7.6 Set Alerts Recipient Properties for SNMP Page

ii. In the SNMP Target text box, enter the SNMP target address. iii. In the Comment text box, enter the recipients name or other information. iv. In the list of events, select the severity level (Info, Warn, or Crit) of an event that will generate an email notification to the named recipient. NOTE At the bottom of the three severity level columns are shortcuts used to Select all or Clear all of the event selections for the associated column.

v. On the Set Alerts Recipient Properties for SNMP page, click Submit to apply changes and return to the SNMP Alerts Recipient l page (see Figure 7.5 on page 7-9).

7-10

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 7: Tools
Cluster Logs
d. To remove an email recipient, select the recipient in the Delete column. The recipient will be removed when Submit is clicked in step 4. e. To test the alert system, click Send Test Alert to send a test alert message to all enabled recipients. 3. To change the SNMP password, in the Set SNMP Password area: f. In the New Password text box, enter the new password. g. In the New Password (again) text box, re-enter the new password. h. Click Set Password. 4. Click Submit to apply changes.

7.3 Cluster Logs


The View Cluster Logs Lists page provides access to the cluster log files that record various aspects of the Isilon IQ cluster status and performance. These logs are grouped by node and provide important data in the event of system anomalies. Perform the following steps to view and email log files: 1. On the Tools menu, click Cluster Logs to open the View Cluster Log Lists page. Figure 7.7 View Cluster Log Lists Page

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

7-11

Chapter 7: Tools
Backup
2. To view a log file, click the file name in the Log File column to open the View Cluster Log page for the selected log file. 3. To email all available logs: a. In the Mail all available logs to: text box, enter the recipients email address. b. Click Mail Logs. NOTE To send log files to Isilon Technical Support, enter support@isilon.com in the Mail all available logs to: text box.

7.4 Backup
Isilon IQ supports the Network Data Management Protocol (NDMP). NDMP is an open standard protocol that provides inter-operability with leading data backup products. This section provides instructions for configuring Isilon IQ for NDMP based backup, viewing generated data backup logs, and viewing data backup statistics. NOTE For help with implementing an NDMP based backup solution, contact Isilon Customer Support.

7.4.1 Configure Backup


Perform the following steps to configure Isilon IQ for use with NDMP based backup products: 1. On the Tools menu, point to Backup and then click Configure Backup to open the Configure Backup page.

7-12

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 7: Tools
Backup
Figure 7.8 Configure Backup Page

2. To enable NDMP backup, in the Change NDMP service state area, select Enable. NOTE To disable NDMP backup, select Disable in the Change NDMP service state area and then click Submit.

3. In the Specify NDMP version area, select Version 3 or Version 4. 4. To delete a NDMP administrator, select the administrator in the Delete column. The recipient will be removed when Submit is clicked in step 6. 5. To add a NDMP administrator: a. In the User Name text box, enter the user name. b. In the User Password text box, enter a password. c. In the Confirm Password text box, re-enter the password. 6. Click Submit to apply changes.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

7-13

Chapter 7: Tools
Cluster Services

7.4.2 View Backup Logs


To view the backup logs, on the Tools menu, point to Backup and then click View Backup Logs to open the Recent backup log output page. Figure 7.9 Recent Backup Log Output Page

The Recent Backup Log Output page shows recent NDMP operations log entries along with date and time that the entry was generated.

7.4.3 View Backup Statistics


To view backup statistics, on the Tools menu, point to Backup and then click View Backup Statistics to open the Backup Statistics page. Figure 7.10 Backup Statistics Page

The Backup Statistics page shows various measures that track the performance of the backup process. which are refreshed every five minutes.

7.5 Cluster Services


On the Tools menu, the Cluster Services submenu includes the Configure Telnet, Configure Encoding, and Configure NTP commands.

7.5.1 Configure Telnet


Perform the following steps to configure Telnet: 1. On the Tools menu, point to Cluster Services and then click Configure Telnet to open the Manage Telnet Access Rules page. Figure 7.11 Manage Telnet Access Rules Page

2. To disable or enable Telnet, select either Disabled or Enabled.

7-14

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 7: Tools
Cluster Services
3. Click Submit to apply change.

7.5.2 Configure Encoding


IMPORTANT Character set encoding is usually established at installation of the cluster. Modifying character encoding settings at a later date may render files unreadable if done incorrectly. Modify settings only if necessary, after consultation with Isilon Systems support staff. UTF-8 is the default character set for Isilon IQ nodes.

Perform the following steps to configure encoding: 1. On the Tools menu, point to Cluster Services and then click Configure Encoding to open the Character Encoding page. Figure 7.12 Character Encoding Page

2. In the Specify Encoding list, select the applicable character encoding. 3. Click Submit to apply changes and display a confirmation message on the Character Encoding page.

7.5.3 Configure NTP


There are two methods of setting the cluster date and time. You can set them manually, or you can designate an NTP (Network Time Protocol) server to synchronize the date and time. If an NTP server is designated, it will control cluster time and override any manual settings. To set the cluster date and time manually, see Section 3.2.1.3, Setting Cluster Time Manually, on page 3-9. The Cluster Time property sets the cluster's date and time settings, either manually or by synchronizing with an NTP (Network Time Protocol) server. NOTE There may be multiple NTP servers defined; the initial one on the list is used first, with any additional servers used only in case of failure. If an NTP server has been established, setting date or time manually is not allowed.

Setting the Date and Time by Synchronizing with NTP Using WebAdmin Perform the following steps to set cluster date and time with NTP using WebAdmin: 1. On the Tools menu, point to Cluster Services and then click Configure NTP to open the Configure NTP page.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

7-15

Chapter 7: Tools
Licenses
Figure 7.13 Configure Network Time Protocol Services Page

2. To add and NTP server address: a. In the Enter an IP address or host name text box, enter the IP address or host name of the NTP server with which to synchronize. b. Click Submit apply changes and display NTP server in the NTP Server Address column. NOTE Isilon IQ will synchronize with the first NTP server in the NTP Servers list, and failover to any servers listed subsequently. To set time manually, you must delete all servers from the list.

3. To remove a server from the NTP Servers list, select the server in the Remove column and then click Deleted Marked. Setting the Date and Time by Synchronizing with NTP Using the LCD Control Panel The date and time cannot be set using the LCD control panel. Setting the Date and Time by Synchronizing with NTP Using the Command Line The date and time cannot be set by synchronizing with an NTP server using the command line.

7.6 Licenses
Activation of an Isilon IQ module requires that you enter a license key using the WebAdmin interface or the command line interface.

7.6.1 Requesting a Module License Activation Key


To activate a module, you need to request and receive a valid license key. Contact your Isilon representative for further information.

7-16

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 7: Tools
Licenses

7.6.2 Activating a Module License


When you have received a license key for a module, you need to enter the license key to activate the module.

7.6.2.1 Activating a Module License Using the WebAdmin Interface


Perform the following steps to activate a module license using the WebAdmin interface: 1. On the Tools menu, click Licenses to open the License List page. Figure 7.14 License List Page

2. Click Activate License to open the Activate License page. Figure 7.15 Activate License Page

3. In the License Key text box, enter the license key for the selected module. 4. Click Submit to apply license key and to open the updated License List page. Figure 7.16 Updated License List Page

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

7-17

Chapter 7: Tools
Licenses 7.6.2.2 Activating a Module License Using the Command Line Interface
Perform the following steps to activate a module license using the command line interface: 1. Open a secure shell connection with any node in the cluster and log into the cluster using the 'root' account. 2. At the Isilon IQ command prompt, enter the isi license command. isi license The system returns the current status of the module licenses for the cluster. Modules synciq smartquotas snapshots smartconnect advanced Status activated inactive expired activated Expiration Date June 23, 2006 January 5, 2006

3. At the Isilon IQ command prompt, enter the isi license activate command. isi license activate <license key value> If the activation was successful, the system returns confirmation text similar to the following: SUCCESS, <module name> has been successfully activated. If the activation did not succeed, one of the following error messages will be displayed: The license key provided has already been used on this cluster. Please notify your Isilon representative to purchase a new key.

The license key provided has expired. Please notify your Isilon representative to receive another license.

The license key provided is not valid. Please check the key again or contact an Isilon representative.

The license key provided is good for a module that you have already licensed.

The license key provided does not contain a recognized module identifier. Please check the key again or contact an Isilon representative.

An unknown error occurred while activating the license key. Please notify your Isilon representative for further information.

7-18

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 7: Tools
Site Map

7.6.3 Removing a Module License


When a module evaluation license expires, you will not be able to access the module management tools. However, the configurations set up for the module during the evaluation period will continue to be valid. IMPORTANT To disable ongoing module processes enabled during an evaluation license period, you must unconfigure the license for the module or update the license key.

Perform the following steps to remove a module license and unconfigure any ongoing module processes: 1. Open a secure shell connection with any node in the cluster and log into the cluster using the 'root' account. 2. At the Isilon IQ command prompt, enter the isi license unconfigure <module name> command. isi license unconfigure <module name>

7.7 Site Map


The WebAdmin Site Map page presents a useful global view of the navigation structures that are part of the interface. The primary menu items are shown, along with the second and third-level selections that are available. Each underlined entry can be clicked to move to the named page. To view the WebAdmin site map, on the Tools menu, click Site Map. To view a specific page, click the page link to navigate to that page. Figure 7.17 Site Map Page

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

7-19

Chapter 7: Tools
Site Map

7-20

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

CHAPTER

8
Maintenance
This chapter of the Isilon IQ User Guide provides maintenance related information. The chapter contains the following sections: Section 8.1, Hot Swap Replacement of a Hard Drive Section 8.2, Replacing a Power Supply Section 8.3, Troubleshooting Cluster Performance

8.1 Hot Swap Replacement of a Hard Drive


Some Isilon IQ models may require additional hardware changes to support the hot swapping of drives in the event that a drive fails. When a drive fails, replace the drive immediately to minimize the potential for data loss. IMPORTANT Replacement hard drives MUST be the correct capacity and MUST be from Isilon Systems. For example, the Isilon IQ 2250 requires a 250GB replacement drive. Contact Isilon Systems Customer Support if you have any questions.

Hot Swap Replacement of a Hard Drive Using WebAdmin Figure 8.1 shows the Drive Status panel of the Node Status page. A drive that appears in gray has failed and is not in use by the cluster. Depending on the configuration of your email alerts (see Section 7.2, Alerts on page 7-1 for information about configuring email alerts), an email may also have been sent to the specified recipients notifying them of the failed drive. NOTE For additional information about the Node Status page, see Section 4.2, Node Status, on page 4-3.

Figure 8.1 Node Status Page: Drive Status Panel

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

8-1

Chapter 8: Maintenance
Hot Swap Replacement of a Hard Drive
Perform the following steps to hot swap a drive using the WebAdmin interface: 1. On the Node Status page, click the icon of the failed drive to open the corresponding Drive Details page. NOTE A drive that appears in gray in the Drive Status panel on the Node Status page has failed and is not in use by the cluster. For additional information about the Drive Detail page, see Section 4.6.2, Viewing Drive Details, on page 4-7.

2. Physically identify what drive is to be replaced. Figure 8.2 IQ 1440 and IQ 2250 Drive Bay Numbering Scheme

IQ 1920/3000/4800/6000/9000 and EX 6000/9000 Drive Bay Numbering Scheme

3. Release the drive locking handle. For IQ 1440 and IQ 2250 models, push down slightly on the locking handle to release the catch, and then swing the handle outward to unseat the drive from the drive bay. For IQ 1920/3000/4800/6000/9000 and EX 6000/9000 models, pull slightly on the right side of the locking handle, and then swing the handle left and outward to unseat the drive from the drive bay. Figure 8.3 Drive Locking Handle

IQ 1440 and IQ 2250 Models

IQ 1920/3000/ 4800/6000/9000 and EX 6000/9000 Models

4. Slide the drive out of the drive bay. 5. With the locking handle open, insert the new drive into the empty drive bay, sliding it along the rails until it stops. IMPORTANT Do not force the drive into place. Forcing the drive may cause irreparable damage to the drive or the drive bay. The closing handle seats the drive into its bay.

8-2

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 8: Maintenance
Hot Swap Replacement of a Hard Drive
6. Seat the drive into its connector and secure the drive: For Isilon IQ 1440 and IQ 2250 (and previous models), swing the handle closed to seat the drive on its connector and secure it in the drive bay. For Isilon IQ 1920, IQ 3000, IQ 4800, IQ 6000, IQ 9000, EX 6000, and EX 9000 models, push the locking handle until it clicks into place. 7. On the Drive Details page, click Initiate Drive. Hot Swap Replacement of a Hard Drive Using the LCD Control Panel IMPORTANT When replacing a drive using the LCD control panel, the replacement hard drive must be pre-formatted. The LCD control panel does not have the functionality to format a drive.

Perform the following steps to hot swap a drive using the LCD control panel: 1. On the Main menu, using the control buttons, select Attach and press the right button.

Isilon-1: OK Main Menu: Attach Status

2. Select Drive and then press the right button.

Isilon-1: OK Attach Menu: Node Drive

On the Attach menu, using the control buttons, select the EMPT (empty), REPL (replace), USED, or NEW drive bay that is to be replaced.

Isilon-1: OK Attach Menu: Bay 6:NEW Bay 9: EMPT

3. Perform the following steps to replace the drive: a. Physically identify what drive is to be replaced. Figure 8.4 IQ 1440 and IQ 2250 Drive Bay Numbering Scheme

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

8-3

Chapter 8: Maintenance
Hot Swap Replacement of a Hard Drive
Figure 8.5 IQ 1920/3000/4800/6000/9000, and EX 6000/9000 Drive Bay Numbering Scheme

b. Release the drive locking handle. For IQ 1440 and IQ 2250 models, push down slightly on the locking handle to release the catch, and then swing the handle outward to unseat the drive from the drive bay. For IQ 1920/3000/4800/6000/9000 and EX 6000/9000 models, pull slightly on the right side of the locking handle, and then swing the handle left and outward to unseat the drive from the drive bay. Figure 8.6 Drive Locking Handle

IQ 1440 and IQ 2250 Models

IQ 1920/3000/ 4800/6000/9000 and EX 6000/9000 Models

c. Slide the drive out of the drive bay. d. With the locking handle open, insert the new drive into the empty drive bay, sliding it along the rails until it stops. IMPORTANT Do not force the drive into place. Forcing the drive may cause irreparable damage to the drive or the drive bay. The closing handle seats the drive into its bay.

e. Seat the drive into its connector and secure the drive: For Isilon IQ 1440 and IQ 2250 (and previous models), swing the handle closed to seat the drive on its connector and secure it in the drive bay. For IQ 1920/3000/4800/6000/9000 and EX 6000/9000 models, push the locking handle until it clicks into place. 4. On the Attach menu, with the drive bay that has been replaced selected, press the right button.

Isilon-1: OK Attach Menu: Bay 6:NEW Bay 9: EMPT

8-4

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 8: Maintenance
Hot Swap Replacement of a Hard Drive
The LCD panel will display the following attach drive confirmation message:

Attach drive in bay 9 to file system? yes

5. Press the center LCD control panel button to attach the drive to the bay and return the LCD display to the main menu. 6. On the Main menu, select Status and press the right button.

Isilon-1: OK Main Menu: Attach Status

7. On the Status menu, select Drives and press the right button.

Isilon-1: OK Status Menu: Node Drive

8. Verify the attach process was successful.

Drives on node: 1 3:UP 2:UP 2:UP 6:UP 1:UP 10:UP >

Drives on node: 1 9:UP 12:UP 8:UP 11:UP 7:UP 10:UP

IMPORTANT

To view the twelve additional drives present when an Isilon EX 6000/9000 storage expansion node is connected to an Isilon IQ 6000/9000 node, press the center LCD control panel button.

NOTE

The following lists the drive states that may appear on the LCD panel Status view: EMPT - Drive is empty. NEW Drive is new. PREP Drive is preparing. UP Drive is healthy. FAIL Smart fail/restripe in progress. REPL Drive is not in use and is ready to be replaced.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

8-5

Chapter 8: Maintenance
Hot Swap Replacement of a Hard Drive
Hot Swap Replacement of a Hard Drive Using the Command Line Perform the following steps to hot swap a drive using the command line: 1. On the command line, enter the following command to verify that a drive needs to be replaced. isi devices -a status -d <node ID#> In response, the system will display the status of the drives in the node: Node 4, [ OK ] Bay 1 Bay 2 Bay 3 Bay 4 Bay 5 Bay 6 Bay 7 Bay 8 Bay 9 Bay 10 Bay 11 Bay 12

Lnum Lnum Lnum Lnum Lnum Lnum Lnum Lnum Lnum Lnum Lnum Lnum

8 7 6 5 4 3 9 10 0 11 11 11

[HEALTHY] [HEALTHY] [HEALTHY] [HEALTHY] [HEALTHY] [HEALTHY] [HEALTHY] [HEALTHY] [REPLACE] [HEALTHY] [HEALTHY] [HEALTHY]

SN:A603SPEE SN:A6082A2E SN:Y60PFJWE SN:A6086AVE SN:Y604H2NE SN:Y604XD5E SN:Y604HBGE SN:Y603E6GE SN:Y60PFPEE SN:A60877NE SN:A60877NE SN:A60877NE

/dev/ted0 /dev/ted1 /dev/ted2 /dev/ted3 /dev/ted4 /dev/ted5 /dev/ted6 /dev/ted7 /dev/ted8 /dev/ted9 /dev/ted10 /dev/ted11

A drive that is highlighted gray and listed as REPLACE is a drive that needs to be replaced. NOTE The status of each drive in a node is displayed on the command line using one of the following terms: EMPTY Drive is empty. HEALTHY Drive is healthy. PREPARING Drive is preparing and is not in use. SMARTFAIL Smart fail/restripe in progress. REPLACE Drive is not in use and is ready to be replaced. 2. Physically identify what drive is to be replaced. Figure 8.7 IQ 1440 and IQ 2250 Drive Bay Numbering Scheme

Figure 8.8 IQ 1920/3000/4800/6000/9000 and EX 6000/9000 Drive Bay Numbering Scheme

3. Release the drive locking handle.

8-6

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 8: Maintenance
Hot Swap Replacement of a Hard Drive
For IQ 1440 and IQ 2250 models, push down slightly on the locking handle to release the catch, and then swing the handle outward to unseat the drive from the drive bay. For IQ 1920/3000/4800/6000/9000 and EX 6000/9000 models, pull slightly on the right side of the locking handle, and then swing the handle left and outward to unseat the drive from the drive bay. Figure 8.9 Drive Locking Handle

IQ 1440 and IQ 2250 Models

IQ 1920/3000/ 4800/6000/9000 and EX 6000/9000 Models

4. Slide the drive out of the drive bay. 5. With the locking handle open, insert the new drive into the empty drive bay, sliding it along the rails until it stops. IMPORTANT Do not force the drive into place. Forcing the drive may cause irreparable damage to the drive or the drive bay. When the drive locking handle is closed in the next step, it correctly seats the drive into the drive bay.

6. Seat the drive into its connector and secure the drive: For Isilon IQ 1440 and IQ 2250 (and previous models), swing the handle closed to seat the drive on its connector and secure it in the drive bay. For IQ 1920/3000/4800/6000/9000 and EX 6000/9000 models, push the locking handle until it clicks into place. 7. When the replacement drive has been installed, enter the following command: isi devices -a add -d <node ID#>:<drive bay#> If the inserted drive has been properly formatted, the following message will be displayed: The add operation succeeded. A OneFS-formatted drive was found in bay %d and is being attached to the file system. Wait a few minutes and re-run 'isi devices' to verify that the attach operation completed successfully. Wait a few minutes and re-enter the isi devices command to verify that the drive was added successfully. If the inserted drive has encountered an add operation failure, an error message will be returned. If the message indicates the failure is a result of an unrecognized drive, a previously used drive, or the removed drive has been re-inserted, enter the following command to continue: isi devices -a format -d <node ID#>:<drive bay#>

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

8-7

Chapter 8: Maintenance
Replacing a Power Supply
- If the inserted drive has not been previously formatted, the system will display the following message: This drive does not appear to be pre-formatted with OneFS. Formatting this drive will destroy any existing data and attach it to OneFS. Do you wish to continue formatting this drive? To format the drive, enter yes or press Enter. To cancel the formatting process, enter no. - If the inserted drive has been used in another node, the system will display the following message: This drive appears to contain OneFS data not recognized by this node. Formatting this drive will erase the existing data, completely re-format the drive, and attach it to OneFS. Do you wish to continue formatting this drive? To format the drive, enter yes or press Enter. To cancel the formatting process, enter no. - If the inserted drive is the same drive that was removed, the system will display the following message: This drive has been removed from the cluster. It is likely that the drive is faulty and the suggested action is to replace the drive. Re-formatting the drive will erase all data and force it back into service. Are you sure you wish to continue formatting this drive? To format the drive, enter yes or press Enter. To cancel the formatting process, enter no. NOTE If the add operation failure is not the result of an unrecognized drive, a previously used drive, or the removed drive has been re-inserted, follow the instructions provided in the accompanying error message.

8.2 Replacing a Power Supply


With exception of Isilon IQ Accelerator-i nodes, Isilon IQ nodes have a redundant power supply system that minimizes downtime caused by power source complications. The two power supply units operate in tandem, each providing half of the amperage draw to the components in a node. With the Isilon IQ node plugged into a power source as recommended, the cluster will remain operational, even when one of the power sources fails. In the event that a power supply fails, replace it as soon as possible. Perform the following steps to replace a power supply: 1. Check the LED on each of the power supply units to determine which unit has failed.

8-8

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 8: Maintenance
Replacing a Power Supply
Figure 8.10 Isilon IQ 1440 and IQ 2250 Nodes: Rear View
Management Port USB Ports Rj45 Ethernet Ports Redundant Power Supplies

PWR ALARM RESET


INTERNAL PRIMARY EXTERNAL

NIC LOC

MOUSE KEYBD

MGMT PORT

VIDEO PORT

USB

INTERNAL FAILOVER

EXTERNAL

Figure 8.11 Isilon IQ 1920/3000/4800 Nodes: Rear View


Redundant Power Supplies USB Ports Management Port Power Switch GigE Ethernet External Ports GigE Ethernet Internal Ports

Figure 8.12 Isilon IQ 6000/9000 Node: Rear View


Redundant Power Supplies USB Ports Management Port Power Switch GigE Ethernet External Ports GigE Ethernet Internal Ports SAS Ports

2. Loosen the thumbscrew and slide the retaining catch to the left. Figure 8.13 Releasing the Retaining Catch

3. Pull the power supply unit from its bay, using the retractable handle. The power supply warning will sound, if it hasn't already. To cancel the alarm, push the Power Alarm Reset button. 4. Insert the new power supply unit into the bay with the label facing upward. Push the unit firmly but carefully into place.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

8-9

Chapter 8: Maintenance
Troubleshooting Cluster Performance
5. Slide retaining catch to the right and tighten the thumbscrew. Figure 8.14 Latching the Retaining Catch

8.3 Troubleshooting Cluster Performance


The general strategy for troubleshooting cluster performance is to narrow the list of possible performance issues by eliminating those sources that do not apply. The following questions serve as a starting point for this investigation: Does the problem occur for all clients connecting to a cluster or only a few? Can the problem be reproduced consistently, or is it sporadic? Is the restriper running? Are any other background services running? Are there any obvious errors in the logs or alerts? Has the problem always occurred or did it just start occurring? Have you recently changed your network configuration? Are the cluster and the clients on the same switch?

8.3.1 Application Optimizations


The following optimizations are disabled by default. They should only be enabled if you are having a specific problem with the application: IRIDAS FrameCycler NOTE IRIDAS FrameCycler application provides uncompressed playback on Windows, Mac, and Linux workstations.

Perform the following steps to optimize the read cycles: 1. Open a secure shell connection with any node in the cluster, and log into the cluster using the root account. 2. At the Isilon IQ command prompt, execute the following command: sysctl -w efs.bam.enable_open_prefetch=1

NOTE

Other render applications that read frames sequentially may also benefit from this setting.

Autodesk Discreet Flame NOTE Autodesk Discreet Flame application provides HD performance for faster composing, advanced visual effects, and interactive client-driven design.

8-10

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Chapter 8: Maintenance
Troubleshooting Cluster Performance
Perform the following steps to optimize the write cycles: 1. Open a secure shell connection with any node in the cluster, and log into the cluster using the root account. 2. At the Isilon IQ command prompt, execute the following command: sysctl -w efs.bam.coalesce_no_sync=1 Alias Systems Maya NOTE Alias Systems Maya application is a 3D modeling, animation, effects, and rendering solution.

Perform the following steps to optimize the write cache: 1. Open a secure shell connection with any node in the cluster, and log into the cluster using the root account. 2. At the Isilon IQ command prompt, execute the following command: set the write cache size = 65536

8.3.2 Evaluation Tests


Use the following tests to evaluate your network: Local Client Speed Test (CIFS, NFS) To rule out network problems (if possible) connect a client (like a laptop) directly to the switch to which the cluster is connected. Testing either NFS or CIFS should be sufficient. Network Speed Test If the test above succeeds you might be experiencing problems with your network. This can be difficult to demonstrate--especially if the Isilon cluster is the only server that appears to be affected. Things to keep in mind: Make sure that the uplink to the switch connected to your cluster has sufficient bandwidth to fulfill the client requests. Make sure that the client writing or reading to the cluster is not the limiting factor. Is it 100BaseT or GigE? Most single hard drive clients cannot write faster than 30-40 MB per second, and therefore any reads to your cluster from a single client will be limited by this amount.

8.3.3 Protocol Notes


In some cases, it may be that only a specific protocol is not working properly. If that is the case, the evaluation tests above should be performed with a known good protocol, and the protocol that is causing the problem. Following are specific tips for each protocol: NFS Make sure that the right mount settings are being used. Also, make sure you are using NFS v3.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

8-11

Chapter 8: Maintenance
Troubleshooting Cluster Performance
Linux mount options in fstab: 172.22.1.4:/ifs /ifs nfs rsize=32768,wsize=32768,bg,nfsvers=3,intr,tcp,retrans=0

0 0

Client settings (To make these settings persist on reboot you need to add these to one of the Linux rc scripts): echo echo echo echo echo echo CIFS There are no client optimizations for CIFS. However, in some cases increasing the write cache size (Samba) in WebAdmin will help specific applications. If there is no problem with the network or protocols, the problem might be specific to an application. Are you seeing an application specific error? Make sure, however, to follow the following guidelines before reporting a problem: Try to run the same test from a different network server. Preferably, the other network server resides on the same network as the Isilon cluster. Check the application's support Website and look for any documented problems with network servers. "262144" > /proc/sys/net/core/wmem_max "262144" > /proc/sys/net/core/wmem_default "262144" > /proc/sys/net/core/rmem_max "262144" > /proc/sys/net/core/rmem_default "65536 65536 65536" > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_wmem "262144 262144 262144" > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_rmem

8.3.4 Before Contacting Technical Support


If performance problems continue to exist, please track the information gathered in the above steps in addition to knowing the following before contacting customer support for assistance: Network layout Client info (type, os, connectivity, etc.) Application info (what apps, expected results, etc.) Cluster configuration (frames, number of nodes, caching, OneFS version, etc.) Troubleshooting results Node serial number(s) It is extremely important to only send pertinent information gathered during the troubleshooting process (i.e., stick to the facts). Troubleshooting performance issues is extremely difficult and we need to know the important details, as this will increase our efficiency in being able to respond to a performance issue. Please contact Isilon Customer Support: Websites: Email: Phone: http://www.isilon.com/support/ support@isilon.com 1.877.2.ISILON (247.4566) or 1.206.315.7600

8-12

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.


Glossary, Abbreviations, and Acronyms
This User Guide uses a number of abbreviations, initials, and acronyms in its text. The following list helps to provide clarification for these terms.

GLOSSARY

A
ACL add ADS alert event ID ARP Access Control List. A table that tells a computer operating system which access rights each user has to a particular system object, such as a file directory or individual file. In the context of an Isilon cluster, to integrate a new node by exporting the configuration settings from an existing cluster to the unconfigured node. Active Directory Service or Active Directory Structure. A service that can be used as an information service as well as administrative service. Unique identification number generated by alert system to help in troubleshooting alert events The Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) is a TCP/IP protocol used to obtain a node's physical address. A client station broadcasts an ARP request onto the network with the IP address of the target node with which it wishes to communicate, and the node with that address responds by sending back its physical address so that packets can be transmitted. ARP returns the layer 2 address for a layer 3 address. Since ARP requests are broadcast onto the network, requiring every station in the subnet to process the request, it is done only once to associate a physical address (see MAC address) with an Internet address. To assume the configuration settings from a node in the cluster. Since a cluster is defined by a range of IP addresses on a subnet, these settings serve to assimilate the unconfigured node into the cluster. Assimilation can take two forms. A configured node can recruit a new, unconfigured node. A new, unconfigured node can join an existing cluster by inheriting the settings of a configured node A method in which information is transferred one discrete character at a time and is delineated by a start and stop indicator at the beginning and end of the character. The opposite of asynchronous is synchronous transmission. Used in setting write commit settings Isilon's exclusive feature to dynamically migrate content across Isilon IQ nodes, eliminating the typical manual labor associated with scaling a system. When additional storage nodes are added to an Isilon IQ cluster, content automatically migrates to the newly added node, maximizing storage utilization rates.

assimilate

asynchronous

AutoBalance

B
BDC Backup Domain Controller. A Windows NT server that provides an alternative source of authentication for network users. Account and group information from a Primary Domain Controller (PDC) is replicated periodically to each BDC in the domain.

C
CIFS Common Internet File System. Microsoft's successor to SMB, a suite of protocols for sharing file and print services (among Windows machines or UNIX machines running CIFS servers like Samba). It is a backward-compatible refinement of SMB. CIFS runs over TCP/IP.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Glossary-1

Appendix : Glossary, Abbreviations, and Acronyms

cluster

In the context of an Isilon system, a cluster is a collection of nodes with IP addresses.

D
daemon DAR DIMM DNS Under UNIX, a daemon is a process that runs in the background, doing automated processing. Direct Access Recovery Dual In-line Memory Module Domain Name Server - The server where host names are translated to their IP address. For example, the domain namemyhome.sbcglobal.net might translate into an IP address of 207.115.55.201.

F
FlexProtect AP The FlexProtect AP feature of Isilon IQ allows system administrators to set and change content protection levels at the cluster, directory or file level without application or storage system downtime. In the event of a node or disk failure, FlexProtect AP also enables self-healing of the system by restriping content to ensure it remains protected. File Transfer Protocol. Used for uploading or downloading files to and from remote computer systems on a network using TCP/IP, such as the Internet.

FTP

G
GID Group Identifier. The GID is a unique number attributed to a group of users.

H
heterogeneous A network that includes computers and other devices from different manufacturers. For example, a network with Windows, UNIX, and MacOS clients is heterogeneous. Also sometimes referred to as "mixed environment". HyperText Transfer Protocol. The protocol for moving hypertext files across the Internet.

HTTP

I
IFS One File System, Isilon's proprietary method of pooling data storage across multiple hard discs.

J
join In the context of an Isilon cluster, to integrate a node into a cluster by importing the configuration settings from an existing cluster to an unconfigured node.

M
MAC The Media Access Control (MAC) protocol controls access to the physical transmission medium on a LAN. MAC layer functionality is built into all network adapters and includes a unique serial number, or MAC address, that identifies each card. Common MAC layer standards are the CSMA/ CD architecture used in Ethernet, FDDI and MAP. The MAC layer is synonymous with the data link layer in the OSI model. Creating correlation linkages between user IDs and group IDs on the UNIX side with the security IDs that Windows uses to uniquely designate and distinguish individual users.

mapping

Glossary-2

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Appendix : Glossary, Abbreviations, and Acronyms

MIB

Management Information Base. A directory listing information that used and maintained by a network's management protocol, such as SNMP. An MIB includes the names of objects it contains and the type of information retained. Mirroring is the redundant recording of data for fault tolerant operation. Data is written on two partitions of the same disk or on two separate disks within the same system. The Maximum Transmission Unit is a parameter that determines the largest datagram than can be transmitted by an IP interface without it needing to be broken down into smaller units. Standard Ethernet MTU is 1500. Jumbo MTU, used within Isilon clusters, is 9000 MTU.

mirroring MTU

N
NAS A Network Attached Storage (NAS) device is a specialized file server that uses a slimmed-down (micro-kernel) operating system and file system and processes only I/O requests by supporting popular file sharing protocols such as NFS (UNIX) and SMB/CIFS (DOS/Windows). Using traditional LAN protocols such as Ethernet and TCP/IP, the NAS enables additional storage to be quickly added by plugging it into a network hub or switch. As network transmission rates have increased from Ethernet to Fast Ethernet to Gigabit Ethernet, NAS devices have come up to speed parity with direct attached storage devices. General-purpose computers with a full-blown operating system such as Windows or UNIX are sometimes labeled as NAS products, but the true NAS is built from scratch as a dedicated file I/O device. NetBIOS name server (NBNS) from Microsoft that dynamically maps computer names to IP addresses. This allows users to access resources by computer name instead of by IP address. Used in the WINS Server process. Network Data Management Protocol. An open standard for backing up data in a heterogeneous environment. Network File System. A file format and set of drivers that allows DOS/Windows and UNIX applications to share files on disk drives running under UNIX. NFS relies on remote procedure calls (RPCs) for communication between clients and servers. Network Information System. A database containing the user names, machine names, and directory names that NFS uses to give consistent names on all machines on a network. Originally created as Yellow Pages (YP). It is a mechanism to control authentication between UNIX systems and to allow users to access different UNIX servers without needing to login to each machine. Network Management System. The system that is responsible for managing a network and is typically run on a workstation that presents a GUI to the network manager. Provides access to a wide variety of information regarding network configuration, performance, and status. Exchanges information via a network management protocol, such as SNMP. NT Lan Manager, a protocol allows user account information to be stored either locally on each server or on authentication servers. NTLM is an authentication protocol used in various Microsoft network protocol implementations and supported by the NTLM Security Support Provider ("NTLMSSP"). Originally used for authentication and negotiation of secure DCE/RPC, NTLM is also used throughout Microsoft's systems as an integrated single sign-on mechanism. Network Time Protocol. It is used to synchronize time between computers on the Internet.

NBNS

NDMP NFS

NIS

NMS

NTLM

NTP

O
OneFS Isilon's patent-pending distributed file system that distributes and manages content across all nodes in a storage cluster.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Glossary-3

Appendix : Glossary, Abbreviations, and Acronyms

P
parity Parity checking is an error detection technique that tests the integrity of data transferred within a computer system or over a network. Parity checking appends an extra ninth bit, either a 0 or 1 depending on the data content of the byte, which is tested each time a byte is transferred or transmitted. Even parity systems make the parity bit 1 when there is an even number of 1 bits in the byte. Odd parity systems make it 1 when there is an odd number of 1 bits. Primary Domain Controller. A Windows NT service that manages security for its local domain. Every domain has one PDC, which contains a database of usernames, passwords and permissions.

PDC

R
RAID A Redundant Array of Independent Disks (RAID) disk subsystem is used to increase performance and/or provide fault tolerance in data storage. A failed drive can be hot swapped with a new one, and the RAID controller automatically rebuilds the lost data. RAID improves performance by disk striping, which interleaves bytes or groups of bytes across multiple drives, so more than one disk can be reading or writing simultaneously. It achieves fault tolerance by mirroring or parity. Combining these two concepts in different configurations achieves varying levels of protection for data stored in a RAID array.

S
Samba SID SMART SmartRead SAMBA is a collection of free software developed to provide Microsoft file system services from UNIX file servers. An acronym for security ID, a numeric value that identifies a logged-on user who has been authenticated by Windows NT or a user group. Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology Isilon's SmartRead feature uses a set of predictive pre-fetch algorithms that are tuned to the needs of digital content applications. SmartRead provides faster access to content by intelligently predicting how content will be accessed and the parts of files that are required next. SmartRead also ensures that popular files are more quickly available to concurrent users by holding them in Isilon IQ's large globally available cache (28GB in a 10TB cluster). Server Message Block. See Also Samba. SMB is the communications protocol used by Windowsbased operating systems to support sharing of resources across a network. Simple Network Management Protocol. A standard for gathering statistical data about network traffic and the behavior of network components; SNMP uses management information bases (MIBs), which define what information is available from any manageable network device. Secure SHell. An application similar to telnet, but the traffic it passes over the network is encrypted. This prevents eavesdropping on passwords and other sensitive data. Secure Sockets Layer. A protocol that allows secure communications on the Internet Striping entails spreading data over multiple disk drives to improve performance. Data is interleaved by bytes or by sectors across the drives. For example, with four drives and a controller designed to overlap reads and writes, four sectors could be read in the same time it normally takes to read one. Disk striping does not inherently provide fault tolerance or error checking. It is used in conjunction with various other methods.

SMB SNMP

SSH SSL striping

Glossary-4

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Appendix : Glossary, Abbreviations, and Acronyms

U
UDP User Datagram Protocol - Transport layer protocol in the TCP/IP protocol suite used in the Internet. UDP is used at the two ends of a data transfer. It does not establish a connection or pro-vide reliable data transfer like TCP. User ID. User identification. A unique number associated with each UNIX user on a machine.

UID

V
VRM Voltage Regulator Module.

W
WINS Windows Internet Naming Service. A proprietary Microsoft application that maps easily remembered "friendly" Windows machine names to the corresponding IP addresses.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Glossary-5

Appendix : Glossary, Abbreviations, and Acronyms

Glossary-6

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

APPENDIX

A
End User License Agreement
IMPORTANT READ BEFORE INSTALLING OR OPERATING THIS PRODUCT. LICENSEE AGREES TO BE BOUND BY THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT BY INSTALLING, HAVING INSTALLED, COPYING, OR OTHERWISE USING THE PRODUCT. IF LICENSEE DOES NOT AGREE, DO NOT INSTALL OR USE THE PRODUCT. 1. Scope. This license ("License") applies to the software product ("Product") you have licensed from Isilon Systems, Inc. ("Isilon") and any published corrections, updates, new releases and new versions of such software. This License is a legal agreement between Isilon and the single entity ("Licensee") that has acquired Product from Isilon under applicable terms and conditions. For the avoidance of doubt, the term "Product," as used in this License includes any and all software licensed from Isilon by Licensee, whether such software is licensed pre-installed on hardware or separately as a software module. The Product incorporates certain third party software programs that Isilon has full rights to license in conjunction with the Isilon product hereunder. 2. License Grant. Subject to the terms of this License, Isilon grants to Licensee a non-exclusive, nontransferable license to use the Product in object code form. This License may be terminated by Isilon effective upon notice to Licensee if Licensee fails to pay in full all fees for the Product and/or any Isilon hardware on which this Product is installed. Other than as specifically described herein, no right or license is granted to Licensee to any of Isilon's trademarks, copyrights, or other intellectual property rights. The Product incorporates certain third party software, which is used subject to licenses from the respective owners. The protections given to Isilon under this License also apply to the suppliers of this third party software, who are intended third party beneficiaries of this License. 3. Restrictions; Remote Access; Interoperability. The Product, documentation and the associated copyrights and other intellectual property rights are owned by Isilon or its licensors, and are protected by law and international treaties. Licensee may not copy or reproduce the Product, and may not copy or translate the written materials without Isilon's prior, written consent. Licensee may not copy, modify, decrypt, disassemble, reverse compile or reverse engineer the Product, or sell, sub-license, rent, offer on a service bureau or ASP basis, or transfer the Product or any associated documentation to any third party. Licensee may not use the Product except as embedded in or installed on (a) an Isilon Network Storage Node or (b) Isilon-authorized and supported hardware as offered by an authorized Isilon distribution partner. To the extent required by law, Isilon will provide Licensee, at Licensee's reasonable request, with interface information needed to achieve interoperability between the Product and another independently created software program upon payment of Isilon's applicable fee. Licensee will observe strict obligations of confidentiality with respect to the interface information. 4. Export Control. Isilon's standard Product incorporates cryptographic software. Licensee agrees to comply with the Export Administration Act, the Export Control Act, all regulations promulgated under such Acts, and all other US government regulations relating to the export of technical data and equipment and products produced therefrom, which are applicable to Licensee. In countries other than the US, Licensee agrees to comply with the local regulations regarding importing, exporting or using cryptographic software. 5. Limited Warranty. Isilon warrants that for a period of 90 days from the date of delivery of the Product to Licensee: (i) the media on which the Product is furnished will be free of defects in materials and workmanship under normal use; and (ii) the Product substantially conforms to its published specifications. Except for the foregoing, the Product is provided AS IS. In no event does Isilon

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

A-1

End User License Agreement

warrant that the Product is error free, that it will operate with any software or hardware other than that provided by Isilon or specified in the documentation, or that the Product will satisfy Licensee's own specific requirements. Remedy. Licensee's exclusive remedy and the entire liability of Isilon under this limited warranty and any other guarantee made by Isilon is, at Isilon's option, to repair or replace any Product that fails during the warranty period at no cost to Licensee. Isilon will replace defective media or documentation or, at its option, undertake reasonable efforts to modify the Product to correct any substantial non-conformance with the specifications. Restrictions. The foregoing limited warranties extend only to the original Licensee (and not to any subsequent purchasers or third parties), and do not apply if the Product (a) has been altered or serviced, except by Isilon or an Isilon-authorized service provider, (b) has not been installed, operated, repaired, or maintained in accordance with Isilon's instructions, (c) has been subjected to abnormal physical or electrical stress, misuse, negligence or accident, (d) is licensed for beta, evaluation, testing or demonstration purposes for which Isilon does not receive a payment of full purchase price or license fee, (e) has been damaged or rendered defective by the use of parts not manufactured or sold by Isilon or (f) has been operated outside the usage parameters stated in the user documentation shipped with the Product. Isilon's limited software warranty does not apply to software corrections or upgrades. Customer must file any warranty claim within thirty (30) days after the end of the applicable warranty period. 6. Infringement Indemnity. Isilon will, at its expense, defend any suit brought against Licensee based upon a claim that the Product as delivered by Isilon directly infringes a valid patent or copyright. Isilon will pay costs and damages finally awarded against Licensee directly attributable to any such claim, but only on condition that (a) Isilon is notified promptly in writing of such claim by Licensee, (b) Isilon has sole control of the defense and settlement negotiations, (c) Licensee provides Isilon all information and communications received by Licensee concerning such claim, and (d) Licensee provides reasonable assistance to Isilon when requested. Isilon will have the right, at its option and expense, (i) to obtain for Licensee rights to use the Product, (ii) to replace or modify the Product so it becomes non-infringing, or (iii) to accept return of the Product in exchange or for a credit not to exceed the purchase price paid by Licensee for such Product. The foregoing, subject to the following restrictions, states the exclusive liability of Isilon to Licensee concerning infringement. Restrictions. Isilon will have no liability for any claim of infringement based on: (i) use of a superseded or altered release of the Product, (ii) use of the Product in combination with equipment or software not supplied or specified by Isilon in the Product documentation where the Product would not itself be infringing, (iii) use of the Product in an application or environment not described in the Product documentation or (iv) Product that has been altered or modified in any way by anyone other than Isilon or according to Isilon's instructions. 7. U.S. Government Restricted Rights. If the Product is licensed for use by the United States or for use in the performance of a United States government prime contract or subcontract, you agree that the Product is delivered as: (i) "commercial computer software" as defined in DFARS 252.227-7013, Rights in Technical Data - Noncommercial Items (Oct 1988), DFARS 252.227-7014 Rights in Noncommercial Computer Software and Noncommercial Computer Software Documentation (Jun 1995), and DFARS 252.211-7015 Technical Data Commercial Items (May 1991); (ii) as a "commercial item" as defined in FAR 2.101; or (iii) as "restricted computer software" as defined in FAR 52.227-19, Commercial Computer Software-Restricted Rights (Jun 1987); whichever is applicable. The use, duplication, and disclosure of the Product by the Department of Defense shall be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement as provided in DFARS 227.7202 (Oct 1998). All other use, duplication and disclosure of the Software and related documentation by the United States shall be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and the restrictions contained in subsection (c) of FAR 52.227-19, Commercial Computer SoftwareRestricted Rights (Jun 1987), or FAR 52.227-14, Rights in Data -- General Alternative III (Jun 1987). Contractor/licensor is Isilon Systems, Inc., 3101 Western Avenue, Seattle, WA 98121.

A-2

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

End User License Agreement

8. DISCLAIMER; LIMITATION OF REMEDY AND LIABILITY; PRECAUTIONS. EXCEPT FOR THE WARRANTIES SPECIFICALLY DESCRIBED HEREIN, ISILON AND ITS THIRD PARTY LICENSORS DISCLAIM ANY AND ALL WARRANTIES AND GUARANTEES, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE, WITH RESPECT TO THE PRODUCT, SPECIFICATIONS, SUPPORT OR SERVICES DELIVERED HEREUNDER, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY AND THE WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. NEITHER ISILON NOR ITS THIRD PARTY LICENSORS HAVE AUTHORIZED ANYONE TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES OTHER THAN AS PROVIDED ABOVE. THE COLLECTIVE LIABILITY OF ISILON AND ITS THIRD PARTY LICENSORS UNDER THIS LICENSE WILL BE LIMITED TO THE AMOUNT PAID FOR THE PRODUCT. NEITHER ISILON AND ITS THIRD PARTY LICENSORS NOR LICENSEE WILL HAVE ANY OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY, WHETHER ARISING IN CONTRACT (INCLUDING WARRANTY), TORT (INCLUDING ACTIVE, PASSIVE OR IMPUTED NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY OR PRODUCT LIABILITY) OR OTHERWISE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL OR INDIRECT DAMAGES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF USE, LOSS OF DATA, BUSINESS INTERRUPTION, LOSS OF REVENUE, LOSS OF BUSINESS OR OTHER FINANCIAL LOSS ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR OTHER GOODS OR SERVICES FURNISHED TO LICENSEE BY ISILON, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. LICENSEE SHOULD MAKE PERIODIC BACKUP COPIES OF THE DATA STORED ON THE ISILON IQ NETWORK STORAGE NODE OR OTHER ISILON-AUTHORIZED AND SUPPORTED HARDWARE AS A PRECAUTION AGAINST POSSIBLE FAILURES, ALTERATION, OR LOSS OF THE DATA. ISILON IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR DAMAGE TO OR LOSS OF ANY DATA STORED ON THE ISILON IQ NETWORK STORAGE NODE OR OTHER ISILON-AUTHORIZED AND SUPPORTED HARDWARE. 9. Termination. The license granted in Section 2 is effective until terminated, and will automatically terminate if Licensee fails to comply with any of its provisions. Upon termination, Licensee will destroy the Product and documentation and all copies or portions thereof. 10. Miscellaneous. This License will be governed by the laws of the State of Washington, USA without regard to its choice of law rules. The provisions of the U.N. Convention for the International Sale of Goods will not apply. Any provisions found to be unenforceable will not affect the enforceability of the other provisions contained herein, but will instead be replaced with a provision as similar in meaning to the original as possible. This License constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with regard to its subject matter. No modification will be binding unless in writing and signed by the parties. 11. Open Source Portions. Certain portions of the Product ("Open Source Components") are not licensed under the terms of this License, but are instead licensed under the terms of applicable open source licenses, such as the BSD License, Apache License or the Lesser GNU General Public License. Isilon grants you no right to receive source code to the Open Source Components; however, in some cases rights and access to source code and/or object files for the Open Source Components are granted by the applicable open source licenses. Licensee's use of each Open Source Component is subject to the terms of each applicable license. Licensee must agree to the terms of each such applicable license, or Licensee should not use the Product.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

A-3

End User License Agreement

A-4

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

APPENDIX

B
Isilon Systems Terms of License/Sale and Warranty
Complete Agreement; Modification. The terms of this Agreement will apply to any sale of goods or services or license of software (collectively, "Products") from Isilon Systems, Inc. ("Isilon") to its customer ("Customer"). Any additional or different terms including terms in any purchase order or order confirmation will have no effect unless expressly agreed to in writing by Isilon. Any software provided to Customer hereunder is subject to the terms of the End User License Agreement delivered with the Product. Purchase and Sale. Isilon will provide Products pursuant to a purchase order submitted by Customer and accepted by Isilon, and Customer will accept and pay for such Products. Purchase orders may be accepted by Isilon either in writing or by shipping Products or providing services. Isilon may accept any order in whole or in part, and Isilon's providing less than all Products ordered will constitute acceptance of the order only as to those Products provided. Shipment and Delivery. Isilon will ship the Products to the destination specified on the purchase order. Customer is responsible for all shipping and handling charges including, but not limited to, premiums for freight insurance, inspection fees, assessments, import duties, V.A.T. and similar taxes and all other costs incurred in transporting the Products to the shipping destination. Such costs will be prepaid by Isilon and added to Customer's invoice except for import duties and taxes, which shall be paid directly by the Customer. Title to, and all risk of loss of or damage to, all Products purchased from Isilon will pass to Customer upon delivery to the carrier. Customer will be responsible for any claims against the carrier arising from or relating to shipment. Isilon will retain a security interest in all Products until it has received payment in full therefor. Prices and Payment. The purchase price for the Products will be that specified by Isilon in its thencurrent standard price list unless otherwise agreed by the parties in writing. Isilon will invoice upon shipment or, in the case of services, upon receipt of Customer's purchase order. Payment terms will be net 30 days from date of invoice, and all payments will be made in US dollars. Isilon may accept payment in any amount without prejudice to its right to recover the balance of the amount due or to pursue any other right or remedy. No endorsement or statement on any check or payment or in any letter accompanying a check or payment or elsewhere will be construed as an accord or satisfaction. Isilon reserves the right to conduct a credit check to confirm Customer's creditworthiness. Isilon's obligations under this Agreement shall be contingent upon confirmation of Customer's creditworthiness to Isilon's reasonable satisfaction based on the results of any such credit check. Overdue payments may be charged interest at the lesser of 1.5% per month or the maximum interest allowed by law. If Isilon is required to retain a collection agency or attorney to collect overdue payment, all reasonable collection costs, including attorney fees will be payable by Customer. Taxes and Other Fees and Charges. In addition to the purchase price, Customer will pay, or reimburse Isilon for, all taxes or other amounts payable to governmental authorities on account of the sale or use of the Products. In lieu of such payment, Customer may, at the time the order is submitted, provide Isilon with an exemption certificate satisfactory to the authority imposing the tax, fee or charge. Isilon reserves the right to charge a 15% restocking fee, where applicable. Limited Warranty. Software. Isilon warrants that for a period of ninety (90) days from the date of delivery of the Product to Customer: (i) the media on which the software is furnished will be free of defects in materials and workmanship under normal use; and (ii) the software substantially conforms to its published specifications. Except for the foregoing, the software is provided AS IS. In no event does Isilon warrant

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

B-1

Terms of License/Sale and Warranty

that the Software is error free, that the Product will operate with any software or hardware other than that provided by Isilon or specified in the documentation, or that the Product will satisfy Customer's own specific requirements. Hardware. Isilon warrants that the hardware component of any Product will, for a period of one (1) year from the date of delivery of the Product to Customer, be free from defects in material and workmanship under normal use. Remedy. Customer's exclusive remedy and the entire liability of Isilon under this limited warranty and any other guarantee made by Isilon is, at Isilon's option, to repair or replace any Product or component that fails during the warranty period at no cost to Customer. Products returned to Isilon must be preauthorized by Isilon with a Return Material Authorization (RMA) number marked on the outside of the package, and sent prepaid, insured and packaged appropriately for safe shipment. The decision to issue an RMA shall be at Isilon's sole discretion, subject to the warranty terms hereof. Only packages with RMA numbers written on the outside of the shipping carton and/or the packing slips and shipping paperwork will be accepted by Isilon's receiving department. All other packages will be rejected. The repaired or replaced item will be shipped to Customer, at Isilon's expense, no later than seven (7) days after receipt by Isilon. For customers with Advance Exchange RMA approval (as detailed in Customer's support contract, where applicable), a replacement Product or component will be shipped to Customer on the first business day following confirmation of the failure of the original Product or component per the terms of Customer's support contract. Isilon may invoice the Customer for any failed Products or components (a) with respect to which the damage to such Products or components is attributable to actions taken by Customer or any of its agents (including but not limited to the categories set forth in subsections (b) and (c) of the "Restrictions" paragraph immediately below); or (b) not returned within ten (10) days of shipment of the replacement unit(s). Title to any returned Products or components will transfer to Isilon upon receipt. Isilon will replace defective media or documentation or, at its option, undertake reasonable efforts to modify the Software to correct any substantial non-conformance with the specifications. Restrictions. The foregoing limited warranties extend only to the original Customer (and not to any subsequent purchasers or third parties), and do not apply if a Product (a) has been altered or serviced, except by Isilon or an Isilon-authorized service provider (except that Customer may install end-user replaceable Isilon parts or parts expressly approved by Isilon for Customer's specific Product in the servicing country, if any (for example, Customer may only replace hard drives with Isilon-approved hard drives of correct capacity)), (b) has not been installed, operated, repaired, or maintained in accordance with Isilon's instructions, (c) has been subjected to abnormal physical or electrical stress, misuse, negligence or accident, (d) is licensed for beta, evaluation, testing or demonstration purposes for which Isilon does not receive a payment of full purchase price or license fee, (e) has been damaged or rendered defective by the use of parts not manufactured or sold by Isilon or (f) has been operated outside the usage parameters stated in the user documentation shipped with the Product. Isilon's limited software warranty does not apply to software corrections or upgrades. Isilon's limited hardware warranty does not apply to any Product from which the serial number has been removed. Customer must file any warranty claim within thirty (30) days after the end of the applicable warranty period. The Product is not for resale. Customer may not copy or reproduce the Software, and may not copy or translate the written materials without Isilon's prior written consent. Customer may not copy, modify, reverse compile or reverse engineer the Software, or sell, sub-license, rent or transfer any Products or any associated documentation to any third party. Isilon reserves the right to limit or terminate support (including error correction services) of any Product version one (1) year after the date of release of a subsequent Product version (not counting bug fixes). The foregoing restriction shall apply even if Customer elects to install a Product version other than the then-currently shipping version of the Product. CUSTOMER SHOULD MAKE PERIODIC BACKUP COPIES OF THE DATA STORED ON THE PRODUCT AS A PRECAUTION AGAINST POSSIBLE FAILURES, ALTERATION, OR LOSS OF THE DATA. BEFORE RETURNING THE PRODUCT FOR SERVICE, CUSTOMER SHOULD BACK UP DATA AND REMOVE ANY CONFIDENTIAL, PROPRIETARY, OR PERSONAL INFORMATION. ISILON IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR DAMAGE TO OR LOSS OF, OR SECURITY OF ANY PROGRAMS, DATA, OR REMOVABLE STORAGE MEDIA. ISILON IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR THE RESTORATION OR

B-2

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Terms of License/Sale and Warranty

REINSTALLATION OF ANY PROGRAMS OR DATA OTHER THAN SOFTWARE INSTALLED BY ISILON WHEN THE PRODUCT IS MANUFACTURED. Infringement Indemnity. Isilon will, at its expense, defend any suit brought against Customer based upon a claim that the Product as delivered by Isilon directly infringes a valid patent or copyright. Isilon will pay costs and damages finally awarded against Customer directly attributable to any such claim, but only on condition that (a) Isilon is notified in writing of such claim promptly following receipt by Customer, (b) Isilon has sole control of the defense and settlement negotiations, (c) Customer provides Isilon all information and communications received by Customer concerning such claim, and (d) Customer provides reasonable assistance to Isilon when requested. Isilon will have the right, at its option and expense, (i) to obtain for Customer rights to use the Products, (ii) to replace or modify the Products so that they become non-infringing, or (iii) to accept return of the Products in exchange or for a credit not to exceed the purchase price paid by Customer for such Products. The foregoing, subject to the following restrictions, states the exclusive liability of Isilon to Customer concerning infringement. Restrictions. Isilon will have no liability for any claim of infringement based on: (i) use of a superseded or altered release of a Product, (ii) use of a Product in combination with equipment or software not supplied by Isilon where the Product would not itself be infringing, (iii) use of the Product in an application or environment not described in the Product documentation or (iv) Products that have been altered or modified in any way by anyone other than Isilon or according to Isilon's instructions. DISCLAIMER; LIMITATION OF REMEDY. EXCEPT FOR THE WARRANTIES SPECIFICALLY DESCRIBED HEREIN, ISILON DISCLAIMS ANY AND ALL WARRANTIES AND GUARANTEES, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE, WITH RESPECT TO THE PRODUCTS, SPECIFICATIONS, SUPPORT OR SERVICES DELIVERED HEREUNDER, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY AND THE WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. ISILON HAS NOT AUTHORIZED ANYONE TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY OTHER THAN AS PROVIDED ABOVE. THE COLLECTIVE LIABILITY OF ISILON AND ITS THIRD PARTY LICENSORS UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT EXCEED THE AMOUNT PAID FOR THE PRODUCT. NEITHER PARTY SHALL HAVE ANY OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY, WHETHER ARISING IN CONTRACT (INCLUDING WARRANTY), TORT (INCLUDING ACTIVE, PASSIVE OR IMPUTED NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY OR PRODUCT LIABILITY) OR OTHERWISE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL OR INDIRECT DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF USE, LOSS OF DATA, BUSINESS INTERRUPTION, LOSS OF REVENUE, LOSS OF BUSINESS OR OTHER FINANCIAL LOSS ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH ANY OF THE PRODUCTS OR OTHER GOODS OR SERVICES FURNISHED TO CUSTOMER BY ISILON, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. Miscellaneous. Neither party will be liable for default under this Agreement due to delays in performance resulting from any cause beyond its reasonable control including, but not limited to, acts of God, weather, or transportation difficulties. This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of Washington, USA without regard to its choice of law rules. The provisions of the U.N. Convention for the International Sale of Goods will not apply. Any provisions found to be unenforceable will not affect the enforceability of the other provisions contained herein, but will instead be replaced with a provision as similar to the original as possible. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with regard to its subject matter and supersedes all other oral or written understandings, communications or agreements found in any product documentation, manuals or otherwise, including but not limited to any terms and conditions printed on Customer's purchase orders. No modification will be binding unless in writing and signed by the parties. The parties hereby consent to the jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located in King County, Washington, USA.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

B-3

Terms of License/Sale and Warranty

B-4

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

APPENDIX

C
Regulatory Notices
FCC Notices (US Only) This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the manufacturer's instruction manual, may cause harmful interference with radio communications. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference, in which case you will be required to correct the interference at your own expense. This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: This device may not cause harmful interference. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. IC Notice (Canada Only) This Class A digital apparatus meets the requirements of the Canadian Interference-Causing Equipment Regulations. Cet appareil numrique de la classe A est conforme la norme NMB-003 du Canada. CE Notice (European Union) Marking by the symbol indicates compliance of this Isilon Appliance to the EMC Directive and the Low Voltage Directive of the European Union. Such marking is indicative that this Isilon system meets the following technical standards: EN 55022: Limits and Methods of Measurement of Radio Interference Characteristics of Information Technology Equipment. EN55024: Limits and Methods of Measurement of Immunity Characteristics of Information Technology Equipment. EN60950: Safety of Information Technology Equipment. VCCI (Japan) This is a Class A product. In a domestic environment this product may cause radio interference in which case the user may be required to take corrective actions. VCCI-A CAUTION This is a Class A product. In a domestic environment, this product may cause radio interference, in which case the user may be required to take adequate measures.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

C-1

Appendix C: Regulatory Notices

Japan (Safety): PS-E

Certification Marks CE (European Community) Underwriters Laboratories (USA & Canada)

C-2

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Appendix C: Regulatory Notices

EC DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY
We, Isilon Systems Inc. 3101 Western Avenue Seattle, WA 98121, USA Phone: 206-315-7500 Fax: 206-315-7501 declare under our sole responsibility that our product, that Isilon IQ is in conformity with the following European Directives: Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive, 89/336/EEC (As amended by 92/31/EEC and by Article 5 of 93/68/EEC) Per the provisions of: EN 55022: Limits and Methods of Measurement of Radio Interference Characteristics of Information Technology Equipment. EN55024: Limits and Methods of Measurement of Immunity Characteristics of Information Technology Equipment. Conducted Voltage Emissions Radiated Emissions Harmonic Current Emissions Voltage Fluctuations and Flicker Immunity to Electrostatic Discharge Immunity to Continuous Radiated Disturbances Immunity to Electrical Fast transients Immunity to Surges Immunity to Continuous Conducted Disturbances Immunity to Power-Frequency Magnetic Fields Immunity to Voltage Dips and Interruptions Low Voltage Directive, 73/23/EEC (As amended by Article 13 of 93/68/EEC) Per the provisions of: EN60950: Safety of Information Technology Equipment. The product herewith complies with the requirements of the Low Voltage Directive 73/23/EEC and the EMC Directive 89/336/EEC and carries the CE marking accordingly. EN 55022 EN 55022 EN 61000-3-2 EN 61000-3-3 EN 61000-4-2 EN 61000-4-3 EN 61000-4-4 EN 61000-4-5 EN 61000-4-6 EN 61000-4-8 EN 61000-4-11

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

C-3

Appendix C: Regulatory Notices

C-4

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

APPENDIX

D
Isilon IQ Technical Specifications
The Isilon IQ Technical Specifications contained on the following pages provide a description of the Isilon IQ nodes and the requirements for a safe operating environment. IMPORTANT Failure to adhere to the environmental specifications defined in the Technical Specifications will void the product warranty and may result in personal injury, product damage, or data loss.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

D-1

Appendix D: Isilon IQ Technical Specifications

D-2

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

ISILON IQ PLATFORM SPECIFICATIONS

The Leader in Clustered Storage

Product Attributes
Clustered Architecture Modular Design Distributed File System High-Availability Scalability Protection Levels Network Protocol Support Client Support Front-End Networking Intracluster Networking Truly distributed, fully symmetric clustered architecture that combines modular storage nodes with Isilons intelligent software. Self-contained nodes include server, software and disks in a 2U rack-mountable node. Isilon OneFS distributed file system. Creates a cluster with a single file system and single global namespace. Fully journaled, fully distributed globally coherent write/read cache. No single point of failure. Self-healing design protects against disk or node failures. Includes backend intracluster failover. Initial cluster set-up in under 10 minutes. Add new nodes for performance and capacity in 60 seconds. FlexProtect-AP file-level striping with support for N+1, N+2 and mirroring data protection schemes. NFS v3 (UDP or TCP), CIFS, FTP, HTTP reads/writes. Microsoft Windows , Linux, UNIX, Apple Macintosh. Two (2) copper 1000 Base-T (Gigabit Ethernet) per node. Either two (2) InfiniBand connections or two (2) Gigabit Ethernet connections per node.

Software Highlights
Automatic Content Migration Accelerated Access to Content Flexible File Protection Connection Load Balancing Platform Extension Management Quotas Monitoring Alerting Authentication and Security Data Integrity Backup and Restore AutoBalance automatically redistributes data and maximizes utilization across entire cluster when new nodes are added. No downtime, application changes or manual intervention is required. Files are striped across nodes in a cluster. SmartCache algorithms predict content access patterns and accordingly cache data to ensure maximum performance for popular files in a huge and unified memory cache. FlexProtect-AP allows data protection levels to be changed on the fly and can be set at cluster, directory and file levels. Operates as a background operation, requiring no downtime. SmartConnect intelligenty load balances client connections across all Isilon IQ nodes within a single cluster. TrueScale enables the addition of Isilon IQ Accelerator and EX 6000 extension products to scale performance and capacity independently. Powerful web-based management interface. Command line interface (Telnet/SSH). Front panel LCD. SmartQuotas track and report storage utilization at the user, group and directory levels and alert system administrator(s) when users exceed pre-set limits. Support for SNMP v2/v3. Environmental monitoring system for monitoring fans, power, temperature, operating voltages and node status. Web-based and LCD/LED monitoring of health, capacity and performance. Email alerts to administrator(s). Email-home to Isilon for proactive customer support. Front panel LCD and LEDs. SNMP support. Support for Microsoft Active Directory Services (ADS), Network Information Service (NIS) and Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP). MediaScan proactive file-level health check continuously and automatically runs in the background to analyze and heal files, ensuring long-term data integrity. Supports NDMP v3 and v4.

Environmental Specications
Power Supply AC Input/Power Consumption Thermal Rating Operating Environment Non-Operating Environment Dimensions/Weight Minimum Service Clearances Dual redundant, hot-swappable 500W power supplies with Power Factor Correction (PFC) 100-240VAC, (60-50 Hz), Typical: 4.5-2A Maximum: 7-3.5A 2400 BTU/hr 50 F to 95 F (10 C to 35 C), 5% to 95% relative humidity, non-condensing -40 F to 149 F (-40 C to 65 C), 5% to 95% relative humidity, non-condensing Height: 3.48 (8.8 cm), Width: 18.87 (47.9 cm), Depth: 28.5 (72.4 cm), Weight: 65 lbs / 29.5 kg Front: 35 (88.9 cm), Rear: 14 (35.6 cm)

Single Node Attributes Capacity Hard Drives


(hot-swappable)

Isilon IQ 1920 / 1920i 1.92 TB Twelve (12) 3.5 SATA-2 160 GB HDD N/A

Isilon IQ 3000 / 3000i 3.00 TB Twelve (12) 3.5 SATA-2 250 GB HDD N/A

Isilon IQ 4800 / 4800i 4.80 TB Twelve (12) 3.5 SATA-2 400 GB HDD N/A

Isilon IQ 6000 / 6000i 6.00 TB Twelve (12) 3.5 SATA-2 500 GB HDD YES via Serial Attached SCSI (SAS)

Storage Expansion CPU Type Front-End Networking Intracluster Networking ECC Memory Non-volatile RAM (NVRAM) External Indicators Cluster Attibutes 3 Nodes
(min cluster)

3.2 GHz Intel Xeon Two (2) copper 1000 Base-T (Gigabit Ethernet) per node Either Two (2) InfiniBand connections or Two (2) Gigabit Ethernet connections per node 4 GB Cache 512 MB Cluster status and alert (LED) and front panel LCD 10 Nodes 19 40 20U 88 Nodes
(max cluster)

3 Nodes
(min cluster)

10 Nodes 30 40 20U

88 Nodes
(max cluster)

3 Nodes
(min cluster)

10 Nodes 48 40 20U

88 Nodes
(max cluster)

3 Nodes
(min cluster)

10 Nodes 60 40 20U

88 Nodes
(max cluster)

Capacity (TB) Memory (GB) Rack Units (RU)

5.7 12 6U

169 352 176U

9 12 6U

264 352 176U

14.4 12 6U

422 352 176U

18 12 6U

528 352 176U

Industry Certications
North American (NA) Safety
UL/cUL Listing (UL 60950-1:2003, First Edition) CSA C22.2 No.60950-1-03 Isilon Systems, Inc. 3101 Western Avenue Seattle, WA 98121 http://www.isilon.com Toll-Free: 877-2-ISILON Phone: +1-206-315-7602 Fax: +1-206-315-7501 Email: sales@isilon.com
2001-2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. Isilon, Isilon Systems and OneFS are registered trademarks, and TrueScale and SyncIQ are trademarks, of Isilon Systems, Inc. SM0306-0715

International Safety
CB Scheme IEC 60950-1 (2001) First Edition with all national deviations

European Union (EU) Safety


CE, Low Voltage Directive

NA EMC
US FCC Part 15/ Canada IC ICES-03

International EMC
EU EMC Directive (EN 55022 & EN 55024) Japan (VCCI) South Korea (MIC)

The Leader in Clustered Storage

Isilon EX 6000

High Capacity Clustered Storage Expansion Node Provides Cost-Effective Nearline Archive, Disk-to-Disk Backup and Disaster Recovery Storage
Businesses today face an unprecedented need to archive and access vast amounts of data to increase productivity and ensure business continuance. Traditionally, enterprises have relied on tape-based and low-end JBOD solutions to archive and access information. These legacy solutions, however, fail to satisfy performance, ease of use and scalability requirements and impair the ability to quickly, economically and easily access archived information.

In response to these mounting challenges, Isilon has introduced the EX 6000 storage extension node. Designed as an extremely low cost, high capacity clustered storage product, the Isilon EX 6000 contains 6 terabytes of SATA-II disk capacity in a 2U form factor and utilizes state-of-the-art Serial Attached SCSI (SAS) technology to connect to an Isilon IQ 6000 platform node. By leveraging Isilons OneFS distributed file system with TrueScale technology, the combined products create a high density storage solution that can modularly scale to hundreds of terabytes of capacity in a single unified cluster and single file system. Starting at a minimum configuration of five Isilon IQ 6000 platform nodes paired with five EX 6000 storage extension nodes (60 terabytes), the solution integrates seamlessly within existing enterprise network infrastructures and uses standard NAS file sharing protocols over Gigabit Ethernet. The Isilon IQ 6000 with EX 6000 is an ideal multi-tier storage solution for: Nearline Archiving Large scale and less frequently accessed information can be seamlessly moved to an economical and highly available secondary tier of disk-based storage that enables businesses to lower total storage costs while providing instantaneous access to archive information, including CAD/CAM designs, document images, video, audio, digital photos, historical documents, medical images, and e-mail attachments. Disk-to-Disk Backup and Restore Consolidation of backup information onto a large, single disk-based cluster significantly reduces backup windows, restore times and eliminates failures commonly found with traditional tapebased systems. Remote Disaster Recovery When combined with Isilons SyncIQ asynchronous replication software, a large single disk-based cluster serves as a superior business continuance storage solution; ensuring enterprise information is online and accessible at all times. Please contact an Isilon sales representative or reseller to find out how the Isilon IQ 6000 and Isilon EX 6000 solution can streamline your nearline archiving, disk-to-disk backup and disaster recovery operations.

KEY FEATURES
Cost-effective for multi-tier nearline, disk-to-disk backup, and disaster recovery needs Scalable to hundreds of terabytes Independent capacity scaling with TrueScale Easily connects to Isilon IQ 6000 platform nodes via high speed SAS connection Isilon IQ 6000 and EX 6000 nodes provide 12 terabytes in 4U factor Full support for Isilon SyncIQ asynchronous replication software

Isilon EX 6000

Specications
Power Supply Dual, 500W redundant hot-swappable with Power Factor Correction 100-240 VAC (60-50 Hz), typical: 2.2A-1A, max: 3.5A 1.5A 1200 BTU/hour 50 F to 95 F (10 C to 35 C), 5% to 95% relative humidity, non-condensing -40 F to 149 F (-40 C to 65 C), 5% to 95% relative humidity, non-condensing Height: 3.48 (8.8 cm), Width: 18.87 (47.9 cm), Depth: 28.5 (72.4 cm), Weight: 60 lbs / 34 kg 35 (88.9 cm), Rear: 14 (35.6 cm)

AC Input/Power Consumption Thermal Rating Operating Environment

Non-Operating Environment

Dimensions/Weight

Minimum Service Clearances

Attributes
Capacity Hard Drives Front-End Networking Interconnect External Indicators 6.00 TB (coupled to IQ 6000 12 TB) Twelve (12) hot-swappable 3.5 SATA-500 GB HDD Not applicable Attaches to Isilon IQ 6000 node via Serial Attached SCSI (SAS) Cluster status and alert (LED)

Industry Certifications
North American (NA) Safety
UL/cUL Listing (UL 60950-1:2003, First Edition) CSA C22.2 No.60950-1-03

International Safety
Isilon Systems, Inc. 3101 Western Avenue Seattle, WA 98121 http://www.isilon.com Toll-Free: 877-2-ISILON Phone: +1-206-315-7602 Fax: +1-206-315-7501 Email: sales@isilon.com CB Scheme IEC 60950-1 (2001) First Edition with all national deviations

European Union (EU) Safety


CE, Low Voltage Directive

NA EMC
US FCC Part 15/ Canada IC ICES-03

International EMC
EU EMC Directive (EN 55022 & EN 55024) Japan (VCCI) South Korea (MIC)

2001-2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. Isilon, Isilon Systems and OneFS are registered trademarks, and TrueScale and SyncIQ are trademarks, of Isilon Systems, Inc. SM0306-0713

The Leader in Clustered Storage

Isilon IQ Accelerator

The Isilon IQ Accelerator extension node was designed to enable Isilon clustered storage customers with high performance requirements to meet their specific workflow needs by modularly and cost-effectively scaling throughput. Powered by Isilons OneFS distributed file system with TrueScale technology, Isilon IQ Accelerator nodes can be seamlessly added to any Isilon IQ 1920i, 3000i, 4800i, or 6000i storage cluster using InfiniBand networking to independently scale aggregate throughput to more than 7 Gigabytes per second. Isilon IQ Accelerators automatically join an Isilon IQ storage cluster in less than 15 seconds and add processing power, memory, bandwidth, and parallel read and write access to a single file system and fully symmetric storage cluster. This is in stark contrast to the limitations of traditional storage and namespace aggregation technologies that require customers to add expensive file server heads and disparate devices to increase performance. These legacy approaches are difficult to manage and fail to aggregate total throughput across a unified storage system. By leveraging Isilon IQs unique clustered architecture and truly distributed OneFS file system, Isilon IQ Accelerators deliver unmatched total performance at one-third the cost of traditional storage systems. As with Isilon IQ platform nodes, users and applications connect to Isilon IQ Accelerators via Gigabit Ethernet using standard networking protocols such as NFS, CIFS, HTTP, and FTP. In addition, Isilons built-in SmartConnect software ensures the highest performance by automatically load balancing client connections across all nodes. Isilon IQ Accelerators further enhance Isilons industry-leading performance and reliability by accelerating cluster operations such as disk and node rebuilds, file striping, and SyncIQ file-based replication. By modularly adding Isilon IQ Accelerators to an existing Isilon IQ cluster, customers can turbo-charge their data storage and achieve previously unattainable efficiencies with the industrys best price for performance. Please contact your Isilon sales representative or reseller to receive a customized analysis regarding how an Isilon IQ Accelerator can increase the performance of your storage and improve your bottom line.

A Revolutionary Solution to Dynamically Accelerate Clustered Storage Performance


High performance applications and workflows that use large amounts of unstructured and file-based data frequently require much higher total throughput and performance than traditional NAS and SAN storage architectures can deliver. In addition, significant business productivity and economic benefits can be realized by independently increasing and horizontally aggregating performance across a single and unified storage system.

KEY FEATURES
Unmatched aggregate throughput from a single file system, modularly scaling to more than 7 Gigabytes/second Dynamic Performance Acceleration (DPA) technology enables IQ Accelerators to seamlessly join an Isilon IQ cluster on the fly in less than 15 seconds Independent scaling of performance with TrueScale technology Scale CPU, memory and throughput at 1/3 the cost of traditional storage systems InfiniBand for high speed, low-latency intracluster communication Built-in SmartConnect application/client connection load balancing Industry-standard protocol support (NFS, CIFS, HTTP, FTP, NDMP, SNMP, LDAP, ADS, NIS)

Isilon IQ Accelerator

Environmental Specications
Power Supply AC Input/Power Consumption Thermal Rating Operating Environment Single, 400W supply with Power Factor Correction 100-240 VAC (60-50 Hz), typical: 2A-1A, max: 4A 1.5A 1350 BTU/hour 50 F to 95 F (10 C to 35 C), 5% to 95% relative humidity, non-condensing -40 F to 149 F (-40 C to 65 C), 5% to 95% relative humidity, non-condensing Height: 1.72 (4.4 cm), Width: 18.87 (47.9 cm), Depth: 28.5 (72.4 cm), Weight: 60 lbs / 34 kg 35 (88.9 cm), Rear: 7 (18 cm)

Non-Operating Environment

Dimensions/Weight

Minimum Service Clearances

Attributes
Hard Drives CPU Type Front-End Networking Intracluster Networking ECC Memory External Indicators Two mirrored 160 GB SATA drives (only for OS) 3.2 Ghz Intel Xeon Two (2) Copper 1000 Base-T (Gigabit Ethernet) Two (2) InfinBand connections 4 GB Cache Cluster status and alert (LED)

Industry Certifications
North American (NA) Safety
UL/cUL Listing (UL 60950-1:2003, First Edition) CSA C22.2 No.60950-1-03

International Safety
Isilon Systems, Inc. 3101 Western Avenue Seattle, WA 98121 http://www.isilon.com Toll-Free: 877-2-ISILON Phone: +1-206-315-7602 Fax: +1-206-315-7501 Email: sales@isilon.com CB Scheme IEC 60950-1 (2001) First Edition with all national deviations

European Union (EU) Safety


CE, Low Voltage Directive

NA EMC
US FCC Part 15/ Canada IC ICES-03

International EMC
EU EMC Directive (EN 55022 & EN 55024) Japan (VCCI) South Korea (MIC)

2001-2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. Isilon, Isilon Systems and OneFS are registered trademarks, and TrueScale and SyncIQ are trademarks, of Isilon Systems, Inc. SM0306-0712

APPENDIX

E
Using Virtual Directories to Access Isilon IQ Clusters
Virtual directories are directories that appear to client HTTP or FTP services as though they were part of the user's home directory, though they actually are not. Each virtual directory points to an actual directory contained inside a Web site or cluster file system. Isilon IQ supports virtual directories for both HTTP and FTP access to the cluster. Users may need to enable access to their clusters via a browser or an FTP client. Virtual directories can facilitate the granting of this access and also provide for the configuration of fine-grained access permissions. Virtual directories typically have better security, since the actual location is not visible to the user and permissions can be customized for different levels of usage. Virtual directories may also offer greater administrative flexibility when changes need to be made. Rather than actually changing the directory's URL, the mapping between the virtual directory and the physical location of the data can simply be modified. Microsoft Internet Information Services (IIS) web server can be used to create and configure virtual directories. Creating Virtual Directories in IIS Perform the following steps to create virtual directories in Microsoft IIS web server: 1. On the taskbar, click Start and then click Control Panel to open the Control Panel window. 2. In the Control Panel window, click Internet Services Manager. 3. Expand the server name. 4. In the left pane, right-click Default Web Site, point to New, and then click Virtual Directory to open the Virtual Directory Creation Wizard.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

E-1

Appendix E: Using Virtual Directories to Access Isilon IQ Clusters

Figure E.1 Virtual Directory Creation Wizard: Virtual Directory Alias

5. In the Alias text box, type an alias name for the virtual directory. 6. Click Next to open the Web Site Content Directory window. Figure E.2 Virtual Directory Creation Wizard: Web Site Content Directory

7. In the Path text box, enter the fully qualified path name or click Browse to locate the folder that contains the content for the directory. 8. Click Next to open the User Name and Password window.

E-2

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Appendix E: Using Virtual Directories to Access Isilon IQ Clusters

Figure E.3 Virtual Directory Creation Wizard: User Name and Password

9. In the User name text box, enter the user name. 10. In the Password text box, enter the password. NOTE The user name and password that you enter must have pre-existing access rights to the directory, or the virtual directory will fail.

11. Click Next to open the Access Permissions window.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

E-3

Appendix E: Using Virtual Directories to Access Isilon IQ Clusters

Figure E.4 Virtual Directory Creation Wizard: Access Permissions

12. Select the permissions for the virtual directory. These may include Read, Run scripts (such as ASP), Execute, Write, and Browse. 13. Click Next to open finish window. Figure E.5 Virtual Directory Creation Wizard: Finish

14. Click Finish to complete the wizard. The virtual directory is created, and will now appear in the directory list:

E-4

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Appendix E: Using Virtual Directories to Access Isilon IQ Clusters

Figure E.6 Windows Explorer

15. Click the newly created virtual directory to make sure that it is now working properly and that it leads to the content that you intended. NOTE You can create an almost unlimited number of virtual directories, although performance may suffer if you create too many of them. Deleting a virtual directory does not delete the corresponding physical directory or files. The virtual directory folder icon in the file manager may indicate an error . This is a known issue, which will not affect the functioning of the virtual directory.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

E-5

Appendix E: Using Virtual Directories to Access Isilon IQ Clusters

E-6

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

APPENDIX

F
Character Set Support in Isilon IQ
Isilon IQ supports five different character sets. Character sets (charsets) are required to translate computer data into the letters of human-readable communication. Each charset uses a particular table to make this translation. Simple charsets require only one byte per character. The default charset for Samba v.3 and up is UTF-8. The two most common Japanese charsets are Shift-JIS (for Windows and some UNIX) and EUC-JP (for most UNIX's and Linux). NOTE UTF-8 is the default character set for Isilon IQ nodes, and will be selected unless changed by users.

IMPORTANT

Replication (using the optional Isilon SyncIQ module) between OneFS v.3.5x clusters and OneFS v.4.x clusters with differing character encoding can result in problems with filenames. Replication between clusters running OneFS v.4x are not subject to this encoding issue. Consult your Isilon Customer Support representative for the most recent information on this issue.

Supported Character Sets: UTF-8 (Unicode standard that can have 1-3 bytes per character. It is the default for Samba 3.0 and up.) UTF-8-mac (Used in the display of Japanese language elements on the Macintosh system.) Windows-SJIS (Note that for Windows compatibility one should use CP932. CP932 is Windows-SJIS with extra character mappings required for Windows compatibility.) EUC-JP (Japanese character set for many UNIX and Linux versions) EUC-JP-MS (This character set is Microsoft's version of EUC-JP.) Character set encoding is typically chosen at the time of installation. However, it is possible to change encoding at a later time if you need to. For additional information, see Section 7.5.2, Configure Encoding, on page 7-15.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

F-1

Appendix F: Character Set Support in Isilon IQ

F-2

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

APPENDIX

G
Configuring the Initial Node in a New Cluster
Perform the following steps to configure a new node as the initial node in a new cluster using the command line interface: 1. Connect a computer using a serial cable to the Isilon IQ Management Port on the rear of the node. 2. Turn on the Isilon IQ node power switch. For Isilon IQ 1440 and IQ 2250 nodes, the power switch is located inside the front panel. For Isilon IQ 1920, IQ 1920i, IQ 3000, IQ 3000i, IQ 4800, IQ 4800i, IQ 6000, IQ 6000i, IQ 9000i, EX 6000, and EX 9000 nodes, the power switch is located on the rear panel. 3. On the computer you have connected, open a serial communication utility such as MiniCom (UNIX) or HyperTerminal (Windows). 4. Configure the connection utility to use standard serial port settings: Transfer Rate 9600 bps IQ 1440 & IQ 2250 nodes 115,200 bps IQ 1920, IQ 3000, IQ 4800, IQ 6000, IQ 9000, and IQ Accelerator nodes 8 None 1 Hardware

Data Bits Parity Stop Bits Flow Control

Once the utility establishes a connection with the node and the node has booted, the initial configuration process will prompt you to enter a new password for root. Please change the root password from the default. Please enter new password for root: 5. Enter the new root password. Please enter new password for root: <new password> The initial configuration process will request that you re-enter the new password. Please re-enter new password for root: 6. Re-enter the new root password. Please re-enter new password for root: <new password> The initial configuration process will confirm the change. Password changed.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

G-1

Appendix G: Configuring the Initial Node in a New Cluster

NOTE

If this is not the first node of a new cluster, this password will be overwritten by the password already established on the cluster you join.

The initial configuration process will next prompt you to enter a new password for admin. Please change the admin password from the default. Please enter new password for admin: 7. Enter the new admin password. Please enter new password for admin: <new password> The initial configuration process will request that you re-enter the new password. Please re-enter new password for admin: 8. Re-enter the new admin password. Please re-enter new password for admin: <new password> The initial configuration process will confirm the change. Password changed.

NOTE

If this is not the first node of a new cluster, this password will be overwritten by the password already established on the cluster you join.

The initial configuration process will next prompt you to specify whether you want Isilon Systems, Inc. to receive critical alerts from this new cluster. Would you like to allow Isilon Systems, Inc. to receive critical alerts from this cluster? [no] 9. Enter either yes or no, or press Enter (no is the default value) to specify whether critical alerts will be sent to Isilon Systems, Inc.

G-2

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Appendix G: Configuring the Initial Node in a New Cluster

At this point, the Isilon IQ Configuration Wizard will open, presenting you with the following options: Isilon OneFS Copyright 2001-2006 Isilon Systems, Inc.

All rights reserved.

Enter 'status' at any prompt to view current configuration. Enter 'help' at any prompt for help on that step. Enter 'back' at any prompt to return to previous step. Enter 'manual' at any prompt to leave wizard mode. Enter 'quit' at any prompt to disconnect. -------------------------------------------------------Do you wish to [1] create a new cluster. [2] join an existing cluster. [3] exit wizard and configure manually. Wizard >>> 10. Enter 1 to start the process to create a new cluster. Wizard >>> 1 The configuration wizard will prompt you to enter a name for the cluster. Type a new name for the cluster. Set Name >>> 11. Enter a name for the new cluster. Set Name >>> <cluster name> The configuration wizard will confirm the new cluster name and then prompt you to set the cluster encoding. Cluster name set to <cluster name> Cluster Encoding: [ 1] Windows-SJIS [ 2] EUC-JP [ 3] EUC-JP-MS [ 4] UTF-8-MAC [ 5] UTF-8 [Enter] Use default encoding: UTF-8 Set Encoding >>> 12. Press Enter to accept the default UTF-8 encoding setting.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

G-3

Appendix G: Configuring the Initial Node in a New Cluster

The configuration wizard will next prompt to you to configure the Internal-A Interface Configure interface Internal-A: [ 1] Configure Netmask [ 2] Modify IP Ranges [Enter] Keep the current configuration: Netmask: unset IP Ranges: No ranges set. Configure Interface Internal-A >> 13. Enter 1 to select the configure the netmask option. The configuration wizard will return the following prompt: Type a new Netmask. Set Primary Netmask >>> 14. Enter a valid netmask value (example: 255.255.255.0). Set Primary Netmask >>> <netmask value> The configuration wizard will confirm the netmask setting and return the configure interface Internal-A menu options. Internal-A Netmask set to '<netmask value>' Configure interface Internal-A: [ 1] Configure Netmask [ 2] Modify IP Ranges [Enter] Keep the current configuration: Netmask: <netmask value> IP Ranges: No ranges set. Configure Interface Internal-A >> 15. Enter 2 to select the modify IP ranges option. The configuration wizard will return the following prompt: Manage cluster IP ranges [ 1] Add an IP range. [ 2] Delete an IP range. [Enter] Keep current IP ranges: No ranges set. Modify Internal-A IP Ranges >>> 16. Enter 1 to select the add an IP range option. Modify Internal-A IP Ranges >>>1 The configuration wizard will prompt you to enter the low IP address value for the cluster IP range. Enter the low IP address of the range to add. Low IP Address (Add) >>>

G-4

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Appendix G: Configuring the Initial Node in a New Cluster

17. Enter the low IP address value (example: 192.168.0.101). Low IP Address (Add) >>> <low IP address> The configuration wizard will then prompt you for the high IP address value for the cluster IP range. Enter the high IP address of the range. High IP Address (Add) >>> 18. Enter the high IP address value (example: 192.168.0.104). High IP Address (Add) >>> <high IP address> The configuration wizard will confirm the IP range addition and returns the updated manage cluster IP ranges menu options. IP range added. Manage cluster IP ranges [ 1] Add an IP range. [ 2] Delete an IP range. [Enter] Keep current IP ranges: '<low IP address> - <high IP address>' Modify Internal-A IP Ranges >>> 19. Press Enter to accept the entered IP range(s). The configuration wizard will confirm the Internal-A IP ranges are configured and returns the updated configure interface Internal-A menu options. Internal-A IP ranges configured. Configure interface Internal-A: [ 1] Configure Netmask [ 2] Modify IP Ranges [Enter] Keep the current configuration: Netmask: <netmask value> IP Ranges: '<low address> - <high address>' Configure Interface Internal-A >>> 20. Press Enter to accept the configuration values for the Internal-A interface. The configuration wizard will then present the following configuration options: Select the internal interface to configure. [ 1] Internal-A - Primary Internal Interface [ 2] Internal-B - Secondary Internal Interface (Failover) [Enter] Finished with internal interfaces Configure Internal Interfaces >>> 21. Press Enter to finish the internal interface configuration. NOTE This example does not include the for the setup of the secondary internal failover interface.

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

G-5

Appendix G: Configuring the Initial Node in a New Cluster

The configuration wizard will then display the external interface configuration menu options. Manage external interfaces [ 1] Configure Interface External-1 [ 2] Configure Interface External-2 [Enter] Finished with external interfaces Manage external interfaces >>> 22. Enter 1 to select the External-1 interface configuration option. Manage external interfaces >>> 1 The configuration wizard will then prompt you to configure the External-1 interface. Configure Interface External-1 Configure Interface External-1 [ 1] Configure Netmask [ 2] Configure MTU [ 3] Modify IP Ranges [Enter] Keep the current configuration: Netmask: unset MTU: 1500 IP Ranges: No ranges set Configure Interface External-1 >>> 23. Enter 1 to select the configure netmask option for the External-1 interface. Configure Interface External-1 >>> 1 The configuration wizard will then prompt you to enter a netmask value for the External-1 interface. Configure Netmask for External-1 Type the new netmask: External-1 netmask >>> 24. Enter the netmask value for the External-1 interface. External-1 netmask >>> <netmask value>

G-6

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Appendix G: Configuring the Initial Node in a New Cluster

The configuration wizard w ill return the updated configure external-1 interface menu options. Configure Interface External-1 [ 1] Configure Netmask [ 2] Configure MTU [ 3] Modify IP Ranges [Enter] Keep the current configuration: Netmask: <netmask value> MTU: 1500 IP Ranges: No ranges set Configure Interface External-1 >>> 25. Enter 2 to select the configure MTU option. Configure Interface External-1 >>> 2 The configuration wizard will then prompt you to select a value for the MTU. Configure MTU [ 1] 1500 [ 2] 9000 [Enter] Keep current: '1500' Configure MTU for External-1 >>> 26. Press Enter to keep the current 1500 setting or enter 2 to change the setting to 9000. The configuration wizard will return the updated configure external-1 interface menu options. Configure Interface External-1 [ 1] Configure Netmask [ 2] Configure MTU [ 3] Modify IP Ranges [Enter] Keep the current configuration: Netmask: <netmask value> MTU: 1500 IP Ranges: No ranges set Configure Interface External-1 >>> 27. Enter 3 to select the modify IP ranges option. Configure Interface External-1 >>> 3 The configuration wizard will then prompt you to modify the IP ranges for the External-1 interface. Modify IP Ranges [ 1] Add an IP range [ 2] Delete an IP range [Enter] Keep current IP ranges: No ranges set Modify IP Ranges for External-1 >>>

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

G-7

Appendix G: Configuring the Initial Node in a New Cluster

28. Enter 1 to select the add an IP range option. Modify IP Ranges for External-1 >>> 1 The configuration wizard will then prompt you to enter a low IP address. Type the new low IP address of the range to add: >>> 29. Enter a low IP address for the External-1 IP range. >>> <low IP address> The configuration wizard prompts you to enter a high IP address. Type the new high IP address of the range to add: >>> 30. Enter a high IP address for the External-1 IP range. >>> <high IP address> The configuration wizard will return the updated modify IP ranges menu options. Modify IP Ranges [ 1] Add an IP range [ 2] Delete an IP range [Enter] Keep current IP ranges: <low IP address> - <high IP address> Modify IP Ranges for External-1 >>> 31. Press Enter to finish the modify IP ranges configuration. The configuration wizard will return the updated configure interface External-1 menu options. Configure Interface External-1 [ 1] Configure Netmask [ 2] Configure MTU [ 3] Modify IP Ranges [Enter] Keep the current configuration: Netmask: <netmask value> MTU: 1500 IP Ranges: <low IP address> - <high IP address> Configure Interface External-1 >>> 32. Press Enter to finish the External-1 interface configuration.

G-8

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Appendix G: Configuring the Initial Node in a New Cluster

The configuration wizard will then return the manage gateway machine for External-1 interface menu options. Manage gateway machine for External-1 [ 1] Designate a new gateway machine [Enter] Keep current gateway machine: 'not set' Manage gateway machine for External-1 >>> 33. Enter 1 to select the designate a new gateway machine option. The configuration wizard will then prompt you to enter a gateway value. Designate a new gateway machine for External-1 Type the new gateway: External-1 gateway >>> 34. Enter gateway value for the External-1 interface (example: 172.16.0.1). External-1 gateway >>> <gateway value> The configuration wizard will return the updated manage gateway machine for External-1 interface menu options. Manage gateway machine for External-1 [ 1] Designate a new gateway machine [Enter] Keep current gateway machine: '<gateway value>' Manage gateway machine for External-1 >>> 35. Press Enter to finish the gateway machine designation. The configuration wizard will then display the manage DNS settings for External-1 interface menu options. Manage DNS [ 1] [ 2] [ 3] [Enter] Settings for External-1 Primary DNS server Secondary DNS server DNS Domain Keep current DNS settings: Primary DNS Server: 'not set' Secondary DNS Server: 'not set' DNS Domain Name: 'not set' Manage DNS Settings for External-1 >>> 36. Enter 1 to select the primary DNS server option. Manage DNS Settings for External-1 >>> 1 The configuration wizard will then prompt you to enter an IP address for the primary DNS server. Type the new Primary DNS server: >>>

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

G-9

Appendix G: Configuring the Initial Node in a New Cluster

37. Enter the IP address for the primary DNS server. >>> <IP address> The configuration wizard will then display the updated manage DNS settings for External-1 interface menu options. Manage DNS [ 1] [ 2] [ 3] [Enter] Settings for External-1 Primary DNS server Secondary DNS server DNS Domain Keep current DNS settings: Primary DNS Server: '<IP address>' Secondary DNS Server: 'not set' DNS Domain Name: 'not set' Manage DNS Settings for External-1 >>>

38. Press Enter to finish the setup of the primary DNS server IP address. The configuration wizard will again display the manage external interfaces menu options. Manage external interfaces [ 1] Configure Interface External-1 [ 2] Configure Interface External-2 [Enter] Finished with external interfaces Manage external interfaces >>> 39. Press Enter to exit this menu. The configuration wizard will then display the manage cluster date and time menu options. Manage cluster date and time [ 1] Set timezone [ 2] Set day and time [Enter] Keep current date and time: 01/20/2006 16:22:42 UTC Modify Date >>> 40. Press Enter to keep the current date and time. The configuration wizard will confirm the date and time setting and then display the manage the cluster add node setting menu options. Date and time kept as 01/20/2006 16:22:43 UTC Manage the cluster add node setting [ 1] Manual join [ 2] Secure join [Enter] Keep current add node setting: 'Manual' Modify Add Node Setting >>> 41. Press Enter to keep Manual as the current add node setting.

G-10

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Appendix G: Configuring the Initial Node in a New Cluster

The configuration wizard then displays a summary of the changes made to the configuration and prompt you to commit the changes. You have made the following configuration changes: Cluster name changed from unset to '<cluster name>'. Interface Internal-A netmask changed from unset to <value> Interface Internal-A IP ranges have changed from None defined. to <low IP address> - <high IP address> - Encoding information changed from unset to UTF-8 - External network profiles changed.

Do you wish to commit these changes? [yes] Commit Changes? >>> 42. Press Enter to commit changes. The configuration wizard next displays the internal settings that are being written to the system. External networks profiles changes saved. Internal-A IP address: 192.168.0.101 Internal-A Netmask: <netmask value> Internal-A Broadcast: 192.168.0.255 Interface Internal-A configured. Node ID: 1 Configuration changes saved. Wizard >>> The node will take 30 to 60 seconds to complete the configuration process. During this time, the screen will display various system initialization text. When the following text is displayed, the node has finished the configuration setup. Isilon ONeFS/i386 (<cluster name>-1) (ttyd0)

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

G-11

Appendix G: Configuring the Initial Node in a New Cluster

G-12

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.


Index
A
Abbreviations ................................................... Glossary-1 Access Control List definition ....................................................... Glossary-1 Access Control Modes Anonymous Access Control Mode ..........................5-18 Domain Access Control Mode .................................5-17 Local Users Access Control Mode ..........................5-20 Acronyms ......................................................... Glossary-1 Add Node Setting .........................................................3-8 Alerts active .........................................................................7-2 adding company information .....................................7-6 configuring email alerts .............................................7-5 configuring SNMP alerts ...........................................7-8 description .................................................................7-1 email .........................................................................7-1 email alerts recipients ...............................................7-5 quieting command line interface .........................................7-4 WebAdmin interface ..............................................7-3 un-quieting command line interface .........................................7-5 WebAdmin interface ..............................................7-3 Architecture see Network Topology Scenarios AutoBalance definition ....................................................... Glossary-1 status ......................................................................3-15

INDEX

C
Character Set Encoding ....................................................... 2-25, 7-15 Supported Character Sets ....................................... F-1 CIFS definition ....................................................... Glossary-1 Using CIFS with NIS or LDAP .................................5-28 Cluster Cluster Time Network Time Protocol (NTP) .............................7-15 Setting Manually ....................................................3-9 Configuration .............................................................3-5 logs emailing ...............................................................7-12 viewing ................................................................7-11 Performance ...........................................................8-10 Status command line interface .........................................3-3 WebAdmin interface ..............................................3-4 Cluster Menu ..............................................................1-21 Cluster Management Attach Node .........................................................3-53 Remove Node .....................................................3-55 Shutdown/Reboot Cluster ...................................3-60 Upgrade Cluster ..................................................3-57 View Cluster Operations ......................................3-47 Cluster Status command line interface .........................................3-3 WebAdmin interface ..............................................3-4 List of Local Clusters ...............................................3-62 Network Configuration Manage External Networks .................................3-33 Manage Internal Networks ..................................3-17 Cluster Name Modifying ...................................................................3-5 naming constraints ....................................................3-6 Specifying for new cluster ........................................G-3 Cluster Status see Cluster Menu

B
Backup configuring OneFS ..................................................7-12 NDMP description ...................................................7-12 Supported Standard ..................................................1-7 viewing backup logs ................................................7-14 viewing backup statistics .........................................7-14 Browsers see Web Browsers

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Index-1

Index

Command Line Interface isi alerts description .......................................................... 1-26 use ........................................................................ 7-4 isi config add node setting .......................................... 3-9, 3-55 attaching a node ................................................. 2-28 configuration wizard ............................................ 3-22 description .......................................................... 1-26 external network profiles ..................................... 3-39 list clusters .......................................................... 3-63 manually setting date and time ........................... 3-11 modifying cluster name ......................................... 3-7 reboot cluster ...................................................... 3-62 remove node ....................................................... 3-56 isi devices description .......................................................... 1-26 use ................................................................. 8-6, 8-7 isi get description .......................................................... 1-26 isi networks description .......................................................... 1-26 isi perfstat description .......................................................... 1-26 isi restripe description .......................................................... 1-26 isi services description .......................................................... 1-27 isi set description .......................................................... 1-27 isi smartconnect Advanced .........................6-109, 6-119, 6-131, 6-142 Basic ......................................6-80, 6-87, 6-91, 6-102 description .......................................................... 1-27 isi snapshot autocreate ........................................................... 6-32 autodelete ........................................................... 6-33 create .................................................................. 6-53 delete .................................................................. 6-49 disable ................................................................ 6-32 enable ................................................................. 6-32 list .............................................................. 6-48, 6-51 modify ................................................................. 6-48 rename ............................................................... 6-48 reserve ................................................................ 6-33 schedule create .................................................. 6-40 schedule modify .................................................. 6-41 schedule pending ............................................... 6-49

setting ls ............................................................. 6-33 setting set ........................................................... 6-34 isi status description .......................................................... 1-27 use ................................ 3-3, 3-13, 3-15, 4-2, 4-4, 4-5 isi update description .......................................................... 1-27 use ...................................................................... 3-58 isi_edquota ............................................................. 6-66 isi_schedquota schedule ............................................................. 6-68 man ........................................................................ 1-27 Configuring a Node Add Node Setting ..................................................... 3-8 adding a node to an existing cluster resolving OneFS version mismatches ....... 2-312-33 adding a node to an existing cluster attaching a node ................................................. 2-26 joining a node ..................................................... 2-28 initial node in new cluster ....................................... 2-22 Resolving OneFS Version Mismatches Adding a Node with a Newer Version ................. 2-31 Adding a Node with an Older Version ................ 2-32

D
Data Protection .......................................... 1-4, 3-16, 5-29 Date Expressions ....................................................... 6-25 Document Notations and Conventions ........................1-iv Domain Name creating a new cluster ............................................ 2-25 DNS Management utility ........................................ 6-73 modifying DNS domain name ................................ 3-46 NIS domain name .................................................. 5-24 NT domain name .................................................... 5-17

E
Email see Alerts End User License Agreement ...................................... A-1

F
FCC Compliance .........................................................C-1 File System Menu Configure FlexProtect ............................................ 5-29 Directory Services .................................................. 5-16 Configure LDAP Services ................................... 5-24 Configure NIS ..................................................... 5-23 Configure Windows Networking ......................... 5-16 File System Explorer ................................................ 5-1

Index-2

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Index

Permissions Management description ...........................................................5-31 Manage Groups ...................................................5-33 Mange Users .......................................................5-31 Sharing Services Configure FTP .....................................................5-40 Configure HTTP ..................................................5-39 Configure NFS .....................................................5-35 description ...........................................................5-35 Windows File Sharing ...............................................5-6 FlexProtect-AP .............................................................1-5 FTP Service configuring WebAdmin interface .................................. 3-12, 5-40 virtual directories ...................................................... E-1

G
Gateway cluster configuration command line interface ..................... 2-25, 3-44, G-9 WebAdmin interface ...3-35, 6-84, 6-89, 6-117, 6-129 external switch setup ..............................................2-21 Glossary .......................................................... Glossary-1

Isilon IQ 1920/3000/4800/6000/9000 and EX 6000/ 9000 ...................................................................2-7 Isilon IQ Accelerator ..............................................2-9 installing the sliding rail .............................................2-3 mounting nodes in rack system Isilon EX 6000/9000 ..............................................2-6 Isilon IQ 1440 & IQ 2250 .......................................2-5 Isilon IQ 1920/3000/4800/6000/9000 ....................2-6 Isilon IQ Accelerator ..............................................2-6 Safety Precautions ....................................................1-v site preparation .........................................................2-2 unpacking the hardware ............................................2-3 Isilon IQ description ......................................................... 1-iii, 1-1 EX 9000 ....................................................................1-3 IQ 1920 .....................................................................1-2 IQ 3000 .....................................................................1-2 IQ 6000 .....................................................................1-2 EX 6000 ....................................................................1-3 IQ 9000i ....................................................................1-3 IQ Accelerator ...........................................................1-3

L
LDAP Configure LDAP Services .......................................5-24 local user access control mode ...............................5-20 SmartQuotas ...........................................................6-61 Using CIFS with LDAP ............................................5-28 Logs backup logs .............................................................7-12 cluster logs ..............................................................7-11 recent log entries ....................................................3-16

H
Hard Drive Replacement see Hot Swap Hot Swap ......................................................................8-1 HTTP definition ....................................................... Glossary-2 HTTP Service configure ....................................................... 3-12, 5-39 virtual directories ...................................................... E-1

I
initial node see Configuring a Node Installing Isilon IQ Nodes connecting the node Isilon EX 6000/9000 ............................................2-13 Isilon IQ 1440 & IQ 2250 .....................................2-10 Isilon IQ 1920/3000/4800 ....................................2-10 Isilon IQ 6000/9000 .............................................2-11 Isilon IQ Accelerator ............................................2-14 Installation Sequence Adding Node to Existing Cluster ............................2-1 New Cluster Installation .........................................2-1 installing the front panel ............................................2-7

M
Migrating IP Addresses Failover ...................................................................3-20 Internal-A ................................................................3-20 Internal-B ................................................................3-20 Modules Menu SmartConnect ...........................................................6-1 SmartQuotas .............................................................6-1 SnapshotIQ ...............................................................6-1 SyncIQ Replication ...................................................6-1 MTU definition ....................................................... Glossary-3 External-1 .............................................. 3-35, 3-42, G-7 Internal-A ................................................................3-24 Internal-B ...................................................... 3-18, 3-27

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Index-3

Index

jumbo frames ......................................................... 3-20 Recommended Setting ........................................... 3-20 tuning NFS service ................................................. 5-37

N
NDMP .......................................................................... 1-7 Network Switches Cisco Catalyst 3750 External Network Switch ....... 2-19 Cisco Catalyst 3750 Internal Network Switch ......... 2-15 Selecting Network Switches ................................... 2-14 Topspin Internal Network Switch ............................ 2-18 Network Topology Scenarios ............................ 1-111-17 Networks external isi networks ......................................................... 1-26 managing .........................3-12, 3-32, 3-33, 3-41, G-6 internal managing ............................................................ 3-17 NFS definition ....................................................... Glossary-3 NFS Service configuring NFS service ................................ 3-12, 5-35 creating a new NFS export ....................................... 5-4 evaluation test ........................................................ 8-11 tuning NFS service ................................................. 5-37 NIS configuring NIS service .......................................... 5-23 definition ....................................................... Glossary-3 local user access control mode .............................. 5-20 modifying NIS domain ............................................ 3-11 SmartQuotas .......................................................... 6-61 Using CIFS with NIS ............................................... 5-28 Node Menu ......................................................... 1-22, 4-1 Node Status ........................................................ 3-15, 4-3 Nodes removing from cluster (CLI) ........................... 1-26, 3-56 removing from cluster (LCD) .................................. 3-56 removing from cluster (WebAdmin) ........................ 3-55 see Installing Isilon IQ Nodes

UNIX Permissions .................................................... 5-5 Windows Share Permissions ................................. 5-13 Power Supply installation requirements .......................................... 2-2 replacing ................................................................... 8-8

R
Reboot ....................................................................... 3-60 Related Publications ....................................................1-iv

S
Safety Precautions ........................................................1-v SmartConnect description .............................................................. 6-71 Modifying DNS Infrastructure ................................. 6-72 SmartConnect Advanced Client Connection Policies ................................ 6-103 Creating a FlexNet Profile CLI ................................................................ 6-131 WebAdmin .................................................... 6-127 description ........................................................ 6-103 Disabling CLI ................................................................ 6-142 WebAdmin .................................................... 6-141 Editing Configuration CLI ................................................................ 6-119 WebAdmin .................................................... 6-115 Initial Configuration CLI ................................................................ 6-109 WebAdmin .................................................... 6-103 SmartConnect NFS Rebalance ........................ 6-114 SmartConnect Basic .............................................. 6-78 Creating a FlexNet Profile CLI .................................................................. 6-91 WebAdmin ...................................................... 6-88 Disabling CLI ................................................................ 6-102 WebAdmin .................................................... 6-101 Editing Configuration CLI .................................................................. 6-87 WebAdmin ...................................................... 6-82 Initial Configuration CLI .................................................................. 6-80 WebAdmin ...................................................... 6-78 SSh Host Key Mismatches ..................................... 6-71 Virtual IP Address .................................................. 6-76 SmartQuotas Configuring SmartQuotas CLI ...................................................................... 6-66

O
OneFS description ......................................................... 1-41-9 Organizational Units ................................................... 5-18

P
Permissions default permissions .................................................. 5-2 Permissions Management ...................................... 5-31

Index-4

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Index

WebAdmin ...........................................................6-60 description ...............................................................6-60 File Throttling Rules ................................................6-64 Viewing Reports WebAdmin ...........................................................6-69 SnapshotIQ Configuring Local Settings CLI .......................................................................6-33 WebAdmin ...........................................................6-31 Configuring NFS Settings CLI .......................................................................6-33 WebAdmin ...........................................................6-31 Configuring Schedules CLI .......................................................................6-40 WebAdmin ...........................................................6-35 Configuring Settings CLI .......................................................................6-32 WebAdmin ...........................................................6-28 Configuring Windows (CIFS) Settings CLI .......................................................................6-33 WebAdmin ...........................................................6-31 Create Manual Snapshot CLI .......................................................................6-53 WebAdmin ...........................................................6-52 description ...............................................................6-25 Reserve Setting ......................................................6-30 Restoring Files and Folders CLI .......................................................................6-59 Enable Shadow Copy Emulation .........................6-55 Installing Windows Shadow Copy Client .............6-54 Restoring a Corrupted or Overwritten File ...........6-57 Restoring a Deleted File ......................................6-57 Restoring a Folder ...............................................6-58 Specifying Dates and Times ...................................6-25 Date Expressions ................................................6-25 Time Expressions ................................................6-28 Take Snapshot ........................................................6-52 Viewing Snapshots CLI .......................................................................6-51 WebAdmin ...........................................................6-50 Viewing Summary CLI .......................................................................6-48 WebAdmin ...........................................................6-43 SNMP ...........................................................................7-8 Alerts .........................................................................7-8 Configure SNMP Alerts .............................................7-8 definition ....................................................... Glossary-4

Switch Configuration see Network Switches SyncIQ Bandwidth Limit Rules ............................................6-12 description .................................................. 1-6, 1-9, 6-1 File System Throttle Setting Rules ..........................6-14 Graphs and Logs ....................................................6-17 Replication Sets ........................................................6-2 Tuning and Performance ........................................6-22

T
Take Snapshot ...........................................................6-52 temperature ambient .....................................................................1-v Terms of License/Sale and Warranty .......................... B-1 Time Expressions .......................................................6-28 Tools Menu Alerts .........................................................................7-1 Configure Email Alerts ...........................................7-5 Configure SNMP Alerts .........................................7-8 Backup Configure Backup ................................................7-12 View Backup Logs ...............................................7-14 View Backup Statistics ........................................7-14 Cluster Logs ............................................................7-11 Cluster Services Configure Encoding .............................................7-15 Configure NTP .....................................................7-15 Configure Telnet ..................................................7-14 Site Map ..................................................................7-19 Troubleshooting cluster performance ................................................8-10

U
User Interfaces command line ..........................................................1-26 see also Command Line description ..................................................... 1-201-27 LCD control panel ...................................................1-27 see also LCD Control Panel WebAdmin ..............................................................1-20 see also WebAdmin WebHelp .................................................................1-27 see also WebHelp

W
Web Browsers interface not responding .........................................1-20 supported versions ..................................................1-20

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

Index-5

Index

WebAdmin how to view interface ................................................ 3-1 interface not responding ......................................... 1-20 menus see Cluster Menu see File System Menu

see Modules Menu see Node Menu see Tools Menu WebHelp .................................................................... 1-27 Windows Share Permissions ..................................... 5-13 WINS Server ..................................................... 3-11, 5-16

Index-6

Isilon IQ User Guide v4.5 2001 - 2006 Isilon Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.